ት Tergwame Greek · Coptic · Ethiopic · Syriac · Armenian · Georgian · Latin

Greek · Commentary ·

PG_91A_5

Maximus Confessor · khazarzar

BothSourceEnglish
JSON Dossier
machine-draft · no human review 236 passages · 62,173 words

About this work

Apparatus · what the pipeline recorded

Annotation and terms

0 commentary units 5 derived notes 0 open questions 236 narrative
What the kinds mean

Pipeline notes

  • coverageNo English translation could be identified: a language model asked twice could not name one, though it could not rule one out either. That is not proof that none exists — translations in dissertations, recent books and other modern languages are easily missed.
  • limitThe English is a machine draft produced passage by passage from the transcribed Greek; no human has verified it. The commentary is model-written and cites only keys the pipeline could resolve.
  • registerRegister: other in ancient Greek; the English keeps the liturgical formulae and the vocatives rather than normalising them.
  • structurePassages: 236 narrative.
  • caution2 passage(s) are fragmentary in the source; the English bridges each break and says so in the note.
  • scripture2 scriptural phrase match(es) noted: John 1:1; John 4:10.
  • sourceSource edition: khazarzar.

Term index

SourceRenderingCountFirst
no glossary terms recorded
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:101 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τό πῦρ δύναμιν ἔχει θερμαντικήν, καί ἔστιν αὐτοῦ ἕξις, ἤτοι ποιότης, τό θερμαντικόν. Ἔστιν οὖν ἐνέργεια ἡ κατά τήν ἕξιν, ἤτοι ποιότητα, ὅτε καί τι σῶμα θερμαίνεται· ἰδού γάρ ἀποτελεῖται ἡ ἐνέργεια τῆς ἕξεως τοῦ πυρός· ἡ οὖν δύναμις παρ' ἑαυτῆς ἔχει τήν ἐνέργειαν· αὐτῆς γάρ ἐστι τῆς δυνάμεως ἡ ἐνέργεια τό ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀποτελούμενον· ἡ γάρ δύναμις κατά τό ποιεῖν λαμβάνεται. Φθορά οὖν δυνάμεως ἡ ἐνέργεια, ὥσπερ οὖν καί οὐσίας ἡ δύναμις, ταὐτόν δέ καί περί τῆς ἐνεργείας ἡ παρά τήν τάξιν καί τήν συμμετρίαν καί ἁρμονίαν ἀσθενής πρόοδος, καθ' ἥν προϊοῦσαν πλημμελῶς οὐ δύνανται μένειν ὡς εἶχον ἡ δύναμις, καί ἡ ἐνέργεια, καί ἡ οὐσία· εἰ γάρ παντελής, ὡς ἔφημεν, ἔσται ἀσθένεια, οὐ μήν ἡ μερική τῶν εἰρημένων· καί τό ὑποκείμενον φθείρει, ἐν ᾧ ἡ δύναμις καί ἡ ἐνέργεια, καί οὔτε ἡ δύναμις καί ἡ ἐνέργεια, ὡς οὔτε ἡ οὐσία, ( 14 _178 ἀλλ’ οὔτε αὐτή ἡ φθορά παραλειφθήσονται, ἀπολομένων ἐκείνων περί ἅ ἡ φθορά. Ἐνέργεια μέν οὖν νοητῶν καί νοερῶν νοῶν τό κατά φύσιν πράττειν, τουτέστι τό εἰς Θεόν ἀνατετάσθαι· δύναμις δέ νοῦ τό εἰς νοήσεις κατιέναι, περί οὗ τά εἰρημένα, πλημμελῶς κινούμενα, ἐλλείπουσι τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ. Φύσει οὖν κακόν οὐδέν. Ἀλλ' ἐλλιπές ἀγαθόν. Ὡς μή τήν τελείαν φθοράν τῆς φθορᾶς εἰσάγον.

English

Fire has a heating power, and its state, that is, quality, is the heating capacity. There is, then, an activity according to the state, that is, the quality, when some body is also heated; for behold, the activity of the fire's state is accomplished. The power, then, has the activity from itself; for the activity is of the power itself—the result accomplished from it; for power is understood in terms of acting. The activity, then, is a corruption of power, just as power is of essence, and the same applies to activity: the weak procession contrary to order and symmetry and harmony, according to which, proceeding faultily, power and activity and essence cannot remain as they were; for if, as we said, the weakness will be complete—not, indeed, the partial weakness of the things mentioned—it also destroys the subject in which the power and the activity are, and neither power nor activity, as neither essence, (14_178) nor will corruption itself be left out, since those things about which corruption is have perished. The activity, then, of intelligible and intellectual things, of intellects, is to act according to nature, that is, to be stretched out toward God; and the power of the intellect is to descend into thoughts, concerning which the things said, being moved faultily, fall short of the good. By nature, then, nothing is evil, but an incomplete good—so as not to introduce the complete corruption of corruption.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:102 · narrative
Source · Greek

Εἶτα, πῶς οἱ ἐκ Θεοῦ: Πρός τούς λέγοντας· Εἰ ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐγένοντο οἱ δαίμονες, πῶς εἰσι κακοί; Ἔστι δέ λύσις τῆς πεύσεως, εἰ κακοί εἰσιν οἱ δαίμονες· καί φησιν, ὅτι οὐ καθό ἀγαθοί εἰσι κατά τήν παραγωγήν τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῶν (ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ γάρ παρήχθησαν ἀγαθοί), ἀλλά καθό ἠσθένησαν τῆς φυσικῆς αὐτῶν ἐνεργείας. Καί ἀγαθήν ἔλαχον οὐσίαν. Ὅτι ἀγαθή τῶν δαιμόνων ἡ οὐσία. Ὡς τά Λόγιά φησι: Σημείωσαι, πῶς νοεῖ τό, 'ἀγγέλους τε τούς μή τηρήσαντας τήν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν'· ἀρχήν γάρ αὐτῶν φησι τήν εἰς τό εἶναι παραγωγήν· παρήχθησαν γάρ καί αυτοί εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν, ὥσπερ καί ἠμεῖς. Ἐκ τούτων οὖν εἰσιν οἱ δαίμονες, ἐν τούτῳ μόνῳ κακυνόμενοι, ἐν τῇ παύσει τῆς ἕξεως τῶν ἀγαθῶν, καί ἐν τῷ μή ἐγεργεῖν τό ἀγαθόν· ὥστε κατά προαίρεσίν εἰσι κακοί, ἀλλ’ οὐ κατά φύσιν· τό δέ ἀγαθόν πρόσετι τοῖς οὖσι κατά φύσιν· πολλή τοίνυν διαφορά. Τῶν θείων ἀγαθῶν ἕξεως: Σημείωσαι τό ἕξεως καί ἐνεργείας· ἰδού γάρ ἥν προεῖπε δύναμιν, ταύτην νῦν ἕξιν φησίν, ὡς ἡρμηνεύσαμεν ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ παραγραφῇ.

English

Then, how are they from God? Against those who say: If the demons came to be from God, how are they evil? There is a solution to the inquiry, if the demons are evil; and he says that they are not evil insofar as they are good according to the derivation of their substance (for they were derived good from the good), but insofar as they grew weak in their natural activity. And they received a good substance. That the substance of the demons is good. As the Oracles say: Note how he understands the phrase, "and the angels who did not keep their own beginning"; for he calls their beginning the derivation into being; for they too were derived for every good work, just as we were. From these, then, are the demons, being made evil in this alone, in the cessation of the habit of good things, and in not rousing the good; so that they are evil by choice, but not by nature; and the good is further proper to beings by nature; great, therefore, is the difference. Of the habit of divine goods: Note "of habit" and "of activity"; for behold, the power he mentioned before, this he now calls habit, as we interpreted in the earlier passages in the great paragraph.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:103 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐκοῦν, εἰ ἀεί: Ὅτι οὐ πάντῃ ἄμοιροι οέ δαίμονες τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ. Τό γάρ ἀεί ταὐτόν: Ὅτι τό ἀεί ταὐτόν, ἴδιον τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ. ( 14 _180 Κακοί δέ εἶναι: Διά τί κακοί λέγονται οἱ δαίμονες. Αὐτοῖς ἔκβασις: Ἔκβασιν τήν ἀναχώρησιν τοῦ ἁρμόζοντος λέγει, ἀτέλειαν δέ τήν τοῦ τελείου, ἤτοι τῆς τελειότητος την ἔλλειψιν. Φαντασία προπετής: Τί ἐστι φαντασία, ἐν πρώτῳ κεφαλαίῳ εἴπομεν. Ἀλλά ταῦτα: Ἰδού καί ἑτέρα λύσις τοῦ μή εἶναι τό κακόν φύσει κακόν, ἀλλά κατά ἔκπτωσιν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ· τό γάρ ἐν φύσει ὄν ἀεί ὡσαύτως ἔχει καί οὐ καταβάλλεται, ὥσπερ αὐτό τό ἀγαθόν, τό δέ κακόν ἄστατόν ἐστιν, ἐπειδή φθείρει καί ἀλλοιοῖ τό προστυχόν, ὡς εἴπομεν ἄνω. Οὐκοῦν οὐκ ἐν φύσει τό κακόν, ὥσπερ ἐπί τῶν δαιμόνων φησίν ὁ θεῖος οὗτος ἀνήρ εἰ γάρ ἐν φύσει ὄν, ἀεί ὡσαύτως ἔχει. Ἀπέδειξεν οὖν, ὅτι καί δαίμονες καθό εἰσί καί νοοῦσι καί ζῶσι καί ἔφεσιν ἔχουσι τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, οὔκ εἰσι φύσει κακοί, ἀλλά κατά παρατροπήν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, ἐν ᾧ καί ἐγένοντο.

English

Therefore, if always: That the demons are not entirely without a share of the good. For the always the same: That the always the same is proper to the good. (14_180 But that they are evil: Why the demons are called evil. For them a departure: He calls departure the withdrawal from what is fitting, and imperfection the falling short of the perfect, that is, the lack of perfection. A precipitate imagination: What imagination is, we have said in the first chapter. But these things: Behold, here is another solution to the question that evil is not evil by nature, but by a falling away from the good; for what is in nature always remains the same and is not cast down, just as the good itself, whereas evil is unstable, since it corrupts and alters whatever it encounters, as we said above. Therefore evil is not in nature, as this divine man says concerning the demons; for if it were in nature, it would always remain the same. He has shown, then, that the demons, insofar as they exist and think and live and have a desire for the good, are not evil by nature, but by a perversion of the good, in which they also came to be.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:104 · narrative
Source · Greek

α. Οὐδέ αὐτά καθ' αὑτά κακά: Ὁ θυμός ὁ ἄλογος καθ' ἑαυτόν, καί ἡ ἄνους ἐπιθυμία καθ' ἑαυτήν, καί ἡ προπετής φαντασία, οὐ πάντως καί ἐπί πάντων κακόν, καθ' ἑαυτά σκοπούμενα, ἀλλ' ἔσθ' ὅτε καί ἡ ἀναίρεσις αὐτῶν λυμαίνεται τῷ ταῦτα ἔχοντι ζώῳ, ὥς φησι τελείως ἐν τῷ ζ' κεφαλαίῳ τούτου τοῦ λόγου. Καλῶς δέ ἐν ταῖς σχέσεσι ταύταις τά διαβάλλοντα τέθεικεν, ἐπεί ἔστι καί θυμός μετά λόγου, ὡς ὁ κατά τῆς ἁμαρτίας καί κατά τῶν ἐχθρῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ· καί ἐπιθυμία ἔννους, ὡς τό ἐπιθυμεῖν τοῦ βελτίονος, καί τό, «ἐπιθυμία ἐπεθύμησα φαγεῖν τό πάσχα τοῦτο μεθ' ὑμῶν». Οὕτως ἐστί καί φαντασία οὐ προπετής, ( 14 _182 καθ' ἥν ἐφαπτόμεθα τῶν νοητῶν, τῷ νῷ ἡμῶν τοῦτο ποιοῦντες.

Οὐχ ἡ σχέσις: Σχέσιν μέν φησιν αὐτό τό ἔχειν ἁπλῶς, τά δέ προειρημένα, λέγω δή θυμός καί τά συνημμένα, τῆς ἔν τισι ζώοις ἰδιότητος συστατικαί δυνάμεις εἰσί, καί κατά τοῦτο οὐ κακόν τά τοιαῦτα.

β. Ἀλλ ' ᾖ οὐκ ἔστι: Κατά κοινοῦ τό κατά φύσιν. γ. Οὐ μήποτε αὐτάς: Ἰδού ἐνταῦθα σαφῶς φησιν, ὅτι ἐξ ἀγγέλων οἱ δαίμονες· τάς γάρ δοθείσας αὐτοῖς ἀγγελικάς δωρεάς οὐκ ἀποβάλλουσι, τουτέστιν ὅπερ ἐκ φύσεως ἔχουσιν ἀγαθόν, οὐ μετατρέπουσιν, εἰ καί αὐτοί μή βούλονται ὁρᾷν τό ἐν αὐτοῖς φῶς, μύσαντες αὑτῶν τάς ἀγαθοπτικάς δυνάμεις, ὡς τό εἰρημένον περί τῶν Ἰσραηλιτῶν· «τούς ὀφθαλμούς αὑτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν, καί τοῖς ὠσίν αὑτῶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσι καί ἰάσωμαι αὐτούς», Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι φωτοειδεῖς καί οἱ δαίμονες, μᾶλλον δέ φῶτα κατ' οὐσίαν, ὡς καί οἱ λοιποί ἄγγελοι· οὕτω καί ἐν Εὐαγγελίοις· «ἐθεώρουν τόν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπήν».

English

a. Not evil in themselves: Unreasoning anger in itself, and mindless desire in itself, and rash imagination, are not altogether and in every case evil when considered in themselves, but sometimes even the removal of them harms the living being that possesses them, as he says perfectly in the seventh chapter of this discourse. And he has rightly placed the things that are slandered in these relations, since there is also anger with reason, as that against sin and against the enemies of God; and thoughtful desire, as the desire for the better, and, "With desire I have desired to eat this Passover with you." Thus there is also imagination that is not rash, by which we grasp intelligible things, our mind doing this.

Not the relation: He calls "relation" the mere having in a simple sense, but the things previously mentioned, I mean anger and the things connected with it, are constituent powers of the peculiarity in certain living beings, and in this respect such things are not evil.

b. But where it is not: "According to nature" is understood in common. c. Never these: Behold, here he says clearly that the demons are from angels; for the angelic gifts given to them they do not cast off, that is, the good which they have by nature they do not change, even if they themselves do not wish to see the light in them, having closed their own capacities for good, as the saying about the Israelites: "They closed their eyes, and with their ears they heard heavily, lest they should turn and I should heal them." Note also that the demons are light-like, or rather lights in essence, as are the rest of the angels; thus also in the Gospels: "I saw Satan as lightning.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:105 · narrative
Source · Greek

δ. Λέγονται κακοί: Οὐχ ἁπλῶς τό λέγεσθαι, ἀλλά τό ὄν τῇ φύσει ζητητέον. Τό δέ, 'καθό οὔκ εἰσιν', οὕτω νοητέον· Οὐ γεγόνασιν ἐπί παρατροπῇ τῶν θεόθεν αὐτοῖς δεδομένων ἀγαθῶν, ἕξεων τε καί ἐνεργειῶν, ἥντινα ἀποθέμενοι, γεγόνασι κακοί, καθ' ἥν οὔκ εἰσι τό εἶναι λαχόντες.

α. Καί τοῦ μή ὄντος: Πῶς οἱ τοῦ μή ὄντος ἐφιέμενοι τοῦ κακοῦ ἐφίενται, λεκτέον οὕτως. Ὁ Θεός ὄν ἐστιν ὑπέρ τά ὄντα, καί ἡ ἀλήθεια οὖν τό ὄν ἐστιν, ἐπειδή καί ἡ ἀλήθεια ὁ Θεός ( 14 _184 ἐστίν· εἰκότως οὖν τό ἀντικείμενον τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ψεῦδός ἐστι, μήτε ὄν· ἔξω γάρ ἐστι τοῦ Θεοῦ παντελῶς· μήτε εἰκών ἀληθείας ὄν· οὐδέν γάρ ἀγαθόν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔχει. Ἐπειδή δέ πείθει τινάς ὅλως εἶναί τι, ἔσται σκοτεινόν καί ἀμυδρόν τῶν ὁπωσοῦν ὄντων εἴδωλον. Διό καί ἐνεργείᾳ εἴδωλον, καί ἐνεργείᾳ ψεῦδος, τουτέστιν ἀληθινῶς καί ὄντως ψεῦδος· ὅθεν καί ἐνεργείᾳ μή ὄν, οὐκ ὄν ἐστι, καί ὄντως μή ὄν. Τοιγαροῦν ὥσπερ καί ἐπί τῶν ψευδῶς ὄντων, καί τό ὅλον τοῦτο ψεῦδος ὄντων, τό ψεῦδος, ἀναιρεθέν, πᾶσαν τήν οὐσίαν τοῦ πράγματος ἀναιρεῖ, οὕτω καί ὁ τοῦ ψεύδους ἐρῶν, ὥσπερ οἱ δαίμονες, τοῦ μή ὄντος ἐρᾷ, καί ἐν τῷ ὄντι, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐχ ἔστηκεν, ὡς αὐτή ἡ Ἀλήθειά φησιν. Οἱ οὖν δαίμονες, καθώς φησιν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, «ψεῦσται ὄντες, καί πατέρες τοῦ ψεύδους», οὔτε εἰσί, καί τοῦ μή ὄντος ἐφίενται, ὅταν καί κακοῦ ἐφίενται τοῦ ψεύδους. β. § 24. Εἰ δέ τό κακύνεσθαι: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι τό συγγίνεσθαι κακοῖς ἐπί προνοίᾳ τοῦ καί αὐτά ἀγαθύνεσθαι οὐ κακόν, κατά τό εἰρημένον· «ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἀνόμοις ὡς ἄνομος, ἵνα καί ἀνόμους κερδήσω».

English

d. They are called evil: It is not the mere being called so, but what exists by nature that must be sought. And the phrase "insofar as they are not" must be understood thus: they did not come to be by a perversion of the goods given to them by God—both states and activities—which, having set aside, they became evil, in accordance with which they are not, having received their being.

a. And of that which is not: How those who desire that which is not desire evil must be stated thus. God is being, above beings, and truth, then, is being, since truth is God; reasonably, therefore, the opposite of truth is falsehood, being neither existent (for it is wholly outside God) nor an image of truth (for it has nothing good from God). But since it persuades some that it wholly is something, it will be a dark and faint idol of things that are in any way. Therefore it is also in activity an idol, and in activity a falsehood—that is, truly and really a falsehood; whence also in activity it is not-being, and really not-being. Just as, then, in the case of things falsely existing, and this whole falsehood being things that are, the falsehood, when removed, removes the whole substance of the thing, so too the lover of falsehood, like the demons, loves that which is not, and does not stand in that which is—that is, in the truth—as the Truth itself says. The demons, therefore, as Jesus says, "being liars and fathers of falsehood," neither are, and they desire that which is not, whenever they also desire the evil of falsehood. b. § 24. But if to be made evil: Note that to associate with the evil for the purpose of their also being made good is not evil, according to the saying: "I became to the lawless as lawless, that I might gain the lawless.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:106 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἔφημεν δέ καί ἀνωτέρω ἐν τῷ ε' κεφαλαίῳ, μή παντελῆ στέρησιν γενέσθαι τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν, ἐπεί καί παντελής ἐγένετο ἄν φθορά καί αὐτῆς τῆς φθορᾶς, ἀλλά κατ' ἔλλειψιν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μερικήν. Οὐκοῦν κατά τοῦτο οὔτε ἡ ψυχή παντελές ἔχει τό κακόν, ἀλλά τό μέν ἕξει, τό δέ οὐχ ἕξει· καί τό μέν ἀγαθόν οὐσιῶδες, τό δέ κακόν ἔξωθεν. Ἀλλά καί οὕτως ἐρεῖ τις κακόν εἶναι τῇ ψυχῆ τόν ἐμποδισμόν ( 14 _186 τῆς οἰκείας κατά φύσιν ἐνεργείας. Εἰ καί ἔξωθεν τοίνυν ἦν ὁ ἐμποδισμός, ἀλλ’ οὖν ὡς ἐν σκότῳ βλέπειν κωλυομένη ψυχή, ποιήσει κακά. Πρός ὅ λεκτέον, ὅτι ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων εὑρίσκεται ὁ ἐμποδισμός ποιητικόν κακοῦ, οὐ μήν αὐτόκακον· οὐ γάρ ἡ κακία πρῶτον κακόν, ἀλλ' εἶδος κακοῦ, ὥσπερ ἡ ἀρετή συνεργόν τί ἐστι πρός ἀγαθόν, οὔ τοι πρῶτον ἀγαθόν.

γ. Τό κακόν, ὡς ὄν κακόν: Τουτέστιν οὐκ οὐσία τις τό κακόν, ἀλλ’ οὐδέ ἐν τοῖς κατ' οὐσίαν οὖσι ὡς συμπληρωτικόν ταύτης ὁρᾶται, ὥσπερ δύναμις καί ἐνέργεια τό κακόν· καί πρός τήν τοιαύτην τῆς ἐννοίας ἀπόδοσιν ὁ πᾶς περί τούτου σκοπός ὁρᾶται τοῦ πατρός.

English

We said also above in the fifth chapter that there is no total privation of the good in existing things, since then total destruction would have come to be, even of destruction itself, but rather a partial deficiency of the good. Therefore, in this respect the soul does not have the evil totally, but some of it it will have and some it will not have; and the good is essential, while the evil is from outside. But even so someone will say that the impediment of the soul's natural activity proper to it is an evil to the soul. Even if, then, the impediment is from outside, nevertheless the soul, being prevented from seeing as in darkness, will do evil things. To this it must be said that from what has been said the impediment is found to be productive of evil, but not itself evil; for wickedness is not the first evil, but a form of evil, just as virtue is a certain co-worker toward good, not indeed the first good.

c. Evil, as being evil: That is, evil is not some substance, nor is it seen among things that exist according to substance as completing it, as evil is a power and activity; and the whole purpose of the father concerning this is seen to accord with such an exposition of the concept.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:107 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀλλ' ὡς ἔλλειψις: Πῶς νοεῖται τό κακόν.

δ. § 25. Ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐν ζώοις: Ὅτι οὔτε ἐν ζώοις ἀλόγοις ἐστί τό κακόν, ἐπεί μήτε φύσει κακά εἰσιν, ἀλλ' οὔτε αἱ σχέσεις αὐτῶν κακαί, οἷον θυμός, ἐπιθυμία, φαντασία προπετής.

ε. Εἰ γάρ ἀνέλοις: Ὅτι φυσικαί εἰσιν αἱ σχέσεις τῶν ἀλόγων, ὥσπερ λέοντι καί ἑρπετοῖς ὁ θυμός, καί κυσί τό ὑλακτικόν· ὅθεν ὡς φυσικαί, οὔτε κακαί. ς. § 26. Ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐν τῇ ὅλῃ: Φύσις ἐστί καθ' ἕξιν θεία τέχνη εἰς γένεσιν προϊοῦσα, ἧς θείας τέχνης τά ἀποτελέσματα φυτά τε καί ζῶα καί καρποί καί τῶν στοιχείων εἰς ἄλληλα μεταβολαί, ἀρχή κινήσεως οὖσα καί στάσεως. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἐπί τῶν κηροπλαστῶν καί τῶν τάς πλαστικάς μετιόντων τέχνας δεῖ εἶναί τι ἐν αὐτοῖς μένον, τουτέστι λόγον καί νοῦν, οἵ διά χειρῶν ποιοῦσι τά ἑαυτῶν ἔργα, οὕτω καί ἐπί τῆς φύσεως τῶν ὅλων, ἔστι τι ἐν αὐτοῖς μένον, τουτέστι ἡ δύναμις, οὐ διά χειρῶν ἐργαζομένη, ἀλλά βούλησις καί διανόησις οὖσα Θεοῦ, ( 14 _188 προϊοῦσα οἷον τέχνη εἰς γένεσιν τῶν φυομένων· οὐ γάρ δεῖται ἡ φύσις τινῶν μενόντων, ἑτέρων δέ ὡς κινουμένων· ἡ γάρ ὕλη ἐστίν ἡ εἰς γένεσιν κινουμένη, τό δέ κινοῦν αὐτήν ὁ

English

But as deficiency: How evil is understood.

4. § 25. But not even in living things: That evil is not in irrational living things either, since they are not evil by nature, nor are their dispositions evil, such as anger, desire, and impulsive imagination.

5. For if you were to remove: That the dispositions of irrational creatures are natural, just as anger is for the lion and for reptiles, and the barking instinct for dogs; whence, as being natural, they are not evil either. 6. § 26. But not even in matter: Nature is a divine art existing as a habit, proceeding into generation, of which divine art the products are plants and animals and fruits and the changes of the elements into one another, being the principle of motion and rest. Just as, then, in the case of wax-modellers and those who pursue the plastic arts, there must be something remaining in them, that is, reason and mind, which through their hands make their own works, so also in the case of the nature of all things, there is something remaining in them, that is, the power, not working through hands, but being the will and thought of God, proceeding as it were like an art into the generation of things that grow; for nature does not need some things remaining and others as it were being moved; for it is matter that is moved into generation, and the one moving it is the

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:108 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἀκίνητός ἐστι λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ ὅλῳ, ὅς ἐστιν ἡ θεία τέχνη, ἥν ἔφημεν φύσιν, εἶδος οὖσα, οὐ μήν ἐξ ὕλης καί εἴδους· τί γάρ αὐτή ὕλης δεῖ, θερμῆς ἤ ψυχρᾶς; ἡ γάρ δεδημιουργημένη ὕλη τοῦτο φέρει ἐν ἑαυτῇ· οὐ γάρ δεῖ πῦρ προσελθεῖν, ἵνα πῦρ ἡ ὕλη γένηται, ἀλλά λόγον· ὅ καί σημεῖόν ἐστι οὐ μικρόν τοῦ καί ἐν τοῖς ζώοις καί τοῖς φυτοῖς, τούς λόγους εἶναι τούς ποιητικούς κατά τήν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον τόν μένοντα· λόγους δέ τούς κατά τάς μορφάς τῶν ὁρωμένων τῆς φύσεως εἶναι γεννήματα, ἤτοι τοῦ κατ' αὐτήν ἀκινήτου καί μένοντος λόγου. Πῶς οὖν ἐν τῇ καθόλου φύσει τό κακόν, τῶν ἐν τοῖς δημιουργήμασι λόγων φυσικῶν ὄντων, καί ἐν οὐδενί ἐναντιουμένων τῇ ὅλῃ φύσει ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ οὔσῃ; Εἰ τοίνυν ἀποδέδεικται τήν καθόλου φύσιν ἐκ τἀγαθοῦ εἶναι, τούς δέ καθ' ἕκαστον ἐν τοῖς δημιουργήμασι λόγους μή ἐναντιοῦσθαι τῇ καθόλου φύσει, πρόδηλον ὡς οὐδέ ἐν φύσει τό κακόν· τοῦτο δέ τῷ καλῷ ἐναντίον· οὐκοῦν οὐκ ἔστι τό κακόν, οὐδέ ἐν τῷ καθόλου. Τά δέ ἐν τοῖς κατ' εἶδος τῆς δημιουργίας ἐναντία, εἴτε ἐν κράσεσιν, εἴτε ἐν ζώοις καί λοιποῖς, οὐχ ἑαυτοῖς εἰσι παρά φύσιν, ἀλλά τοῖς ἄλλοις· ἐν οἷς δέ παρά φύσιν πλημμελῶς φέρονται, τοῦ κατά φύσιν ἐστίν ἀσθένεια, οὐ μήν τοῦτο κακόν· κακία δέ τάξεως μᾶλλόν ἐστι.

English

The principle in the whole is unmoved, which is the divine art, which we called nature, being form, yet not [composed] of matter and form; for why would it need matter, hot or cold? For created matter carries this in itself; for it is not necessary that fire approach in order that matter become fire, but rather a principle; which is also no small sign that both in animals and in plants the principles productive according to nature are a principle that remains; and that the principles according to the forms of visible things are offspring of nature, that is, of the unmoved and abiding principle according to it. How then is evil in universal nature, when the principles in created things are natural and in nothing oppose the whole nature, which is from the good? If, then, it has been demonstrated that universal nature is from the good, and that the particular principles in created things do not oppose universal nature, it is evident that evil is not in nature either; and this is contrary to the beautiful; therefore evil is not, nor is it in the whole. But the opposites in things according to species of creation, whether in mixtures or in animals and the rest, are not contrary to nature for themselves, but for others; and in those in which they are borne contrary to nature in a disorderly way, it is a weakness of what is according to nature, yet this is not evil; rather it is a disordering of order.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:109 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τῆς καθόλου φύσεως: Καθόλου φύσιν τήν θείαν φύσιν καλεῖ. ζ. Εἰ γάρ οἱ πάντες. Πάντες, φησίν, οἱ τῆς φύσεως λόγοι, ἤγουν αἱ αἰτίαι καθ' ἅς γεγόνασι καί εἰσί, παρά τῆς θείας φύσεως ὑπάρχουσιν, ἥν, ὡς εἴρηται, καθόλου καλεῖ, ἐπειδή ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔφυ τά ὅλα· ὅλην δέ φύσιν πάντα τά ὑπό τοῦ Θεοῦ κτισθέντα ( 14 _190 ἐκάλεσεν. Οὐδέν οὖν ἐστιν ἐν τῇ φύσει, ὅπερ ὅλον ὅλοις ἀντίκειται· τό γάρ τινι τῶν ὄντων παρά τήν αὐτοῦ φύσιν ἑτέρῳ φύσις ἐστί· τοῦτο δέ ἀγαθόν. Πάσῃ οὖν φύσει τό μή μένειν ἐφ' οἷς γέγονε, κακόν· τοῦτο γάρ ἔφη στέρησιν τῶν τῆς φύσεως, τό μή ἐκτελεῖν καθ' ὁποιανοῦν αἰτίαν τά ἐφ' οἷς παρήχθη πρός γέννησιν. η. § 27. Ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐν σώματι: Ὥσπερ τό κάλλος συμμετρία ἐστί μελῶν καί μερῶν μετά εὐχροίας, οὕτως αἶσχος ἀσυμμετρία ἐστί τῶν αὐτῶν. θ. Αἴτιον τῇ ψυχῇ: Ἐπειδή τινες τῶν φιλοσόφων φασίν, ἐκ τοῦ ἀλόγου τῆς ψυχῆς μέρους, ὕλῃ καί σώματι μεμιγμένου, ρεπούσης ἐπ' αὐτό τῆς ψυχῆς τά κακά πράττειν, ὡς ἀνωτέρω διῆλθεν, παγκάλως ὁ θεῖος Διονύσιος λύει τό ἐπαπόρημα ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων ἀσωμάτων καί ἀμιγῶν σώματος πάντῃ, οἵ καί δίχα σώματος, ἐλλείψει τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ πλημμελοῦσι.

English

Of universal nature: He calls the divine nature "universal nature." 7. For if all. All the principles of nature, he says—that is, the causes by which things have come to be and are—exist from the divine nature, which, as has been said, he calls "universal," since from it all things have their being; and he called "whole nature" all things created by God. Nothing, therefore, is in nature that is wholly opposed to all things; for what is contrary to its own nature is, to another, nature; and this is good. So for every nature, not to remain in the things for which it came to be is evil; for this he called a privation of the properties of nature—namely, not to accomplish, for whatever cause, the things for which it was brought forth unto generation. 8. § 27. But neither in a body: Just as beauty is a symmetry of limbs and parts together with good complexion, so ugliness is the asymmetry of these same things. 9. A cause for the soul: Since some of the philosophers say that evils are committed from the irrational part of the soul, which is mingled with matter and body, when the soul inclines toward it, as he set out above, the divine Dionysius most excellently resolves the difficulty from the other incorporeal beings that are wholly unmixed with body, which even without a body do wrong through a deficiency of the good.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:110 · narrative
Source · Greek

Παρυφίστασθαι κακίαν: Ὅτι δυνατόν καί ἄνευ σώματος παρυφίστασθαι κακίαν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς δαίμοσι.

Καί σώμασι κακόν: Τί ἐστι κακόν.

§ 28. Ἥ μηδέ τό πάσχειν δύνασθαι καθ' ἑαυτήν: Εὔλογον ἐπιδρομάδην ἐκθέσθαι τάς δόξας τῶν λεγόντων τήν ὕλην μή ὄν, καί πῶς καλοῦσιν αὐτήν μή ὄν, ἵνα καί οἱ συλλογισμοί τοῦ θειου Διονυσίου νοηθῶσι. Καλοῦσιν οὖν τήν ὕλην μή ὄν ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτου· φασί γάρ, ὅτι τό ὄν, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς νοητοῖς διακόσμοις, ἐκ τοῦ πρώτου τοῦ ὑπό τό ὄν ὄντος ἐγένετο. Ἐπεί οὖν ἐκεῖνος ὑπέρ τό ὄν ἐστι, τό ὄν ἐξ αὐτοῦ ὄν ἐκλήθη, ἕτερον ὄν τοῦ ὄντος καθ' ὑπόβασιν· τό γάρ ὄν, ὅ λέγουσι, τήν τῶν νοητῶν ὕλην ὀνομάζουσι, λόγῳ μόνῳ θεωρητήν, ἥν καἱ αὐτήν εἶδος καί ζωήν φασιν, οἱονεί τό ὑποκείμενον ταῖς νοηταῖς οὐσίαις· ( 14 _192 τήν δέ ἐν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ὕλην, ὡς ἐνδεῆ πάντων τῶν ἐν τοῖς νοητοῖς· οὔτε γάρ εἶδος, οὔτε ζωή αὐτή. Ἐγένετο δέ αὕτη, ὥς φασιν, ὑπό τοῦ ὄντος, ὅν ἔφησαν γενέσθαι ἀπό τοῦ πρώτου καί ὑπερόντος· ὥστε ἕτερον αὐτήν οὖσαν τοῦ ὄντος οὐ λέγουσιν αὐτήν εἶναι ὄν, ἀλλά μή ὄν· φασί γάρ χρῆναι τήν ὑπόβασιν καί μέχρι τῶν ἐσχάτων ἱέναι, καί διά τοῦτο ἕτερόν φασι τήν ὕλην τοῦ ὄντος καί τοῦ καλοῦ, ὡς μηδέ καλόν εἶναι. Οὐδέν οὖν φασιν αὐτήν ἐνεργείᾳ εἶναι, ἀλλά πάντων ἐστερῆσθαι τῶν ἐπ' αὐτῆς συμβαινόντων, οἷον εἴδους καί ποιότητος· οὔτε γάρ ἑαυτήν μορφοῖ εἰς εἶδος, οἷον

English

To exist alongside: That evil can exist alongside even without a body, as in the case of the demons.

And evil in bodies: What evil is.

§ 28. Or the inability to suffer in itself: It is reasonable to set forth briefly the opinions of those who say that matter is non-being, and in what sense they call it non-being, so that the arguments of the divine Dionysius may also be understood. They call matter non-being for this reason: for they say that the being that is in the intelligible orders came to be from the first being that is below being. Since, then, that one is above being, the being that is from him was called being, a different being from being by way of descent; for the being of which they speak they name the matter of intelligible things, contemplated by reason alone, which they also call form and life, as it were the substrate of intelligible essences; but the matter in sensible things, as lacking all the things that are in intelligible things; for it is neither form nor life. And this came to be, as they say, from the being which they said came to be from the first and super-essential; so that, being other than being, they do not call it being but non-being; for they say that the descent must go even to the last things, and for this reason they say that matter is other than being and than the good, so as not even to be good. They say, then, that it is nothing in actuality, but is deprived of all the things that befall it, such as form and quality; for it does not itself shape itself into form, as it were

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:111 · narrative
Source · Greek

οὐρανοῦ, γῆς, ἀέρος, ὕδατος, ζώων, ἀστέρων, οὔτε ποιοῖ, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἑτέρου κοσμεῖται εἰς ταῦτα. Ὡς οὖν οὐδέν οὖσα τῶν ὄντων ἐπ' αὐτῇ, εἴδους φασί καί ποιότητος, μόνον δέ δυνάμει οὖσα ταῦτα, τουτέστιν εἰς εἶδος καί ποιότητα ἐνεχθῆναι δυναμένη, οὐ μήν ἐνεργείᾳ τι οὖσα τούτων, εἰκότως μή ὄν ἐστι, καθ' ἑαυτήν ἐνεργείᾳ μή οὖσα, διό καί ὡς ἀνείδεος καί ὡς ἄποιος, καί μή ὄν, καί ὡς πάντων ἐνδεής, ἐκλήθη κακόν παρ' αὐτῶν. Ταῦτα οὖν λύων ὁ θεῖος Διονύσιός φησι· Πῶς ποιήσει κακόν ἡ ὕλη, ἡ παντελῶς μή οὖσα τῇ ἐνεργείᾳ; τό γάρ ποιεῖν ἐνεργείας ἐστίν· ἀλλά μηδέ πάσχειν τι δυναμένη, καθ' ἑαυτήν μόνον οὖσα· ἐξ ἑτέρου γάρ καθ' ἡμᾶς κοσμεῖται εἰς εἶδος καί ποιότητα· οὐ πάσχει οὖν καθ' ἑαυτήν οὖσα. Εἰ δέ μή ὄν αὐτήν λέγετε, ὡς παντελῶς οὐδέν οὖσαν, οὔτε κακόν ἔσται οὔτε ἀγαθόν· εἰ δέ ἐστί τι ὄν, ἤ ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν ἤ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς, ἤ ἐξ ἑτέρας ἀρχῆς, καί αὐτή καί ὁ Θεός· εἰ δέ ἀναγκαῖον ἡ ὕλη, ὡς συμπληρωτικόν κόσμου, πῶς κακόν ἡ ὕλη; Ὅρος γάρ ἀναγκαίου, ἀΐδιον, ἀληθές, ὡς ὠφέλιμον, οἵα ἐστίν ἡ ἀρετή ὠφελοῦσα. Ἄλλο οὖν τό κακόν, καί ἄλλο τό ἀναγκαῖον.

English

of heaven, earth, air, water, animals, stars, nor of any quality, but is ordered into these things from something else. Since, then, it is nothing of the things that exist in itself—they say it is form and quality—and is only potentially these things, that is, able to be brought into form and quality, yet is not actually any of these things, it is reasonably non-being, being in itself not actually; therefore, as formless and as qualityless, and as non-being, and as destitute of all things, it was called evil by them. Resolving these things, the divine Dionysius says: How will matter do evil, which is altogether non-being in actuality? For doing is a matter of activities; but it is not even able to suffer anything, being only in itself; for according to us it is ordered into form and quality from something else; it does not therefore suffer, being in itself. But if you say it is non-being, as being altogether nothing, it will be neither evil nor good; but if it is some being, it is either from God or from itself, or from another principle, both it and God; but if matter is necessary, as completing the world, how is matter evil? For the definition of the necessary is eternal, true, as beneficial, such as virtue is, benefiting. Evil, then, is one thing, and the necessary another.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:112 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τό γάρ κακόν, ᾖ κακόν: Ἀνατρέπων τάς δόζας τῶν λεγόντων ( 14 _194 κακόν εἶναι τήν ὕλην, φησί· Πῶς οὖν ἐξ ὕλης γεννᾶται καί τρέφεται ἡ ἔκφυσις τῶν ἀπό γῆς, φυτά καί ζῶα; καί ταῦτα γάρ ἐξ εἴδους καί ὕλης εἰσί. Τό οὖν αὐτόκακον πῶς γεννᾷ καί τρέφει, καί οὐκ εὐθύς φθείρει καί φθείρεται; αὕτη γάρ ἕξις τοῦ κακοῦ. Ἀλλ' οὔτε, ὡς ἔφημεν ἄνω λέγειν τινάς, ἐφέλκεται εἰς κακίαν τάς ψυχάς ἡ ὕλη διά τοῦ ἀλόγου μέρους τῆς ψυχῆς, διά τοῦ σώματος μεμιγμένη τῷ ἀλόγῳ τῆς ψυχῆς· πολλοί γάρ ἐκράτησαν τοῦ τοιούτου μέρους, ὡς οἱ ἅγιοι τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἐπειδή δέ ἔνιοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων φασί, διά τοῦτο τόν οὐρανόν καί τά ἄστρα μή φθείρεσθαι, διά τό ἐκ τοῦ καθαρωτέρου τῆς ὕλης γενέσθαι, τά δέ προσεχῆ τοῖς φθαρτοῖς σώμασιν ἐκ τῆς ὑποστάθμης καί παχυτέρας ὕλης λέγουσι γενέσθαι, ἀναγκαίως καθ' ὑπόβασιν τῶν κτισθέντων, ἐσχάτην οὖσαν, ἀποβῆναι τοιαύτην· διό καί φθείρονται τά κατώτερα καί ἀστατοῦσι, μή δυνάμενα ἰδρῦσθαι καί βεβαίως ἔχειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῖς, ὡς ὁ οὐρανός καί τά ἄστρα. Εἰ οὖν ἀναγκαίως οὕτω γέγονε, πῶς ἡ ὕλη κακόν, ἔχουσα καθ' ἡμᾶς ἐν ἑαυτῇ τό ἀναγκαῖον; Οὐκ οὖν οὐδαμῶς ἡ ὕλη κακόν. 29. Ἡ στέρησις κατά δύναμιν: Ἡ στέρησις οὔκ ἐστιν ὑπόστασίς τις, ἀλλά περί τό ἐστερημόνον τοῦ πεφυκότος καί ἐπιβάλλοντος εἴδους γίνεται, ὡς καί ἐνταῦθα· μερικῶς γάρ τῆς στερήσεως οὔσης ἐν τῇ ὕλῃ τοῦ εἴδους, ἔσται τοῦ ἀγαθού τι ἐν αὐτῇ, καθό καί εἴδους καί κόσμου ἐρᾷ, καί δέχεται ταῦτα ὡς ἀγαθά. Τό δέ αὐτόκακον οὔτε ἀγαθοῦ μετουσίαν δέχεται, διό οὔτε ἐστίν·

English

For evil, insofar as it is evil: Refuting the opinions of those who say that matter is evil, he says: How then is the generation and nourishment of the growth of things from the earth—plants and animals—produced from matter? For these too are from form and matter. How then does evil itself generate and nourish, and not immediately corrupt and be corrupted? For this is a state of evil. But neither, as we said above that some claim, does matter draw souls into wickedness through the irrational part of the soul, being mingled through the body with the irrational part of the soul; for many have mastered this part, as the saints of God have. But since some of the Greeks say that for this reason heaven and the stars do not perish—because they are made from the purer part of matter—while the things adjacent to corruptible bodies, they say, are made from the sediment and coarser matter, it necessarily follows that by a descending order of created things, being last, it came to be such; therefore the lower things also perish and are unstable, unable to be established and to remain firmly in themselves, as heaven and the stars do. If then it has necessarily come to be thus, how is matter evil, having in itself, according to us, necessity? Therefore matter is in no way evil. 29. Privation in potentiality: Privation is not a substance, but comes about in that which has been deprived of the form it naturally has and which is proper to it, as also here; for since privation of form is partially in matter, there will be something of the good in it, insofar as it desires form and order, and receives these as goods. But evil itself neither receives participation in the good, therefore it also is not.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:113 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἡ γάρ παντελής στέρησις καί αυτό τό ὑποκείμενον σῶμα φθείρει, ὡς μηδέ νόσον ἔτι ὑπομεῖναι· ὅθεν καί ἀδύναμον αὐτήν εἶπεν· ἡ δέ μερική, ὡς ἔχουσά τι τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, δύναμιν λέγεται ἔχειν. Ἀλλά καθό οὐ παντελής: Ὅρος σύντομος τοῦ κακοῦ, ὅτι ( 14 _196 οὐ κατά φύσιν, ἀλλά κατά μερικήν ἔλλειψιν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἐστι. § 30. α. Καί τῆς ὅλης αἰτίας: Ὅλην αἰτίαν τήν τῶν ὅλων φησι. Τό δέ μερικόν εἴρηκεν, ἵνα τό καθόλου ἀνέλῃ· παντελής γάρ ἔλλειψις τό μή εἶναι συνίστησιν. Οἶδεν ὁ Θεός τό κακόν: Καί τά λεγόμενα κακά οἶδεν ὁ Θεός ἔσθ' ὅτε ὡς ἀγαθά. Κακά δέ νῦν φησιν, οἷον πολέμους, νόσους παιδευτικάς, θανάτους καί τά τοιαῦτα· νομίζονται γάρ ἡμῖν κακά, εἰσί δέ δυνάμεις ἀγαθοποιοῦ αἰτίας· καί γάρ διά τῶν εἰρημένων μετάνοια καί ἐπίγνωσις Θεοῦ καί εὐσεβείας τοῖς πλείοσιν ἐγένετο πρόφασις· καί ἐν τοῖς προφήταις ἡ κακία παιδεία λέγεται. Ἀνάγνωθι τό κβ ' κεφάλαιον.

β. Παρ' αὐτῷ αἱ αἰτίαι: Αἰτία τοῦ ἐν τῷ ἀσελγαίνειν κακοῦ ἡ ἐπιθυμία παρά λόγον κινηθεῖσα. Ἀλλ' αὐτή ἡ ἐπιθυμία δύναμις ἀγαθοποιός λογικοῖς μέν πρός τό δι' αὐτῆς πρός τό ὄντως ἀνατείνεσθαι ἀγαθόν, ἀλόγοις δέ πρός ὄρεξιν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων τῆς οἰκείας διαμονῆς.

English

For complete privation also destroys the underlying body itself, so that it can no longer even endure disease; whence he called it powerless. But partial privation, since it has something of the good, is said to have power. But insofar as it is not complete: A brief definition of evil, that it is not according to nature, but according to a partial deficiency of the good. § 30. a. And of the whole cause: He calls the whole the cause of all things. But he has said "partial" in order to abolish the universal; for complete deficiency constitutes non-being. God knows evil: And God sometimes knows the things called evils as goods. But he now calls evils such things as wars, diseases that are corrective, deaths, and the like; for they are considered by us to be evils, but they are powers of a good-producing cause; for through the things said, repentance and knowledge of God and a pretext for piety have come about for the majority; and in the prophets, wickedness is called discipline. Read the twenty-second chapter.

b. In him the causes: The cause of the evil in debauchery is desire moved contrary to reason. But this desire itself is a good-producing power—for rational beings, to be stretched through it toward the truly existing good; for irrational beings, toward the appetite for the things suited to their own preservation.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:114 · narrative
Source · Greek

γ. Εἰ δέ τό κακόν ἀΐδιον: Ταῦτα κατά Μανιχαίων ἔλεγχος καί τῆς δόξης αυτῶν ἀνατροπή. Εἰ γάρ καί μήπω ἡ αἵρεσις, ἀλλά προφυλακτικῶς ἐνεπνεύσθη τά τήν πλάνην αὐτῶν ἀνατρέποντα. Ἴσως δέ καί πρός τινας τῶν ἕξωθεν δόξας τά τοιαῦτα.

δ. Πᾶν τό κατά φύσιν: Τουτέστιν οὐκ ἄτακτοι τῶν φύσεων οἱ λόγοι, ἕπεται δέ τῷ κατά φύσιν τό ὡρισμένον· ὅρος γάρ ἐστι καί ὁ ἑρμηνευτικός λόγος τῆς οὐσίας τῶν πραγμάτων, καί τό τί ἦν εἶναι δηλῶν, τοῦ τί ἦν εἶναι, τῷ τί ἐστιν ἴσα δυναμένου. Πᾶν οὖν τό κατά φύσιν ἐξ αἰτίας ὡρισμένης ἐστί, δι' ἥν αἰτίαν γίνεται τό γενόμενον. Εἰ οὖν τό κακόν ἀναίτιόν ἐστιν, οὐ γάρ ( 14 _198 διά τι γέγονεν, εἰκότως καἱ ἐν ἀοριστίᾳ· οὐ γάρ ἐστι αὐτοῦ λόγος, τό τί ἦν εἶναι ἑρμηνεύων, ἐξ ἀνάγκης, οὐδέ κατά φύσιν. Εἰ οὖν παρά φύσιν, οὐχ ἕξει ἐν τῇ φύσει λόγος, ὡς οὔτε ἐν τῇ τέχνη ἡ ἀτεχνία, ε. Εἰ μέν φύσει: Εἰ μή κατά στέρησιν μερικήν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ κακύνεται ψυχή, ἔξωθεν τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῆς, ἀλλ' ἀλλοτρίου τινός ἐπισυμβαίνοντος, ἔσται τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῆς ἡ στέρησις τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, καί ἔσται οὐσιῶδες αὐτῇ τό κακόν. Καί πῶς ἔσται ψυχή; οὔτε γάρ ἔσται ζῶσα οὐ γάρ ἕξει ζωήν· ἀγαθόν δέ ζωή. Εἰ δέ ψυχή ἐστι, μετέχει τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τουτέστι ζωῆς· οὐσιῶδες οὖν ἕξει τό ἀγαθόν, καί οὐ τό κακόν· διό καί ἀγαθοειδής λέγεται. Ἀσθενείᾳ δέ τῇ περί τά οἰκεῖα, κατά φύσιν ἐνεργεῖν κακύνεται, ὡς ἀσθενής καί εὐκίνητος οὖσα πρός τά πάθη. Ἀσθένεια δέ ψυχῆς οὐχ ὡς ἐπί σωμάτων παχύτης ἤ ἰσχνότης εἰς τήν οὐσίαν αὐτῆς, ἀλλ' ἐπί τά ὑλικά καί πρόσκαιρα ἔνδοσις· ὅθεν καί πλημμελῶς λοιπόν κινεῖται.

English

3. But if evil is eternal: This is a refutation of the Manichaeans and an overthrow of their opinion. For even if the heresy is not yet present, yet the arguments that overturn their error were inspired by way of precaution. Perhaps such things are also directed against certain opinions of those outside the Church.

4. Everything according to nature: That is, the principles of natures are not disordered, but what is defined follows upon what is according to nature; for the interpretive principle of the essence of things is also a boundary, and it declares the what-it-was-to-be, since the what-it-was-to-be is equivalent in force to the what-it-is. Everything, then, that is according to nature is from a defined cause, by which cause the thing that comes to be comes to be. If, then, evil is without a cause—for it has not come to be for some reason—it is reasonably also in indefiniteness; for there is no principle of it that interprets the what-it-was-to-be, of necessity, nor is it according to nature. If, then, it is contrary to nature, it will not have a principle in nature, just as artlessness is not in art either.

5. If by nature: If the soul is not made evil by a partial privation of the good, but by something foreign befalling it from outside its essence, then the privation of the good will belong to its essence, and evil will be essential to it. And how will it be a soul? For it will not be living, since it will not have life; and life is a good. But if it is a soul, it partakes of the good, that is, of life; it will therefore have the good as essential, and not evil; whence it is also called good-like. But by weakness in matters proper to it, it is made evil by not acting according to nature, since it is weak and easily moved toward the passions. And the weakness of the soul is not, as in bodies, thickness or thinness with respect to its essence, but a yielding to material and temporary things; whence it is henceforth moved in a disordered way.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:115 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἔκγονα δέ ταύτης ἐνταῦθα τά ποιήματα λέγει. Σημείωσαι δέ ὅτι ἡ ἐνέργεια τῆς ψυχῆς οὐκ ἔχει τό ἀμετάβλητον, ὡς συμβαίνουσα καί ἀποσυμβαίνουσα.

Εἰ δέ ταῖς ἐνεργείαις: Ἵνα ᾖ ὁ νοῦς ἐν συντόμῳ οὕτως· ἡ φύσις τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγαθή, ἐπειδή ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ παρήχθη, καί αἱ ἐνέργειαι αὐτῆς ἀγαθαί· ὁρῶμεν γάρ τούς ἀγαθούς ἄνδρας ἐνεργοῦντας τά οἰκεῖα· ἐκ παρατροπῆς δέ καί ἐλλείψεως τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ παρεισδύνει τό κακόν. Οὐκοῦν οὐκ ἐν φύσει, οὐδέ ἐνούσιον τό κακόν. § 31. ς. Εἰ τῷ ἀγαθῷ τό κακόν: Τῷ ἑνί ἐναντία τά πολλά· οὐκοῦν εἰ τῷ ἑνί καί ἀγαθῷ αἰτίῳ ἐναντίον τά πολλά αἴτια, πολλά τῷ κακῷ· καί, εἰ τῶν κατά φύσιν, ὡς ἄνω ἔφην, λόγοι καί δυνάμεις εἰσί τά ποιητικά, τῶν παρά φύσιν ποιητικά αἱ πλημμελεῖς τῶν κατά φύσιν ἐξ ἀσθενείας καί ἀδυναμίας συμβαίνουσαι, ( 14 _200 δι' ὧν καί παρυφίσταται τό κακόν. Ποιεῖ δέ κακά ἔσθ' ὅτε καί μίξις τῶν ἀνομοίων ἀσύμμετρος, ὅταν ἤ τό θερμόν ἤ τό ψυχρόν, ἤ τό ξηρόν, ἤ τό ὑγρόν πλέον τῶν ἄλλων κρατήσῃ· ὅθεν καί νόσοι πολλάκις. Πῶς δέ συσταίη κακόν, τῶν γενομένων ἁπάντων, ὡς ἐποιήθησαν, μενόντων; Ταῦτα μέν γάρ ἐκ κινήσεως βουλήματι Θεοῦ παρήχθη καί ἀκίνητα ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ὅροις μένει ἑστῶτα καἱ πεπερασμένα ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τό δέ τούτων ἐναντίον τό αὐτόκακον, ἄστατον, καί πέρας οὐκ ἔχον οὔτε ὡρισμένον, ὧν οὐδέν ἐν τῇ δημιουργίᾳ ὁρῶμεν. Πῶς οὖν ἐνυπόστατον τό κακόν; ζ. Λόγοι καί δυνάμεις: Τουτέστιν οὐ κατά λόγον ἀναγκαῖον τῇ φύσει, ἤ τινα οὐσιώδη ἰδιότητα ταῦτα λογίζεσθαι χρή.

English

He calls the offspring of this here the things that have been made. Note that the energy of the soul does not possess immutability, since it both comes to be and ceases to be.

But if to the energies: So that the meaning may be, in brief, as follows: the nature of the soul is good, since it was brought forth from the good, and its energies are good; for we see good men performing what is proper to them; but evil steals in through deviation and deficiency of the good. Therefore evil is neither in nature nor essential. § 31. 6. If to the good, evil: Many things are contrary to the one; therefore if many causes are contrary to the one and good cause, then many things are contrary to evil; and if the productive principles and powers of things according to nature, as I said above, are productive, then the productive principles of things contrary to nature are the faulty operations of things according to nature, arising from weakness and incapacity, through which evil also subsists alongside. Sometimes, too, an incongruous mixture of dissimilar things produces evils, when either the hot or the cold, or the dry or the moist, prevails more than the others; whence also diseases often arise. But how could evil be constituted, when all things that have come to be remain as they were made? For these things were brought forth by movement according to the will of God and remain unmoved, standing within their own bounds and bounded in God, whereas the opposite of these, evil itself, is unstable and has no limit nor is it defined, none of which do we see in creation. How then is evil substantial? 7. Principles and powers: That is, one must not reckon these to be necessary to nature according to a principle, or as some essential property.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:116 · narrative
Source · Greek

Μίξιν δέ τῶν ἀνομοίων οἶμαι νοῆσαι τήν τῶν φυσικῶν δυνάμεων ἐπί τά μή προσήκοντα κίνησιν, ὅπερ ἡ ἀμετρία ποιεῖ, μή λόγῳ κρατουμένων τῶν κινήσεων εἴσω μένειν τῶν ὅρων, ἐφ' οἷς καί γεγόνασι. Πάντων καί τῶν κακῶν: Ὅτι πάντων καί τῶν κακῶν ἀρχή καί τέλος ἐστί τό ἀγαθόν, ἐπειδή καί πᾶν ποιοῦντες, ἀγαθόν ποιεῖν νομίζομεν, καί ὅτι ὑπόστασιν οὐκ ἔχει τό κακόν, ἀλλά παρυπόστασιν, τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἕνεκα, καί οὐχ ἑαυτοῦ γινόμενον. Τοῦτο δέ καί ἀνωτέρω εἰρήκαμεν, ὅτι οὐ πρός τό κακόν ὁρῶντες τοῦτο πράττομεν, ἀλλά δοκοῦντες ἀγαθόν ποιεῖν, εἰ καί ἡ ἔκβασις τουναντίον δείκνυσιν. Ὅτι τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἕνεκα: Ὅ εἶπε καί ἐν τῷ πρό τούτου κεφαλαίῳ, 'διά τό ἀγαθόν', ἐπειδή νομίζομεν ὅ ποιοῦμεν ἀγαθόν.

( 14 _202 § 32. Τῷ ὄντι δέ οὐκ ὀρθόν: Ἐφιέμενοι γάρ κατά φύσιν καἱ δύναμιν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἑκτικήν, πράττομεν ἔσθ' ὅτε ἀγνοοῦντες τό κακόν, ὅ ἡμῖν μέν νομίζεται καλόν, τῇ δέ ἀληθείᾳ ἐστί κακόν. Τί γάρ; Ὅτι, τιμωροῦντες τῷ ἠδικημένῳ, φονεύομεν ἐσθ' ὅτε τόν ἀδικήσαντα μή ἄξιον ὄντα θανάτου. Οὕτω νόει, καί οὐ σφάλλῃ.

English

I think that the mixture of dissimilar things means the movement of natural powers toward things that are not fitting, which is what immoderation brings about, when the movements are not governed by reason so as to remain within the boundaries in which they also came to be. Of all things, even of evils: That the good is the beginning and end of all things, even of evils, since in doing everything we think we are doing something good, and because evil has no substance but a para-substance, existing for the sake of the good and not for its own sake. This we have also said above, that we do not do this looking toward evil, but thinking we are doing something good, even if the outcome shows the opposite. That for the sake of the good: Which he also said in the chapter before this, "because of the good," since we think that what we do is good.

(14 _202 § 32. But in truth it is not right: For desiring the good by nature and capacity in a habitual way, we sometimes do evil in ignorance, which is thought by us to be beautiful but in truth is evil. For what? That, avenging the one who has been wronged, we sometimes kill the one who did the wrong when he does not deserve death. Understand it this way, and you will not go astray.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:117 · narrative
Source · Greek

Στέρησις ἄρα ἐστι: Θαυμασίως ἔδειξεν ἀνυπόστατον τό κακόν, στέρησιν ἀποδείξας τῶν ἐν τάξει καί φύσει. Ἡ δέ στέρησις οὐκ αὐτοϋπόστασις, ὡς προέφημεν, ἀλλά τό πεφυκός καί ἐπιβάλλον παρεῖναι μή παρόν· ὅθεν καί ἁμαρτίαν, τουτέστιν ἀτευξίαν καί ἀπόπτωσίν τινα τοῦ προσήκοντος, αὐτό τό τῆς στερήσεως καλεῖ, καί ἄσκοπον, ἀντί τοῦ, παρά τόν σκοπόν βάλλον, ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τῶν τοξευόντων· ὥσπερ γάρ ἐκεῖνοι, ἐπιτυγχάνοντες τοῦ σκοποῦ, τουτέστι τοῦ σημείου ἐφ' ὅ τοξεύουσιν, ὅ δή καί σκοπός λέγεται, καλῶς προΐασιν, οὕτως οἱ ἔξω τοῦ σκοποῦ τοξεύοντες ἁμαρτάνουσι τοῦ προσήκοντος.

Καί ἁμαρτία: Τό 'ἁμαρτία' μή νοήσῃς τήν γενομένην ἐν ἡμῖν, οἷον μοιχείαν, ἤ ἀδικίαν, ἤ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον, ἀλλ' ὅ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι. Τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ καἱ τῆς κατά φύσιν κινήσεως, ἤτοι τάξεως, ἀποτυγχάνοντες, φερόμεθα εἰς τήν παρά φύσιν ἄλογον καί παντελῆ καί ἀνούσιον ἀνυπαρξίαν· ὅθεν καί μηδαμῇ μηδέν ὄν λέγει τό κακόν.

Οὐ πάντα πᾶσι: Θείως τάς ὑποβάσεις τῶν ἐν τῇ δημιουργίᾳ διέσωσεν· ὁ μέν γάρ νοῦς, καθ' ὅν οὐσίωνται οἱ θεῖοι νόες καί πάντῃ ἄϋλοι, ἀνώτερος ψυχῆς ἐστιν. Ὁ οὖν ἄγγελος, ὁ παρά τόν ἀγαθοειδῆ νοῦν κινηθείς, δαίμων ἀπέβη, ἡ δέ ψυχή, καθό νοερά καί λογική, οὐ κατά λόγον ἐνεργοῦσα τόν ὑποβεβηκότα ( 14 _204 νοῦν τόν νοητόν, οὐκ ἐνεργεῖ τά οἰκεῖα, τά δέ σώματα τά ὑποβεβηκότα τόν νοερόν λόγον παρά φύσιν εὑρεθέντα, οὐκ ἔρρωνται εἰς τά ἑαυτῶν. § 33. Πῶς ὅλως τά κακά: Εἰ πρόνοια ἐν πᾶσι, οὐδαμοῦ φύσει τό κακόν.

English

It is therefore a privation. He has wonderfully shown that evil is without substance, having demonstrated it to be a privation of things in order and nature. But privation is not a self-subsistence, as we said before, but the absence of what is naturally and properly present. Hence he calls even sin—that is, failure and a certain falling away from what is fitting—by the very name of privation, and "aimless," meaning "throwing beside the mark," by a metaphor from archers. For just as those who hit the mark—that is, the target at which they shoot, which is indeed called the skopos—proceed well, so those who shoot outside the mark miss what is fitting.

And sin: Do not understand "sin" as the act that comes to be in us, such as adultery, or injustice, or anything else of that sort, but what he means is this: failing of the good and of the movement or order according to nature, we are carried into the irrational, utterly complete, and insubstantial non-existence that is contrary to nature. Hence he says that evil is in no way anything at all.

Not all things to all: He has divinely preserved the gradations of things in creation. For the intellect, according to which the divine intellects subsist and are in every way immaterial, is higher than the soul. The angel, then, who was moved contrary to the good-like intellect, became a demon; but the soul, insofar as it is intellectual and rational, when it does not act according to reason in relation to the intellect that is below it—the intelligible intellect—does not perform its own proper works; and bodies, which are below the intellectual reason, when found contrary to nature, are not strong toward their own proper ends. § 33. How evils exist at all: If providence is in all things, evil is nowhere by nature.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:118 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀλλά καί τοῖς γινομένοις: Ὅτι καί τοῖς γινομένοις καί νομιζομένοις κακοῖς ἀγαθοπρεπῶς κέχρηται ὁ Θεός πρός διόρθωσιν ἤ ὠφέλειαν ἡμῶν ἤ ἑτέρων. Ἤ ἄλλων ἤ ἰδικήν: Πρός τούς λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐχρῆν ἡμᾶς καί ἄκοντας εἶναι ἀγαθούς.

Οἵ χρῆναί φασι τήν πρόνοιαν: Σημείωσαι, πῶς ἐπιπλήττει τοῖς λέγουσι· Διά τί γάρ μή ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεός οὕτως, ἵνα, κἄν θέλωμεν, μή ἁμαρτάνωμεν; Τοῦτο γάρ οὐδέν ἕτερόν ἐστιν, ἤ λέγειν· Διά τί μή ἀνόητα καί ἄλογα ἡμᾶς ἐποίησε; τό γάρ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἡμᾶς ἄγεσθαι ἐπ' ἀρετήν οὔτε αὐτοκράτοράς τινας ἡμᾶς ἐδείκνυ τῶν καθ' ἑαυτούς, οὔτε τήν νοεράν ψυχήν· ἄνελε γάρ ἡμῶν τό αὐτεξούσιον, καί οὔτε εἰκών Θεοῦ ἑσόμεθα, οὔτε ψυχή λογική καί νοερά, καί τῷ ὄντι φθαρήσεται ἡ φύσις, οὐκ οὖσα ὅπερ ἔδει αὐτήν εἶναι. Ὅπερ δέ φησιν, αὐτοκινήτων, ἀντί τοῦ αὐτεξουσίων καί αὐτοκρατόρων εἰρῆσθαι νοητέον· οὐ γάρ τῶν ἑαυτούς κινούντων, οἷον ἐμψύχων, πρός ἀντιδιαστολήν τῶν ἀκινήτων, ὡς οἴκων καί ὀρῶν, ἤ ἑτεροκινήτων, ὡς λίθων καί ξύλων. Περί γάρ ἀρετῆς διαλεγόμενος τούς αὐτοκινήτους παρέλαβεν, ὧν φησι πρόσφορον τήν πρόνοιαν, οἷον τήν διά νόμου καί προφητῶν, τήν διά τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν, ὡς καί ὁ Ἀπόστολος δηλοῖ, δημηγορῶν παρ' Ἀθηναίοις. Ἄκοντας ἡμᾶς: Καλῶς ἀνέτρεψε τόν λόγον τῶν λεγόντων, ( 14 _206 ὅτι ἐχρῆν ἡμᾶς καί ἄκοντας καί ἀνάγκης εἶναι καλούς· τοῦτο γάρ φθορά ἦν ἡμῶν τῆς οὐσίας· ἀνῄρητο γάρ τό αὐτεξούσιον.

English

But also to what comes into being: That God uses even the evils that come into being and are thought to be evils in a manner befitting good, for our correction or benefit or that of others. Or of others or one's own: Against those who say that we ought to be good even unwillingly.

Who say that providence ought: Note how he rebukes those who say: Why then did God not make us so that, even if we wished, we would not sin? For this is nothing other than to say: Why did he not make us senseless and irrational? For to be led to virtue by necessity would show us to be masters neither of our own affairs nor of the intellectual soul. For take away our free will, and we shall be neither an image of God nor a rational and intellectual soul, and in truth nature will be corrupted, not being what it ought to be. But what he says, "of self-moved things," must be understood as said instead of "of free-willed and self-ruling things"; for it is not about things that move themselves, such as living beings, in contrast to immovable things, like houses and mountains, or to things moved by others, like stones and wood. For speaking about virtue he took up self-moved things, whose providence he says is fitting, such as that through the law and the prophets, that through benefactions, as the Apostle also makes clear, addressing the Athenians. Unwilling: He has well refuted the argument of those who say that we ought to be good even unwillingly and by necessity; for this was a corruption of our substance, since free will would have been destroyed.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:119 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 34. Καί ἀλλοίωσις: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι καί τά ἀσώματα καί τά ἄϋλα ἀλλοιοῦται, μή μένοντα ἐν τῇ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ὁλοτελῶς ταὐτότητι· τό μέν γάρ ἀγαθόν ταὐτόν, ὡς ἀεί ἑστώς καί βέβαιον, τό δέ τρεπόμενον οὐ ταὐτόν.

§ 35. Εν γνώσει δέ ἁμαρτάνοντας: Ὅρα πῶς ἑρμηνεύει τό, «οὐαί τοῖς ἐν γνώσει ἁμαρτάνουσι», καί τό, «ὁ δοῦλος ὁ εἰδώς τό θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καί μή ποιῶν αὐτό, δαρήσεται πολλάς».

Ἤ τῆς γνώσεως: Γνῶσίν φησιν ἴσως τήν ἐκ διδασκαλίας προσγινομένην, ἥν καί λήθη πολλάκις δύναται ἀμαυρῶσαι, ἥν καί ἀνωτέρω φησίν ἐξ ἀκοῆς ἐγγίνεσθαι· ἄληστον δέ τήν γνῶσιν οἰητέον τήν ἐκ φυσικῆς θεωρίας ἤ ἐλλάμψεως ἀδιδάκτως προσγινομένην.

Ἀλλά ταῦτα μέν ἡμῖν: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι καί ἄλλο ἐστίν αὐτοῦ σύνταγμα περί δικαίου καί θείου δικαιωτηρίου· σημείωσαι δέ, καί ὅτι εἴκοσι καί τρεῖς συλλογισμούς ἔχει τό κεφάλαιον τοῦτο, ἀποδεικνύντας, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ὄν τό κακόν. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Ε' § 1. Οὐ τήν ὑπερούσιον: Ἕν ὠνόμασαν τόν Θεόν οἱ πάλαι οὐχ ὡς ἀριθμῶν ἀρχήν, ἀλλά διά τό πάντων ἐξῃρῆσθαι καί ( 14 _208 μηδέν ἔχειν συναριθμούμενον τῶν μετ' αὐτόν, ἀλλά καί διά τό ἀσύνθετον καί ἁπλοῦν· οὐ τοῦτο δέ παρίστησι, τίς ἡ οὐσία τοῦ Θεοῦ· κυρίως γάρ οὐσία ἐπί Θεοῦ οὐκ ἄν λέγοιτο· ἔστι γάρ ὑπερούσιος. Θεαρχικῆς οὐσιαρχίας: Οὐσιαρχίαν φησί τήν πάσης ἀρχήν οὐσίας καί αἰτίαν· αὐτή γάρ ἡ θεότης ὑπέρ πᾶσαν οὐσίαν. Πρόοδον δέ τήν θείαν ἐνέργειαν λέγει, ἥτις πᾶσαν οὐσίαν παρήγαγε.

English

§ 34. And alteration: Note that even incorporeal and immaterial things are altered, not remaining wholly in the sameness of the good; for the good is the same, as always standing and firm, but what is turned is not the same.

§ 35. But those who sin in knowledge: See how he interprets "Woe to those who sin in knowledge," and "The servant who knows the will of his lord and does not do it shall be beaten with many blows."

Or of knowledge: He means, perhaps, the knowledge that comes from teaching, which forgetfulness can often obscure, which he also says above comes from hearing; but one must consider un-forgotten the knowledge that comes from natural contemplation or illumination without being taught.

But these things indeed to us: Note that there is also another composition of his concerning the just and divine tribunal; and note that this chapter contains twenty-three syllogisms, proving that evil is not a being. ON CHAPTER V § 1. Not the supersubstantial: The ancients named God "one," not as the beginning of number, but because he is excluded from all things and has nothing numbered together with him among things after him, but also because of being incomposite and simple; yet this does not present what the essence of God is; for properly "essence" would not be said of God, for he is supersubstantial. Of thearchic ousiarchy: He calls ousiarchy the beginning and cause of every essence; for the divinity itself is above every essence. And he calls "procession" the divine energy, which produced every essence.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:120 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί γάρ ἡ τἀγαθοῦ θεωνυμία: Πῶς ἀγαθός λέγεται ὁ Θεός. Ὅρα δέ πῶς φησι τό ἀγαθόν, ἤτοι τήν αὐτοῦ θεωνυμίαν, ἐκτείνεσθαι εἰς τά ὄντα πάντα καί εἰς τά οὐκ ὄντα εἶναι· τό δέ ἕν ὑπέρ τά ὄντα εἶναι καί ὑπερεκτείνεσθαι αὐτό· τήν δέ ζωήν ὑπέρ τά ζῶντα εἶναι, καί τήν σοφίαν ὑπέρ τά νοερά καί λογικά καί αἰσθητικά ἐκτείνεσθαι, ὡς εἶναι δῆλον, ὅτι τό ἀγαθόν, τοὐτέστιν ὁ Θεός, καί τοῦ ὄντος καί ζωῆς καί σοφίας αἴτιον, τό δέ ὄν, ζωῆς καί σοφίας αἴτιον, τοῖς οὖσι νόει ἀκολούθως (τοῖς λοιποῖς). Καί εἰς τά οὐκ ὄντα ἐκτείνεται: Καί εἰς τά οὐκ ὄντα ἐκτείνεται τό ἀγαθόν, ὡς εἰς τό εἶναι καλοῦν αὐτά, ἤ καί κατά τό εἰρημένον αὐτῷ τῷ πατρί, ὅτι καί αὐτό τό μή ὄν καλόν, ὅταν ἐν Θεῷ διά τό ὑπερούσιον θεωρῆται. Ὄντα δέ τά οὐκ ὄντα ὑλικά φησιν, ὡς πολλάκις ἐδηλώσαμεν ἄνω· ἤ οὕτως, ἐπειδή οὐ περιγράφεται τόπῳ ὁ Θεός, εἰκότως φησί καί ὑπέρ τά οὐκ ὄντα αὐτόν εἶναι, ἵνα δείξῃ τό ἀπερίγραπτον αὐτοῦ.

Καί ὑπέρ τά ζῶντα: Ἐπισημήνασθαι χρή, πῶς, ὅταν μέν περί ἀγγέλων φησί καί ἀνθρώπων, τούς ἀγγέλους νοητά φησι, τάς δέ ἡμετέρας ψυχάς νοεράς, ὡς πολλάκις ἀνωτέρω παρεστήσαμεν καί τάς ἑρμηνείας ἐκθέμενοι τοῦ νοητοῦ καί νοεροῦ. Νῦν δ' ἐπειδή περί τοῦ Θεοῦ πρῶτόν φησιν, εἰκότως καί τούς ἀγγέλους μεθ' ἡμῶν νοερούς φησιν, ἅτε καί αὐτούς διά τοῦ νοεῖν τόν Θεόν, ὅσον οἷόν τε, τρεφομένους τῇ νοήσει, τῷ ἐπεστράφθαι ( 14 _210 ἐπί τήν θείαν σοφίαν, ὡς καί αἱ ἀνθρώπιναι ψυχαί, καί τά αἰσθητικά δέ, τουτέστι τά ἄλογα.

English

For the divine name of the good: How God is called good. Observe how he says that the good, that is, his own divine name, extends to all things that are and reaches even to things that are not; that the one is above things that are and extends beyond them; that life is above living things, and wisdom extends above intellectual, rational, and perceptible things, so that it is clear that the good, that is, God, is the cause of being and life and wisdom, while being is the cause of life and wisdom for things that are—understand this accordingly (for the rest). And it extends to things that are not: the good extends even to things that are not, as calling them into being, or also according to what was said by the Father himself, that even the non-being is good when it is contemplated in God because of his transcendence of being. And he calls things that are not, material things, as we have often indicated above; or thus, since God is not circumscribed by place, he reasonably says that he is also above things that are not, in order to show his uncircumscribability.

And above living things: It must be noted how, when he speaks about angels and humans, he calls the angels intelligible and our souls intellectual, as we have often set forth above and expounded the meanings of intelligible and intellectual. But now, since he first speaks about God, he reasonably calls the angels intellectual along with us, inasmuch as they too, by understanding God as far as possible, are nourished by understanding, by being turned toward divine wisdom, as also human souls are, and perceptible things, that is, irrational things.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:121 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἔμψυχα δέ ὅμως πάντα σοφίας μετέχουσι θείας καί ἐν ταῖς φυσικαῖς αὐτῶν ὁρμαῖς, ὡς καί ὁ θεῖος Βασίλειος ἐν τῇ Ἑξαημέρῳ δείκνυσι, καί αὐτό δέ τό ἐν σοφίᾳ γενέσθαι πάντα, κατά τό εἰρημένον, «πάντα ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησας». Ἡ δέ σοφία ἐστίν ὁ Υἱός ὁ ὤν· πάντα οὖν ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ τῷ ὄντι ἐγένοντο, φησίν.

§ 2. Ἐκφαντορικάς: Ἐκφαντορικάς φησι τάς ἐκφαινούσας, ἤτοι παριστάσας. Τῆς ὑπέρ πᾶσαν ἀγαθότητα: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι καλῶς λέγομεν, ὅτι ἐστίν ὑπέρ πᾶσαν ἀγαθότητα καί θεότητα· ὑποβεβηκυίας οὖν θεότητας νόησον ἀγγέλων καί ἀνθρώπων δικαίων.

Ἐν ἀποκρύφοις: Ὡς τό, «ἔθετο σκότος ἀποκρυφήν αὐτοῦ», καί πάλιν· «ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ καταιγίδος».

Καί αἰσθήσεως μετειληφότων: Ἐπειδή πρό μικροῦ ἔδοξέ πως ὑπόβασιν λέγειν τό ἀγαθόν, εἰπών τοῦ ὄντος αἴτιον, καί οὕτω καθεξῆς, ἵνα μή οἱ ἀσυνέτως ἀναγινώσκοντες εὕρωσι μέμψεως ἀφορμήν, φησίν· Οὐκ ἄλλο δέ εἶναι τό ἀγαθόν, καί ἄλλο τό ὄν, καί αὖ πάλιν, ἄλλο τήν ζωήν, ἤ τήν σοφίαν· ἕν γάρ εἶναι τῶν ἁπάντων αἴτιον, καί οὐ πολλά, καί μίαν εἰκότως θεότητα πάντα παράγουσαν, τήν ἁγίαν καί μακαρίαν Τριάδα, καί μή πολλάς θεότητας δημιουργούς· τοῦτο δέ οὐ περιττῶς εἶπεν, ἀλλά καθαπτόμενος τῶν παρ' Ἕλλησι σοφῶν καί τῶν ἀπό Σίμωνος αἱρετικῶν, οἵ κοσμοποιούς φασι θεούς, καθόσον ὑποβεβήκασι, τοσοῦτον καί τά ἀσθενέστερα τῶν κτισμάτων παράγοντας, ἕως καί τῆς τῶν ἁπάντων ὑποστάθμης, ὥς φασι, τουτέστι τῆς ὕλης.

English

All living things, however, partake of divine wisdom, even in their natural impulses, as the divine Basil also shows in the Hexaemeron, and also the very fact that all things came to be in wisdom, according to what is said: "You made all things in wisdom." And the wisdom is the Son, who is; all things, then, came to be in the Son who is, he says.

§ 2. Manifestive: He calls "manifestive" those things that make manifest, that is, that present. Of that which is above all goodness: Note that we rightly say that he is above all goodness and divinity; understand, then, that the divinities below are those of angels and righteous men.

In secret: As in "He made darkness his hiding place," and again: "in the secret place of the storm."

And of those that have partaken of sense: Since a little before he seemed somehow to speak of the good as a substrate, when he called it the cause of being, and so on in order, lest those who read without understanding find an occasion for blame, he says: The good is not one thing and being another, and again, life another, or wisdom; for the cause of all things is one, and not many, and reasonably one divinity producing all things, the holy and blessed Trinity, and not many creative divinities. And he said this not superfluously, but attacking the wise men among the Greeks and the heretics from Simon, who say that there are world-making gods, who, inasmuch as they are subordinate, produce also the weaker of created things, down even to what they call the substrate of all things, that is, matter.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:122 · narrative
Source · Greek

( 14 _212 Καί τήν μέν εἶναι: Τήν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἐπωνυμίαν παντελοῦς προνοίας δεκτικήν εἶναί φησι, τάς δέ λοιπάς, μερικάς, οἷον ζωήν καί σοφίαν καί λόγον· καί πάντα μέν γάρ τά ὄντα δι' ἀγαθότητα Θεοῦ παρήχθη πρός ὕπαρξιν, καί εἰσίν ἀγαθά, ἤτοι καλά λίαν, οὐ πάντα δέ ζωῆς ἤ λόγου ἤ σοφίας μετέχουσι· διό τάς τοιαύτας ἐπωνυμίας κατά ἀντιδιαστολήν τῆς παντελοῦς τέθεικεν. Ὁλικωτέρας δέ φησι τάς ἐπί πλειόνων θεωρουμένας, οἷον ζωήν· φθάνει γάρ ἐπί φυτῶν καί ζώων, λογικῶν τε καί ἀλόγων· σοφία δέ καί λόγος μερικώτεραι ἐπί μόνων γάρ λογικῶν ὁρῶνται ταῦτα.

§ 3. Καί τῆς ζωῆς τήν σοφίαν: Ἀσαφέστερόν πως ἐγκειμένης τῆς ρήσεως, οἶμαι τό λεγόμενον τοιοῦτόν τινα νοῦν ὑποφαίνειν· ὥς τινος ἐπαποροῦντος καί λέγοντος· Διά τί, τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὄντος ὑπερέχοντος τῆς ζωῆς τήν προσηγορίαν, καί πάλιν τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς ζωῆς ὑπεραίροντος τήν σοφίαν, ἅτε καί τῆς τάξεως τοῦτο ἀπαιτούσης, ὡς καί αὐτός πρό βραχέως ἐδήλωσεν εἰπών, καί ὄν, καί ζωήν, καί σοφίαν τήν οὐσιοποιόν καί ζωοποιόν καί σοφοδότιν αἰτίαν τῶν οὐσίας, καί ζωῆς, καί νοῦ, καί λόγου μετειληφότων, καί αἰσθήσεως, οὐκέτι τήν τάξιν ταύτην ὁρῶμεν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι; Δέον γάρ, κατά τούς εἰρημένους ὑπό σοῦ βαθμούς, τά ὄντα πλέον τῶν ζώντων καί τῶν αἰσθανομένων καί τῶν νοερῶν καί λογικῶν, τουτέστι τοῦ νοῦ καί λόγου μετειληφότων, πλησιάζειν Θεῷ·

English

(14 _212 That one [name] is: He says that the epithet "of the good" is receptive of complete providence, while the others are partial, such as life and wisdom and reason. For all beings were brought into existence by the goodness of God, and they are good, that is, exceedingly beautiful; but not all partake of life or reason or wisdom. Therefore he has set such epithets by way of contrast with the complete one. And he calls "more universal" those that are contemplated in a greater number, such as life; for it extends to plants and animals, both rational and irrational. But wisdom and reason are more partial, for these are seen only in rational beings.

§ 3. And of life, wisdom: Since the statement lies somewhat obscurely, I think what is said hints at some such meaning as this: as if someone were raising a difficulty and saying: Why, when the name of Being itself surpasses the appellation of life, and again the name of life surpasses wisdom, since the order also demands this, as he himself indicated shortly before when he said that the cause which makes being, and makes alive, and gives wisdom—of things that have partaken of being and life and intellect and reason and sense—is Being and Life and Wisdom, do we no longer see this order in existing things? For it would be necessary, according to the degrees stated by you, that beings, more than the living and the sensing and the intelligent and rational, that is, those that have partaken of intellect and reason, draw near to God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:123 · narrative
Source · Greek

οὐκέτι μέν οὕτως, ἐξ ἐναντίου δέ ἐστιν, οἷον οὐρανοῦ καί ἄστρων καί γῆς καί ὕδατος καί ἀέρος καί τῶν ἐξ αὐτῶν πλησιαίτερα περί τήν πρόνοιαν τοῦ Θεοῦ τά ζῶντα, εἰ καί τήν φυτικήν ζῶσι ζωήν, οἷα τά φυτά καί τά τοιαῦτα, καί τῶν ζώντων πλησιαίτερα τά αἰσθητικά, τουτέστι τά ἄλογα· τῶν γάρ φυτῶν καί βοτανῶν τιμιώτερα ἐν ζωῇ τά ἄλογα, καθ' ὅ κἄν μόνον αἰσθάνωνται, τῶν φυτῶν μή αἰσθανομένων, τῶν δέ λογικῶν οἱ νόες, τουτέστιν αἱ ὑπερκόσμιοι ( 14 _214 δυνάμεις, ὡς ἡμῶν τῶν λογικῶν ἀνώτεραι, κατά τό ἄυλον καί νοερόν ἐγγίζουσαι μᾶλλον ἡμῶν τῷ Θεῷ· καίτοι ἔδει τό ἐναντίον, τά ὄντα καί μειζόνων δωρεῶν ἀπολαύοντα τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑπέρ τά ἄλλα εἶναι, οἷον τόν οὐρανόν, τά ἄστρα καί τά τοιαῦτα, Καί αὐτή μέν ἡ ἐπαπόρησις· λοιπόν οὖν ἀποκρίνεται ὁ θεῖος Διονύσιος ἐκ τοῦ νοῦ καί τοῦ λόγου καί τῆς αἰσθήσεως καθ' ὑπόβασιν καί τά προτιμήσεις τάττων· οὕτως εὑρήσεις ματά μίαν σελίδα. Καίτοι ἔδει τά τῶν μειζόνων: Μείζονας δωρεάς φησι τάς ἐπί πλειόνων θεωρουμένας, οἷον τό ὄν καί τήν ζωήν, ἀλλά τά τούτων μόνον μετέχοντα οὐκ ἐν πρώτοις καί κρείττοσιν, ἀλλ' ἐν τοῖς ἥττοσιν ὁρρῶνται, ἐπειδή τά μέν ὑπερέχοντα καί τάς τῶν ὑφειμένων ἔχουσιν ἰδιότητας τοῦ εἶναι, τοῦ ζῇν, καί κατά τοῦτο κρείττονα, εἰ καί διά μερικωτέρων ἐπωνυμιῶν σημαίνονται, τά δέ τῶν ὁλικωτέρων οὐ μετέχουσι τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων ἰδιότητος, τουτέστι σοφίας καί λόγου καί νοερότητος, καί κατά τοῦτο ἥττονα, ὡς ἡττόνων, ἤγουν ὀλιγωτέρων δωρεῶν μετέχοντα, ὥσπερ οὖν τά ἕτερα, ὡς πλειόνων, καί κρείττονα καί Θεῷ πλησιαίτερα.

English

Not in that way any longer, but from the opposite, as it were: heaven and stars and earth and water and air, and, closer in providence to God than these, living things, even if they live a plant-like life, such as plants and the like; and closer than living things are perceptive beings, that is, irrational animals. For irrational animals are more honorable in life than plants and herbs, in that they at least perceive, while plants do not perceive; and among rational beings, the intellects, that is, the supramundane powers, are closer to God than we rational beings, inasmuch as they are more immaterial and intellectual. And yet the opposite ought to have been the case: that beings enjoying greater gifts from God should be above the others, such as heaven, the stars, and the like. Such is the difficulty. So then the divine Dionysius answers from intellect and reason and sense, arranging the preferences in descending order; thus you will find it after one page. And yet it ought to have been [the case with] those of greater gifts: he says that greater gifts are those contemplated in more things, such as being and life; but those who partake only of these are seen not among the first and better, but among the lesser, since the superior beings also possess the properties of the subordinate ones—of being, of living—and in this respect are better, even if they are signified by more particular titles; while the latter do not partake of the properties of the more universal gifts, that is, of wisdom and reason and intellectuality, and in this respect are lesser, as partaking of lesser, that is, fewer, gifts, just as the others, as partaking of more, are both better and closer to God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:124 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί ζῶσιν ὑπέρ τά ἄλλα: Ὅτι τά ὑπερκείμενα καί μᾶλλον Θεῷ πλησιάζοντα λέγεται πλέον ζῇν τῶν ὑποβεβηκότων, οἷον οἱ θεῖοι νόες ὑπέρ ἡμᾶς ζῶσιν, ὡς

μᾶλλον Θεῷ πλησιάζοντες. Πάλιν ἡμεῖς ὡς λογικοί, τῶν ἀλόγων πλέον λεγόμεθα ζῇν· παλιν τά ἄλογα, ὡς αἴσθησιν ἔχοντα, πλέον ζῇν τῶν φυτῶν, ὡς αἴσθησιν μή ἐχόντων, ἀλλά μόνην τήν φυτικήν ζωήν.

§ 4. Ὁ ὤν ὅλου τοῦ εἶναι. Τό 'ὄν' ἐπί τοῦ Θεοῦ λεγόμενον, ὅλου συλλήβδην τοῦ εἶναι ὑπέρεστι· τοῦτο γάρ φησιν ὑπερούσιον, ( 14 _216 ἀντί τοῦ ὑπέρ τό ἐν γενέσει ὄν· τό γάρ ὄν οὐσία· ἀπό γάρ τοῦ εἶναι τό ὄνομα παρῆκται τῆς οὐσίας. Ὁ οὖν Θεός, ὡς καί τοῦ εἶναι ὑπερκείμενος (τό γάρ εἶναι ἐξ αἰτίας τινός δηλοῖ εἰς τό εἶναι ἀχθῆναι) ὤν, ὑπερουσίως νοεῖται· διό καί αἰών λέγεται εἶναι τῶν παρηγμένων ὑπ' αὐτοῦ αἰώνων· ὅπερ γάρ μηδέ ἦν, μήτε ἔσται, ἀλλ’ ἔστι μόνον, τοῦτο ἐστώς ἔχων τό εἶναι, τό μή μεταβάλλειν εἰς τό ἔσται, μήτ' αὖ μεταβεβηκέναι ἀπό τοῦ ἦν εἰς τό ἔστι, τοῦτό ἐστιν αἰών· οὐ γάρ μόνον τά ὄντα πάντα δεῖ παρεῖναι τῷ παντί καί ὅλῳ, ἀλλά καί τό μηδέν τοῦ ποτε μή ὄντος· οὐδέ γάρ τι προσγέγονεν αὐτῷ, μή ὄν πρότερον. Αὕτη οὖν ἡ διάθεσις καί φύσις καλοῖτο ἄν καί εἴη αἰών· αἰών γάρ ἀπό τοῦ ἀεί ὄντος εἴρηται. Εἴ τις οὖν οὕτω τόν αἰῶνα λέγοι ζωήν ἄπειρον, τῷ πᾶσαν ἤδη εἶναι καί μηδέν ἀναλίσκειν αὐτῆς τῷ παρεληλυθέναι, μηδ' αὖ μένειν, οὐκ ἄν εἴη πᾶσα, ἐγγύς δέ ἄν εἴη τοῦ ὁρίζεσθαι τί αἰών. Ἐκεῖνο γοῦν ἐστιν ἄπειρον, τό μή ἐπιλεῖπον· καί τοῦτο κυρίως, ὅτι μηδέν ἑαυτοῦ ἀναλίσκει οὕτως οὖν ὁ Θεός καί αἰών, καί αἰῶνας ποιῶν.

English

And they live above other things: for it is said that the things which are higher and draw nearer to God live more than those below them—for example, the divine minds live above us, inasmuch as they draw nearer to God. Again, we, as rational, are said to live more than the irrational; and again the irrational, as having sensation, live more than plants, since these do not have sensation but only the vegetative life.

§ 4. He who is [the being] of the whole of being. The term "being," when said of God, is above the whole of being taken together; for this is what he calls supersubstantial, instead of [being] above that which exists in generation; for being is substance, since the name is derived from "to be" of substance. God, then, as being also above being (for "to be" indicates being brought into existence by some cause), is understood supersubstantially; therefore he is also said to be the age of the ages brought forth by him. For that which neither was nor will be, but only is—this, having its being as standing, not changing into "will be," nor again having passed from "was" into "is"—this is age. For not only must all things that are be present to the whole and entire, but also nothing of what once was not; for nothing has been added to it that was not before. This disposition and nature, then, might be called and be age; for age is named from "always being." If, then, someone should thus call age a life infinite, because all of it already is and it consumes nothing of itself by having passed, nor again remains—it would not be all, but it would be close to defining what age is. That, then, is infinite which does not fail; and this properly, because it consumes nothing of itself. Thus, then, God is both age and makes ages.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:125 · narrative
Source · Greek

Αἰών τοινυν ἐστίν οὐ τό ὑποκείμενον, ἀλλά τό ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὑποκειμένου ἐκλάμπον· τά οὖν νοητά καί τά μή ὁρώμενα κατά τόν Ἀπόστολον αἰώνια, αἰώνιον δέ οὐκ αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ αἰών, ἀλλά τό αἰῶνος μετέχον, τουτέστι τῆς ἀδιαστάτου καί ἀπείρου ζωῆς. Ὡς οὖν καί τῶν αἰῶνος, τουτέστι τοῦ ἀεί ὄντος μετεχόντων, καθ' ὁμοιότητα αἰώνων λεγομένων ποιητής ὁ Θεός, πεποιηκέναι τούς αἰῶνας λέγεται, ἀντί τοῦ τά νοητά, αἰών αὐτῶν ὤν καί συνοχεύς, οὕτω ( 14 _218 καί χρόνος ὁ ἄχρονος λέγεται, ἅτε καί χρόνων αἴτιος· ὅπερ γάρ ἐν τοῖς νοητοῖς αἰών, τοῦτό ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς χρόνος. Ὥσπερ οὖν τά ὁρώμενα εἰκόνες εἰσί τῶν ἀοράτων καί νοητῶν, καί αἰῶνα λέγομεν τήν ἀτρεμῆ ἐκείνην καί ὁμοῦ πᾶσαν ζωήν, καί ἄπειρον ἤδη καί ἀκλινῆ πάντῃ καί ἐν ἑνί καί προεστῶσαν, οὕτω καί τόν χρόνον τότε μέν ἐν τῷ ἀεί ὄντι ἀναπαύεσθαι, ἐκφανῆναι δέ καθ' ὑπόβασιν, ὅτε καί ὕστερον φύσιν ὁρατήν ἐχρῆν προελθεῖν. Τήν οὖν εἰς τά αἰσθητά πρόοδον τῆς εἰς τό ταῦτα δημιουργεῖν ἀγαθότητος τοῦ Θεοῦ καλοῦμεν χρόνον· οὐ γάρ ἡ κίνησις τῶν εἰς μοίρας καί ὥρας καί νύκτας καί ἡμέρας διαστάσεων, τοῦτο χρόνος, ἀλλ' ὁμώνυμον τῷ χρόνῳ· ὥσπερ γάρ τό μετροῦν καί μετρούμενον εἰώθαμεν ὁμωνύμως καλεῖν, οὕτω καί ἐνταῦθα· οἷον, ἐάν τό ὑπό πήχεως μετρούμενον, εἴτε ἔδαφος, εἴτε τεῖχος, ἤ ἕτερον, πῆχυν λέγομεν. Αἱ γοῦν τῶν ἀστέρων φοραί, κατά τό εἰρημένον, «ἔστωσαν εἰς τά σημεῖα καί εἰς καιρούς καί εἰς ἐνιαυτούς», πρός διορισμόν καί δήλωσιν ἡμῖν ἐναργῆ παρά Θεοῦ ἐγένοντο. Ὁ οὖν καί ταῦτα διατάξας, αὐτός ἄν εἴη ὑπεραιωνίως καί ἀχρόνως ταῦτα ὡς αἴτιος.

English

An age, then, is not the underlying subject but that which shines forth from the underlying subject itself. Therefore the things intelligible and invisible are, according to the Apostle, eternal; yet the age itself is not eternal, but that which partakes of the age, that is, of the undivided and infinite life. Just as, then, God is called the maker of the ages in the likeness of ages—that is, of those who partake of the age, of him who always is—and is said to have made the ages, meaning the intelligible things, being himself their age and sustainer, so also the timeless one is called time, inasmuch as he is the cause of times. For what the age is among intelligible things, that time is among sensible things. Just as, therefore, the things seen are images of the invisible and intelligible things, and we call that unshaken and at once wholly present life an age—now infinite and in every way inflexible and established in one—so also time then rests in him who always is, but was made manifest by degrees, when it was necessary that a visible nature should later come forth. The procession, then, of God's goodness toward creating sensible things we call time; for it is not the motion of the intervals divided into parts and hours and nights and days that is time, but it is homonymous with time. For just as we are accustomed to call the measuring and the measured by the same name, so also here; for example, if the thing measured by a cubit, whether ground or wall or anything else, we call a cubit. At any rate, the motions of the stars, according to what is said, "let them be for signs and for seasons and for years," came to be from God for our distinct determination and clear indication. He, then, who also arranged these things, would himself be beyond ages and beyond time, as their cause.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:126 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί οὔτε ἦν: Ὅτι οὔτε τό ἦν, οὔτε τό ἔστιν, οὔτε τό ἔσται κυρίως λέγεται ἐπί Θεοῦ· ὑπέρ γάρ ταῦτα ὁ Θεός. Λέγεται δέ καί ταῦτα διά τό κατά πᾶσαν ἐπίνοιαν ὑπερουσίως αὐτόν εἶναι.

Οὔτε ἦν: Καλῶς εἶπεν, οὔτε ἦν· τό γάρ 'ἦν' δηλωτικόν ἐστι χρόνου. Ἔστι δέ ὁ Θεός καί ὑπέρ τό ἦν, τουτέστιν ὑπέρ χρόνον. Ἐρεῖς οὖν· Καί πῶς κεῖται περί τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου, «ἐν ( 14 _220 ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ Λόγος»; Ἰδού γάρ ἐνταῦθα κεῖται τό ἦν. Πολλάκις λέγομεν, ὅτι ἀρχή καί αἰτία πάντων ὁ Πατήρ διά τοῦτο οὖν, «ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν», φησίν, «ὁ Λόγος», ἐπειδή ὁ Υἱός ἐν τῷ Πατρί ἐστι. Καλῶς οὖν εἶπεν, «ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ Λόγος»· τό δέ ἔσται σαφές ἐστι. Τοῦτο γάρ δηλοῖ, ὅτι νῦν οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλ' ἔσται ποτέ, ὅπερ ἐπί Θεοῦ λέγειν ἀνόσιον καί ἀπρόσφορον.

Μᾶλλον δέ οὔτε ἐστι: Προσυπακουστέον καί ταῦτα οἷς ἐπιλέγεται κυρίως τό 'ἐγένετο' καί τά σύν αὐτῷ κειμενα· ἤ καί ἑτέρως νοητέον, ὡς ὑπέρ πᾶσαν τοῦ εἶναι

ἔννοιάν τε καί φαντασίαν ὑπάρχων. Διά δέ τοῦ εἰπεῖν 'τά ὄντα' τό ὅλως αὐτά πρός ὕπαρξιν ἀχθῆναι δηλοῖ, τό δέ 'καί αὐτό τό εἶναι τῶν ὄντων' προσθείς, τήν διαμονήν αὐτῶν ἐσήμανε.

English

And neither was it: Because neither "was" nor "is" nor "will be" is properly said of God; for God is beyond these. Yet these things are also said of him because he is beyond being in every conception.

Neither was it: He spoke well, "neither was it"; for "was" is indicative of time. But God is also beyond "was," that is, beyond time. You will say, then: And how is it written concerning the Word of God, "In the beginning was the Word"? For behold, here "was" is written. We often say that the Father is the beginning and cause of all things; therefore he says, "In the beginning was the Word," because the Son is in the Father. Well, then, did he say, "In the beginning was the Word"; but "will be" is clear. For this shows that he now is not, but will be at some time, which it is impious and unfitting to say of God.

Or rather, neither is: These things too must be understood in addition to those to which "became" and the things written with it are properly applied; or it must be understood otherwise, as existing beyond every conception and appearance of being. And by saying "the things that are," he shows that they were brought wholly into existence, and by adding "and the very being of things that are," he indicated their permanence.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:127 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 5. Καί ἔστιν αὐτό καθ' αὑτό: Ταῦτα οὐ δεῖ νομίζειν περί τοῦ τῶν ἁπάντων αἰτίου λέγεσθαι, ἀλλά περί τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δημιουργικῶς ὑποστάντων νοητῶν τε καί νοερῶν καί αἰσθητῶν καί λοιπῶν· καθά γάρ προειρήκαμεν, ὁ Θεός πρό τοῦ εἶναι καί γάρ ἐστι προών· τό δέ εἶναι οἷον ἔμφασιν ἔχει τινά προϋπόντος αἰτίου. Προών μέν οὖν λέγεται ὁ Θεός, καί λοιπόν λέγεται καί ὤν, ὡς ἁπάντων αἴτιος· εἶτα τό εἶναι τά πάντα ἐξ αὐτοῦ. Τό οὖν εἶναι κατ' ἐπίνοιαν ἐκ μετοχῆς ὑπέστη τοῦ προεῖναι αὐτου, οὐχ ὡς μερισθέντος τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς τό εἶναι καί προεῖναι, ἀλλά τό θέλημα αὐτοῦ τό παραγαγόν εἰς τό εἶναι τά ὄντα, τοῦτο λέγεται εἶναι προϋποστάν ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, καί τούτου τοῦ θείου θελήματος εἰς τό εἶναι κτίσιν προορισθέντος, εἰκότως πρό τῶν ἄλλων, ὧν μετέχει τά ὄντα τοῦ Θεοῦ, πρεσβυτέρα τις ἀρχή ἡ τοῦ εἶναι, ἐπινοεῖται αὐτός ὁ Θεός· πρῶτον γάρ ἐστί τι, καί τότε ἐστί καί ζωή καί σοφία. Οἱ γοῦν ἀόρατοι καί ἀνώτατοι νόες ( 14 _222 πρῶτον τοῦ εἶναι μετέσχον, καί οὕτω ζωῆς καί σοφίας. Ὥσπερ γάρ ἐφ' ἡμῶν πρώτη τις ὑπέστη ὕλη, ἀφ' ἧς ἔσμέν, οὕτω καί ἐπί τῶν ἀσωμάτων νοῶν, οἱονεί ὕλη, νοεῖται αὐτό τό ὄν ἑκάστου διά ζωῆς εἶδος, καί καθ' ὅ οὐσίωται εἰς ζωήν καί σοφίαν καί ὁμοιότητα. Ὁμοιότητα δέ καί ἄνω διεξήλθομεν καί ταὐτότητα, τάς ἀναγωγούς ἐπί Θεόν δυνάμεις, καθ' ἅς ὁμοιοῦνται αὐτῷ προσεχεῖς αὐτῷ οὖσαι, καί τούτων καθ' ὑπόβασιν μετέχουσι τά μετά ταῦτα πρῶτον καί αὐτά τοῦ εἶναι μετέχοντα.

English

§ 5. And it is itself by itself: These things must not be thought to be said of the cause of all things, but of those things which have come to subsist from him by creation—both intelligible and intellectual and sensible and the rest. For, as we have said before, God is before being; for he is pre-existing. But being has, as it were, a certain indication of a pre-existing cause. Therefore God is said to be pre-existing, and thereafter he is also said to be being, as the cause of all things; then being, all things are from him. Therefore being, by conception, came to subsist from participation in his pre-being—not as though God were divided into being and pre-being, but his will, which brought the things that are into being, is said to be that which pre-subsists in God; and when this divine will has been foreordained for the creation's coming to be, with good reason, before the other things of which beings partake in God, a certain more ancient principle of being is conceived—God himself. For first he is something, and then he is also life and wisdom. At any rate, the invisible and highest intellects first partook of being, and thus of life and wisdom. For just as in our case a certain first matter subsisted, from which we are, so also in the case of the incorporeal intellects, as it were matter, the very being of each is conceived—the form through life, and that according to which it is made substance unto life and wisdom and likeness. And likeness and identity we have gone through above as well—the powers that lead back to God, according to which they are made like him, being near to him; and the things after these partake of them by degrees, themselves also first partaking of being.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:128 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀρχάς δέ τῶν ὄντων τάς πρώτας ὑποστάσεις ἐν τῇ κτίσει οὐσίας νόησον, ἀρχάς λεγομένας, οὐχ ὅτι ἐξ αὐτῶν τά ὄντα, ὡς ἀπό στοιχείων, ἀλλ' ὅτι, καθά εἴρηται, πρό τῶν μετ' αὐτάς ἐδημιουργήθησαν· οἷον ἐπί μέν τῶν νοητῶν ἀρχή κτίσεως θρόνοι, καί οὕτω τά ἑξῆς, ἐπί δέ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀρχή κτίσεως οὐρανός καί γῆ· «ἐν ἀρχῇ γάρ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός τόν οὐρανόν καί τήν γῆν»· τῶν γάρ αἰσθητῶν πρωτόκτιστα ταῦτα. Εἶτα καί ἄλλως αἱ ἰδέαι καί τά παραδείγματα, ἅπερ εἰσί νοήσεις αὐτοτελεῖς ἀΐδιοι τοῦ ἀϊδίου Θεοῦ, καθά προέφημεν, ἐπινοοῦνται οἱονεί στοιχεῖα καί ἀρχαί καί ὕλη ἄϋλος καί ἀσώματος τῶν μετεχόντων καί αὐτῶν τῶν ἰδεῶν, οἷον τῶν παραχθεισῶν ἀσωμάτων τάξεων· ἡ γάρ αὐτοζωή καί αὐτοσοφία καί αὐτόταξις καί τἄλλα τά ἐν Θεῷ παραδείγματά εἰσιν, ὧν μετέχουσιν αἱ δημιουργίαι, ὡς σημείου, ἤτοι κέντρου, αἱ κατ' εὐθεῖαν γραμμαί ἐπί τόν κύκλον φερόμεναι.

Πάντων οὖν εἰκότως: Ἑαυτῷ ταύτην τήν προσηγορίαν ἔθετο ὁ Θεός, εἰπών, «Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν»· διό πρό τῶν ἄλλων, ὅσα περί αὐτοῦ λέγεται, οἷον ζωῆς καί σοφίας καί τῶν τοιοῦτων, ( 14 _224 εἰκότως ἀναγορεύεται. Τῷ δέ εἰπεῖν 'προεῖναι' καί 'ὑπερεῖναι', τό ἄναρχον καί πάντῃ ἀκατανόητον τοῦ εἶναι τόν Θεόν ὑφηγήσατο, ὅς καί τῷ προορισμῷ τῆς οἰκείας ἀρρήτου γνώσεως προϋπεστήσατο τό ὅλως εἶναι τά πάντα· τούτῳ γάρ ἀθρόῳ κατά πρώτην προσβολήν ἐπιβάλλει ὁ νοῦς τῷ εἶναι, εἰθ' οὕτω τό ὁπωσοῦν εἶναι αὐτά θεωρεῖ.

English

Understand the beginnings of beings to be the first hypostases in creation, called beginnings not because beings come from them as from elements, but because, as has been said, they were created before those after them; for example, among intelligible things the beginning of creation is the thrones, and so on in order, and among sensible things the beginning of creation is heaven and earth; for "in the beginning God made the heaven and the earth"; for these are the first-created of sensible things. Then, in another way, the ideas and paradigms—which are the self-perfect, eternal thoughts of the eternal God, as we said before—are conceived as, so to speak, elements and beginnings and immaterial and incorporeal matter of the things that participate, and of the ideas themselves, such as the incorporeal orders that were produced; for auto-life and auto-wisdom and auto-order and the other paradigms in God are those in which the creations participate, as lines drawn straight toward the circle participate in a point, that is, a center.

Of all things, then, reasonably: God set this name for himself, saying, "I am the one who is"; therefore, before the other things that are said of him, such as life and wisdom and the like, he is reasonably proclaimed. By saying "to be before" and "to be beyond," he indicated the unbegun and wholly incomprehensible nature of God's being, who also by the foreordination of his own ineffable knowledge pre-established the being of all things altogether; for the mind, at the first contact, applies itself to being as a whole, and then thus contemplates their being in whatever way.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:129 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τό οὖν ἁπλῶς εἶναι, οὐ τό πῶς εἶναι ἐδήλωσεν, εἰπών καθ' αὑτό τό εἶναι, ὥσπερ ἑξῆς τήν αὐτοζωήν, τήν αὐτοομοιότητα, καί τά σύν αὐτοῖς εἰπών, τό ὅλως εἶναι ζωήν, καί ἁπλῶς τό ζῇν, οὐχί δέ τήν τοιάνδε ζωήν εἰσηγήσατο, καί τά ἄλλά δέ ὁμοίως, τοῦτο πρῶτον κατηγοροῦνται τό εἶναι. Καί εἰ βούλει τῶν ζώντων: Ὥσπερ λόγῳ τινί ἐπί τῶν ποιοτήτων οἱονεί προΰπεισιν αἱ αὐτοποιότητες· εἶτα συμβαίνουσαι ποιοῦσιν, οὕτω καί ταῦτα νόει, οἷον ἡ αὐτοσώματος λευκότης, ἐπιγενομένη σώματι, λευκαίνει τοῦτο· οὕτω καί τά εἰρημένα ὧδε νόησον ἀναλόγως, ὅτι προϋπών ὁ Θεός, ἤτοι ἡ ζωή, ζωοῖ πάντα τά αὐτοῦ μετέχοντα.

Τάς αὐτομετοχάς: Μετοχάς φησιν, ὧν τά ὄντα μετέχουσιν, οἷον αὐτό τό εἶναι ἤ ζωή, ἤ σοφία, ἤ τάξις, καί τά λοιπά, αἵτινες μετοχαί θεῖαι τυγχάνουσι δωρεαί, ἅς καί ἀρχάς τῶν ὄντων ἐκάλεσε.

§ 6. Καί ἔστιν ἐξ αὐτῆς καί ἐν αὐτῇ: Οὕτω νοητέον· ἡ αὐτοϋπεραγαθότης, νοῦς οὖσα, καί ὅλη ἐνέργεια, εἰς ἑαυτήν ἐστραμμένη, ἐνεργείᾳ ἐστίν, οὐ δυνάμει, πρότερον οὖσα ἀφροσύνη, εἶτα νοῦς ἐνεργείᾳ γινομένη· ὅθεν καί ἐστι νοῦς μόνον καθαρός, οὐκ ἐπείσακτον ἔχων τό φρονεῖν, ἀλλά παρ' ἑαυτοῦ πάντως νοεῖ. Εἰ γάρ ἡ μέν οὐσία αὐτοῦ ἄλλη ἐστίν, ἅ δέ νοεῖ ἔτερα αὐτοῦ, αὐτός ἀνόητος ἔσται, ἤγουν ἡ οὐσία αὐτοῦ· εἴ τι δέ ( 14 _226 ἔχει, παρ' ἑαυτοῦ ἔχει, οὐ παρ' ἄλλου· εἰ δέ παρ' ἑαυτοῦ καί ἐξ αὐτοῦ νοεῖ, αὐτός ἐστιν ἅ νοεῖ. Οὐκοῦν νοῦς ὤν, ὄντως νοεῖ, τά ὄντα ὡς ὤν. Εἰ οὖν νοῶν ἑαυτόν τά ὄντα νοεῖ, αὐτός ἐστι τά ὄντα· ἤ γάρ ἑτέρωθι ὄντα αὐτά νοήσει, ἤ ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ὡς αὐτοῦ ὄντα· ἀλλαχοῦ μέν ὄντα οὖν οὐ δυνατόν νοῆσαι·

English

Therefore the simple fact of being, not the manner of being, he made clear when he spoke of being itself by itself, just as in what follows he spoke of self-life, self-likeness, and the things together with them, and introduced life as a whole, and living simply, not life of such-and-such a kind; and in the same way in other cases, this "to be" is predicated first of them. And if you wish, [consider] the case of living things: just as in some account, in the case of qualities, the self-qualities as it were come first; then, coming together, they produce, so understand these things too—for example, the whiteness of body itself, coming upon a body, makes it white; so understand what has been said here analogously, that God, that is Life, existing beforehand, gives life to all things that partake of him.

The self-participations: He means the participations of which beings partake, such as being itself, or life, or wisdom, or order, and the rest, which participations are divine gifts, which he also called beginnings of beings.

§ 6. And it is from it and in it: It must be understood thus: the self-transcendent goodness, being intellect and wholly activity, turned toward itself, is in activity, not in potentiality, being formerly folly, then becoming intellect in activity; whence it is also intellect only, pure, having the act of thinking not adventitious, but thinking altogether from itself. For if its essence is one thing, and the things it thinks are other than it, it—that is, its essence—will be thoughtless; but if it has anything, it has it from itself, not from another; and if it thinks from itself and from itself, it is itself the things it thinks. Therefore, being intellect, it truly thinks, thinking beings as being. If, then, thinking itself it thinks beings, it is itself beings; for either it will think them as existing elsewhere, or in itself, as being its own; but it is not possible to think them as existing elsewhere.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:130 · narrative
Source · Greek

ποῦ γάρ ὄντα ἐν αἰσθητοῖς; τά γάρ αἰσθητά οὔκ εἰσιν ὄντα, ἅτε τρεπτά ὄντα, καί γινόμενα, καί ἀπολλύμενα. Ἑαυτόν οὖν ἄρα καί ἐν ἑαυτῷ νοεῖ. Ἐπειδή δέ καί ποιητής τῶν ὄντων ἐστίν ὁ Θεός, ἐν τῷ μήπω ὄντι νοήσει αὐτά, ἀλλ’ αὐτός ἀρχέτυπός ἐστι τούτου τοῦ παντός· καί ἅ νοεῖ, οὐ τύπους λαμβάνων ἀφ' ἑτέρων, αὐτός ὤν τῶν ὄντων παράδειγμα· ὥστε οὔτε αὐτός ἐν τόπῳ, οὔτε τά ἐν αὐτῷ ὡς ἐν τόπῳ, ἀλλ’ ἔχει αὐτά ὡς ἑαυτόν ἔχων καί ἑνών αὐτοῖς, πάντων μέν ὁμοῦ ὄντων, καί ἐν ἀμερεῖ ὄντων ἐν αὐτῷ, διακεκριμένων δέ, ἐν τῷ ἀμερεῖ ἀμερῶς. Αἱ τοίνυν νοήσεις αὐτοῦ εἰσι τά ὄντα, τά δέ ὄντα εἰσί τά εἴδη. Νοήσεις δέ οὐχ οὕτως ἀκουστέον, ὅτι, ἐπειδή τόδε ἐνόησεν, ἐγένετο τόδε, ἤ ἐστί τόδε· ταύτης γάρ τῆς νοήσεως προηγεῖσθαι δεῖ νοούμενόν τι, ἵνα αὐτό νοήσας ποιήσῃ· ἀλλά νοεῖ τά ὄντα, ἅτε ἑαυτόν νοῶν καί τοῖς ἐνοῦσι συναπτόμενος· αὐτή γάρ αὐτῷ ἡ νόησις γένεσίς ἐστι τοῖς οὖσι. Τό οὖν ἐνόν ἐν αὐτοῖς, τοῦτό ἐστι τό εἴδος, καί τοῦτό ἐστιν ἡ ἰδέα· αὐτός δέ, νοῦς ὤν ὅλος, ὅλος ἐστίν ἐπιστήμη, τά δέ ἐξ αὐτοῦ καί ἐν αὐτῷ νόες ἐοικότες θεωρήμασι τῆς ἐπιστήμης. Εἰσί δέ ὁμοῦ πολλαί ἐπιστῆμαι οὖσαι, ἀσύγχυτοι μένουσι, καί ἐνεργοῦσι ἕξω κατά μίαν, ὅταν δέῃ·

English

For where are they as beings among perceptible things? For perceptible things are not beings, since they are changeable, and come to be, and perish. Therefore he thinks himself in himself. But since God is also the maker of beings, he thinks them in what is not yet, but he himself is the archetype of this whole; and what he thinks, he does not receive types from others, being himself the paradigm of beings; so that neither is he himself in a place, nor are the things in him as in a place, but he holds them as holding himself and being one with them, all things being together and being in him in the indivisible, but distinguished, in the indivisible indivisibly. Therefore his thoughts are the beings, and the beings are the forms. But thoughts must not be understood in this way, that because he thought this, this came to be, or is this; for something thought must precede this thought, so that having thought it he might make it; but he thinks the beings, as thinking himself and being joined to the things that are in him; for his very thought is a coming-to-be for beings. Therefore what is in them, this is the form, and this is the idea; but he himself, being wholly intellect, is wholly knowledge, and the things from him and in him are intellects resembling the theorems of knowledge. And being many knowledges together, they remain unconfused, and they act outwardly according to one, whenever it is necessary.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:131 · narrative
Source · Greek

καί πάσας ὁμοῦ τάς δυνάμεις ἡ ψυχή ἐν ἑαυτῇ ἔχει, καθ' ἄς προνοεῖ τοῦ σώματος, καί ὅμως ἀσυγχύτως αὐτάς κατά καιρόν προβάλλει, τήν μέν φυσικήν ( 14 _228 ἐνεργοῦσα περί τό σῶμα δύναμιν, καθ' ἥν τρέφει τοῦτο καί αὕξει καί πρός γένναν ἐπιτήδειον ποιεῖ, τήν δέ αἰσθητικήν ἐνεργεῖ δύναμιν περί φλέβας καί ἀρτηρίας καί τήν σάρκα καί τά νεῦρα, καθ' ἥν δύναμιν τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀντιλαμβανόμεθα· τήν δέ δοξαστικήν, καθ' ἥν κρίνει τά αἰσθητά· ἀναζωγραφικήν δέ, καθ' ἥν ἀναπλάττει· καί μνημονευτικήν, καθ' ἥν μέμνηται· ὀρεκτικήν δέ, καθ' ἥν ὀρέγεται καί κινεῖ τό ζῶν κατά τόπον· καί εἰκαστικήν, καί θυμοειδῆ, καί ἐπιθυμητικήν. Ταύτας γάρ ἔχει δυνάμεις σώματι χρωμένη ἐν τῷ ἀλόγῳ αὐτῆς μέρει. Μετά δέ θάνατον ὁ νοῦς μόνος ἔσται ἐνεργῶν, τοῦτων ἀργουσῶν. Καί τά ὁπωσοῦν τῷ εἶναι: Ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑπεραγαθότητός φησιν, ἥτις ἐστίν αὐτό τό εἶναι αὐτοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ ὕπαρξις τῶν ὄντων καί ἡ τούτων διαμονή. Ἑνιαίως φησίν, ἤγουν κατά ἁπλῆν τινα καί περιεκτικήν τῶν ὅλων αἰτίαν καί ἄσχετον· οὐδενί γάρ λόγῳ ἤ νοήματι καί πράγματι ἔχει τό Θεῖον τήν πρός τά ὄντα σχέσιν τε καί κοινωνίαν, ἀλλ’ ἔστι πάντῃ καί κατά πάντα ὑπερηρμένον, μόνῳ τῷ συνέχειν καί προνοεῖσθαι τούτων ἐφαπτόμενον, ὡς ἄν τις εἴποι. Τά δέ ἑξῆς ὑποδείγματα πιστωτικά τοῦ λόγου τοῦ εἶναι πάντα ἐκ Θεοῦ, ὡς αἰτίου τῆς τούτων ὑπάρξεως, ἄλλο παρά ταῦτα ὑπάρχοντος καί ἐν ἑαυτῷ συνεστάναι ἄλλῳ παρά ταῦτα ὑπάρχοντι. Καί ἔχει πάντα ἀριθμόν: Ὁ γάρ ἀριθμός ἐκ πολλῶν μονάδων συντιθεμένων εἰς μέγεθος παραύξει·

English

And the soul has all the powers together in itself, by which it provides for the body, and yet it puts them forth without confusion at the proper time, exercising the natural power concerning the body, by which it nourishes it and increases it and makes it fit for generation; and it exercises the sensitive power concerning veins and arteries and flesh and sinews, by which power we apprehend perceptible things; and the opinative power, by which it judges perceptible things; and the imaginative power, by which it forms images; and the memorative power, by which it remembers; and the appetitive power, by which it desires and moves the living being from place to place; and the imitative, and the irascible, and the concupiscible. For it has these powers, using the body in its irrational part. But after death the mind alone will be active, while these are idle. And those things which in any way belong to being: From the superabundant goodness of God, he says, which is the very being of God himself, comes the existence of beings and their continuance. He says "unitively," that is, according to some simple and comprehensive and unrelated cause of all things; for by no principle or thought or thing does the Divine have relation and communion with beings, but it is wholly and in all respects exalted above them, touching them only by sustaining and providing for them, so to speak. And the examples that follow confirm the account that all things are from God, as the cause of their existence, while he exists other than these things and subsists in himself, being other than these things. And he has all number: for number, when many units are combined, increases into magnitude.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:132 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἡ οὖν μονάς, ὡς αἰτία ἀριθμῶν, ἑνοειδῶς τούς πάντας περιείληφεν ἀριθμούς· οὕτω καί τό κέντρον, ἤτοι σημεῖον, τάς ἐπί τόν κύκλον εὐθείας περιέχει.

Καί ἐν κέντρῳ: Ταῦτα βεβαιωτικά τοῦ λόγου ὑποδείγματα. Σημείωσαι, ὡς καί ἀπό τῶν γραμμικῶν τά περί Θεοῦ σαφηνίζει, κέντρῳ αὐτόν περεικάζων. ( 14 _230 Ἑνοειδῶς ἡνωμένας: Τό ἑνοειδῶς ἐνταῦθα τέθεικεν ἀντί τοῦ ἁπλῶς καί ὁμοίως· οὐ γάρ ἑτεροίως.

Ἀλλά καί ἐν τῇ ὅλῃ τῶν ὅλων: Πρόδηλον ὅτι ἐν τῷ ὅλῳ τά μέρη· οὐκοῦν οἱ ἐν τοῖς καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν ὄντων φυσικῶς θεωρούμενοι τῶν ἐνυπαρχουσῶν αὐτοῖς δυνάμεων ἤ κινήσεων λόγοι ἐν τῇ καθόλου λαμβανομένῃ φύσει θεωροῦνται, φησίν· οἷον οἱ τῆς ἔξω φιλοσοφίας πάντα τά καθ' ἑαυτῶν ὑπάρχοντα καί ἐν ἄλλοις θεωρούμενα, ἅ ἔμψυχά τε καί ἄψυχά φαμεν· ταῦτα πάντα ὑπό μίαν κατηγορίαν ἤγαγον, εἰπόντες οὐσίαν· ἐν τῇ τοιαύτῃ φωνῇ περιλαμβάνονται καί τά τῆς καθ' ἕκαστον οὐσίας ἰδιώματα, καί οἱ λόγοι ἀσύγχυτοι μένοντες· ἕτερος γάρ τῶν ἐμψύχων, καί ἄλλος τῶν ἀψύχων ὁ λόγος· ὡσαύτως καί τῶν αἰσθητικῶν, τουτέστι λογικῶν τε καί ἀλόγων, καίτοι κατά τόν τῆς οὐσίας, ἤτοι τοῦ ἁπλῶς εἶναι, συνηνωμένοι λόγον, Τό δέ ἐν ψυχῇ μονοειδῶς εἴρηκε, σημαίνων μίαν εἶναι τήν ἐκ ψυχῆς ἐνδιδομένην ὅλῳ τῷ σώματι ζωτικήν δύναμιν, ποικίλως ἐνεργοῦσαν ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν.

English

The monad, then, as the cause of numbers, has embraced all numbers in a unified way; so too the center, that is, the point, contains the straight lines drawn to the circle.

And in the center: These are confirmatory illustrations of the argument. Note that he clarifies the things concerning God also from geometry, encompassing him by a center. (14_230 In a unified way, united: He has placed "in a unified way" here in the sense of "simply" and "uniformly"; for not in a different way.

But also in the whole of all things: It is evident that the parts are in the whole; therefore the principles (logoi) of the powers or motions inherent in them, which are naturally contemplated in each individual being, are contemplated in the nature taken as a whole, he says; for example, those of external philosophy brought all things that subsist in themselves and are contemplated in others under one category, calling it substance—all things that we call animate and inanimate; in such a term are encompassed both the peculiarities of each individual substance and the principles (logoi), remaining unconfused; for one is the principle of animate things and another of inanimate things; likewise also of perceptive things, that is, rational and irrational, although they are united according to the principle of substance, that is, of simply being. And he has said "in a unified way" in the soul, signifying that the life-giving power given from the soul to the whole body is one, working in various ways in the members.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:133 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 7. Ἀρχή γάρ ἐστι τῶν ὄντων: Εἰ αἴτιον ἐστι τό δι' ὅ γίνεται τό γινόμενον, εἰκότως ἐν τῷ πάντων αἰτίῳ πάντα προϋφέστηκεν, ὡς ἐν ἰδέᾳ καί παραδείγματι, καθά προέφημεν ὁμοῦ καί ἑνοειδῶς, καί τά ἐναντία, ὡς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ εἴρηται ἐπιθεωρούμενα. Πῶς δέ καί ἡνωμένως καί ἐναντία, οὕτω νοήσεις· τό κοσμηθέν ἔχει τό εἶδος μεμερισμένον, ὡς ἐν τῶ κόσμῳ, ἀλλαχοῦ τά ἄστρα, καί ἀλλαχοῦ τόν ἄνθρωπον· καί αὖθις ἄλλῃ τό πῦρ, καί ἄλλῃ τό ὕδωρ. Ἐναντία γάρ ὄντα, ἐάν ὁμοῦ γένωνται, συμφθείρονται· ἐν δέ ταῖς νοήσεσι τοῦ Θεοῦ καί πάντα ὁμοῦ ἦσαν ὄντα καί ἀσυγχύτως, καί οὐκ ἐν τόπῳ· οὐ γάρ σώματά εἰσιν, οὔτε ἐν σώματι, ἀλλ' ἐν ἀϊδίοις νοήσεσιν, αἵτινές ( 14 _232 εἰσι παραδείγματα· ὅθεν καί πάντων ἀρχή ὁ Θεός· ἀρχή γάρ ἐστι πᾶν τό προϋφεστώς τοῦ γινομένου, καί πρός τοῖς ἄλλοις, καί τάξις ἐστί τῶν ὡς τεταγμένων· τάξις δέ ἐστιν ἐργασία ὁμοιότητος πρός ἄλληλα πάντων τῶν ὄντων, καί συμμετρία γινομένη αἰτία κοινωνίας τῶν πρός ἄλληλα παντός τοῦ ὄντος, ἀλλά καί πᾶσα στάσις καί πᾶσα κίνησίς ἐστι τῶν ὄντων ὁ Θεός. Διαφόρως δέ ταύτας νοητέον· καί ἐπί μέν τῶν νοητῶν καί τῶν νοερῶν ἡ φύσις, ἀρχή οὖσα κινήσεως καί στάσεως, ἤτοι ἠρεμίας, ταὐτόν γάρ ἐστι, ἐνέργειαν δηλοῖ· ἥ τε γάρ κίνησις ἡ εἰς διακονίας θείας καί διδασκαλίας τῶν ὑποβεβηκότων ἐνέργειά ἐστι ζωτική, ἥ τε ἠρεμία καί στάσις αἰώνιος οὖσα καί ἄτρεπτος, τά οἰκεῖα ἐνεργεῖν δηλοῖ τούς νόας καί τῶν θείων ἐμφορεῖσθαι.

English

§ 7. For he is the beginning of existing things: If a cause is that through which the thing that comes to be comes to be, then reasonably all things pre-existed in the cause of all things, as in an idea and a pattern, just as we said before, at once and in a unified form, and even opposites, as is said to be contemplated in God. But how both in a unified way and as opposites, you will understand thus: the ordered whole has its form divided, as in the world—the stars in one place, and the human being in another; and again fire in one place, and water in another. For being opposites, if they come together, they are destroyed together; but in the thoughts of God all things were at once both existing and without confusion, and not in place; for they are not bodies, nor in a body, but in eternal thoughts, which are patterns; whence God is also the beginning of all things. For every thing that pre-exists the thing that comes to be is a beginning, and besides other things, he is also the order of things as ordered; and order is the working of likeness of all existing things to one another, and the symmetry that comes to be is the cause of the communion of all that exists with one another, but God is also every rest and every motion of existing things. But these must be understood in different ways: in the case of things intelligible and things intellectual, nature, being the beginning of motion and of rest—that is, of stillness, for it is the same—reveals activity; for motion toward divine ministries and teachings of things subordinate is a life-giving activity, and the eternal and unchanging stillness and rest reveals that the intellects perform their own proper activities and are filled with divine things.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:134 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐπί δέ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἡ φύσις ἀρχή οὖσα κινήσεως καί στάσεως, ἤτοι ἠρεμίας, τήν μέν κίνησιν δηλοῖ εἰς τό εἶναι παραγωγήν, τήν δέ στάσιν, ἤτοι ἠρεμίαν, τήν διά τῆς φθορᾶς τοῦ εἶναι ἤ παῦσιν ἤ μετεβολήν. Λέγεται δέ ταῦτα εἶναι ὁ Θεός, ὡς αἴτιος αὐτός ὑπάρχων ὑπερουσίως. Κίνησις δέ ἐπί Θεοῦ ἡ εἰς τά ἐξ αὐτοῦ καί δι' αὐτοῦ ἐν ἀγαθότητι προνοητική πρόοδος, στάσις δέ τό ἀεί ὡσαύτως ἔχειν καί ἀνεκφοιτήτως ἑαυτοῦ τήν ἀνεπίγνωστον ἠρεμίαν καί ἀτρεμῇ ἀοχλησίαν κεκτῆσθαι. Σημειωτέον δέ, ὅτι τάς νοητάς δυνάμεις αἰωνίας ἐκάλεσεν, ὡς αἰῶνος μετεχούσας, ἡ δέ τοῦτο λέγουσα Γραφή ἐστι· «τά γάρ βλεπόμενα πρόσκαιρα, τά δέ μή βλεπόμενα αἰώνια». Τά δ' ἐν ἑτέροις ὑπάρχοντά εἰσιν, οἷον ἁγιασμός, ἀθανασία, εὐζωία· ταῦτα γάρ ἐν νοηταῖς καί νοεραῖς οὐσίαις τοιαῦτά εἰσι, κατ' ἐπίνοιαν δέ λέγονται ἐν τοῖς νοητοῖς καί ἡμῖν, ὡς θεοί καί κύριοι καί δυνατοί ἰσχύϊ ἄγγελοι κατά μέθεξιν καί ἄνθρωποι. ( 14 _234 Πᾶς ὅρος καί τά ἄλλα: Ὅσα τῷ εἶναι ὄντα εἰσί, ταῦτά φησιν ἐν ἑτέροις θεωρούμενα ὑπάρχειν, καί οὐ καθ' ἑαυτά· αἱ γάρ οὐσίαι (ταῦτα γάρ ἐκάλεσεν ὄντα), τῶν καθ' ἑαυτά εἰσι, ἅστινας χαρακτηρίζουσιν ἀθανασία, σοφία, τάξις, ἁρμονία, καί τά σύν αὐτοῖς, ἅπερ ἐν ἑτέροις ὑπάρχειν λέγονται· ὥσπερ καί τά κατ'

English

In the case of perceptible things, nature, being the beginning of motion and rest—that is, of stillness—indicates motion as the production into being, and rest, that is stillness, as either the cessation or the change of being through corruption. These things are said to be God, since he himself is their cause in a superessential manner. Motion in God is the providential procession in goodness into the things that come from him and through him; and rest is his always being in the same state and possessing his unknowable stillness and untroubled freedom from disturbance without any departure from himself. It should be noted that he called the intelligible powers eternal, as partaking of the age (aiōn); and the Scripture that says this is: "For the things that are seen are temporary, but the things that are not seen are eternal." And the things that exist in others are, for example, sanctification, immortality, well-being; for these are such in intelligible and intellectual essences, but by way of conception they are said to be in intelligible things and in us, as gods and lords and angels mighty in strength by participation, and men. (14_234 Every boundary and the rest: He says that all things that are by their being are seen to exist in others, and not in themselves; for the essences (for these he called beings) belong to the things that are in themselves, which immortality, wisdom, order, harmony, and the things with them characterize, which are said to exist in others; just as also the things according to

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:135 · narrative
Source · Greek

αἴσθησιν περί τά σώματα ὁρώμενα, οἷον χρῶμα, σχῆμα, πηλικότης, καί τά ὅμοια, ἅπερ σωμάτων ἐκτός συνίστασθαι ἀδύνατον. Διεῖλε δέ αὐτά ὁ πατήρ τῶν κατ' ἐπίνοιαν· ταῦτα δέ εἶναί φαμεν τά τῇ νοήσει καταλαμβανόμενα, οἷον νόημα, λόγον, αἴσθησιν, καί τά τοιαῦτα, ἅτινα τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ μόνῃ οἱονεί τῇ ἐπενθυμήσει γνωρίζομεν, ἤ καί κατ' ἐπίνοιαν λέγει τά νοητά, καί αἰσθήσει ὑποπίπτοντα μηδαμῶς. § 8. Αἱ νοηταί καί νοεραί: Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι τό 'νοηταί' ὡς πρός ἡμᾶς, τό δέ 'νοεραί ' ὡς πρός τόν Θεόν νοεῖται.

Καί τό εἶναι: Καί τό θεοειδῶς εἶναι.

Καί τά ἄλλα πάντα: Ὅτι αὐτός αἴτιος τοῦ εἶναι τά πάντα, καί πρό τοῦ εἶναι, ἅτε καί ἰδέα, ἤτοι παράδειγμα, ὤν τοῦ εἶναι, ὡς ἐντεῦθεν δηλοῦται· τό γάρ αὐτό εἶναι, οὐκ αὐτό ἐστιν ὁ Θεός, διά τό εἶναι τόν Θεόν, ἀλλά διά τόν Θεόν, καί τό εἶναί ἐστι καί λέγεται· διό ἐν τῷ Θεῷ ἐστι τό εἶναι ὡς ἰδέα, οὐ μήν ὁ Θεός ἐν τῷ εἶναί ἐστι· πρό γάρ τοῦ εἶναι ἦν· ὅμως διά τό πάντων αἴτιος εἶναι, καί παραγωγεύς δείκνυται, καί ἔξω πάντων ἐστίν, ὡς αἴτιος πάντων, καί τοῖς τῶν πάντων γνωρίσμασι προσαγορεύεται, ὡς τά πάντα παραγαγών.

English

visible in bodies through perception, such as color, shape, magnitude, and the like, which cannot exist apart from bodies. But the Father distinguished these from things that exist by conceptualization; and we say that these are the things grasped by thought, such as a thought, a principle, a perception, and the like, which we know by conceptualization alone, as it were by mental conception, or he also calls intelligible things "by conceptualization," and things that in no way fall under perception. § 8. The intelligible and noetic realities: Note that "intelligible" is understood in relation to us, while "noetic" is understood in relation to God.

And to be: And to be in a God-like manner.

And all other things: That he himself is the cause of all things being, and even before being, since he is also the idea, that is, the paradigm, of being, as is made clear from this; for being itself is not God because of God, but because of God it both is and is called being; therefore being is in God as an idea, yet God is not in being; for he was before being; nevertheless, because he is the cause of all things and is shown to be their producer, he is also outside all things, as the cause of all things, and he is addressed by the distinguishing marks of all things, as having produced all things.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:136 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί αὐτοῦ ἐστι τό εἶναι: Αὐτοῦ μέν, ὡς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἐστι τό εἶναι, ἐν αὐτῷ δέ, τῷ συντηρεῖσθαι παρ' αὐτοῦ· οὐκ αὐτός δέ τοῦ εἶναι, οὐδέ ἐν τῷ εἶναι συνεχόμενος· ὑπέρ γάρ τό εἶναι ὁ ὑπερούσιος.

( 14 _236 Καί οὐκ αὐτός ἐν τῷ εἶναι: Προσυπακουστέον ἐν ἀμφοτέροις τό αἴτιον, τουτέστι τό εἶναι αὐτόν ἔχει αἴτιον, καί οὐχί αὐτός ὡς ἐκ προηγουμένης αἰτίας ἔχει τό εἶναι.

Κατά πᾶσαν τῶν ὄντων ἐπίνοιαν: Ἡ τῶν ὄντων θεωρία, ἥν ἐνταῦθα ἐπίνοιαν ἐκάλεσε, πολλή τις οὖσα καί ποικίλη πάσῃ ἐπιβολῇ τοῦ νοῦ, προϋπαντῶσαν εὑρίσκει τοῦ αἰτίου τήν ἔννοιαν, ἤγουν τοῦ δημιουργοῦ· τό οὖν πολλαπλασιάζεσθαι δηλοῖ, τό ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς τόν αὐτόν αἴτιον θεωρεῖσθαι. Καί τό ἐστί καί τό ἔσται: Ἅπερ ἐν τῷ πρό αὐτοῦ ἀπέφησε, νῦν ἐπειπών τῷ Θεῷ ἀναγκαίως ἑαυτόν ἑρμηνεύων κατά τήν τοῦ αἰτίου ἔννοιαν ταῦτα νοεῖν ὑποβάλλει. Τό μέν οὖν ἐγένετο καί γίνεται καί γενήσεται ἐπί μέν τῶν κτισμάτων κυρίως κατηγορεῖται· τά μέν γάρ ἅπαξ ἐγένετο, οἷον οὐρανός, ἄγγελοι, ἥλιος καί τά τοιαῦτα, ἐφ' ὧν χώραν οὐκ ἔχει τό γίνεται, γενήσεται, τό δέ παρά τοῦ Δαυίδ λεχθέν, «ὁ ποιῶν τούς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα», ἤ κατά τό συντηρεῖσθαι ληπτέον, καθά εἴρηται, «ὁ Πατήρ μου ἕως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται», ἤ κατά τήν συνήθειαν τῆς Γραφῆς, ἐνηλλαγμένως τήν σημασίαν τήν χρονικήν πολλάκις προαγούσης, καί ἀντί παρῳχηκότος μέλλοντι κεχρημένης, καί τό ἔμπαλιν. Ἐπί τούτων μέν οὖν κυρίως τό ἐγένετο·

English

And his is being: "his," as being is from him, and "in him," by being preserved by him; but he is not of being, nor is he contained in being; for he who is beyond being is above being.

(14 _236 And he is not in being: In both cases the cause must be understood as implied, that is, that he has being as a cause, and not that he himself has being as from a prior cause.

According to every conception of beings: The contemplation of beings, which he here called conception, being extensive and varied, meets every application of the mind and finds the notion of the cause, that is, of the creator, coming first to meet it; therefore "to be multiplied" signifies that the same cause is contemplated in the many. And "is" and "will be": These things, which he set aside in what preceded, now adding to God, necessarily interpreting himself, he suggests that they be understood according to the notion of the cause. "It came to be" and "comes to be" and "will come to be" are properly predicated of created things; for some came to be once, such as heaven, angels, the sun, and the like, in the case of which "comes to be" and "will come to be" have no place; but what was said by David, "who makes his angels spirits," must be taken either according to preservation, as it has been said, "My Father works until now," or according to the custom of Scripture, which often advances the temporal meaning by interchange, using the future for the past and vice versa. In these, then, "came to be" is properly used;

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:137 · narrative
Source · Greek

γίνεται δέ καί τά ἐν γενέσει καί φθορᾷ πάντα καί ὅσα κατά ἀντιπεριχώρησιν, οἷον ἡ νύξ, ἡ ἡμέρα, θέρος, καί ἔαρ, καί τά τοιαῦτα, γενήσεται δέ μόνον, ἅτινα οὔπω γεγόνασιν ὅλως, προσδοκῶνται δέ, οἷον ἡ τοῦ παντός μεταστοιχείωσις καί τά σύν αὐτῆ. Ὡς τούτων οὖν ἁπάντων αἴτιος ὁ Θεός ὑμνεῖται· οὐ γάρ εἶπε, 'ταῦτα ἐπ' αὐτοῦ κατηγορεῖται', ἀλλά «κυρίως ὑμνεῖται». Τό δέ ἦν καί τά σύν αὐτῷ κατά πᾶσαν ἐπίνοιαν οὐκ ἄλλῳ τινί ἤ τῷ Θεῷ ἁρμόσει, διά τό ( 14 _238 πάσης ἀρχῆς ἀνώτερον ἐπ' αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖσθαι τό ἦν. Τό δέ 'ἔστι' καί τό 'ἔσται' ὡς πάντῃ τό ἀναλλοίωτον καί κατά πάντα ἀμετάβλητον ἔχοντος· διό καί ὑπερούσιος λέγεται. Διό καί πάντα αὐτοῦ καί ἄμα κατηγορεῖται. Κατά τήν τοῦ αἰτίου ἔννοιαν πάντα αὐτοῦ φησι τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγεσθαι, ἤ ἐπ' αὐτοῦ νοεῖσθαι. Τό γάρ κατηγορεῖσθαι κατά φιλοσόφους τοῦτο δηλοῖ. Αὐτός δέ οὐδέν τῶν πάντων ἐστίν, ὧν ἐστιν αἴτιος, διά τό εἶναι καί ὑπερεῖναι· διό καί αἱ ἀποφάσεις τοῦτο δηλοῦσιν, οἷον τό ἄμορφος, τό ἀκαλλής, καί τά ὅμοια· τό δέ πάνσχημος καί πανείδεος τό παντός εἴδους καί σχήματος αἴτιον αὐτόν ὑπάρχειν δηλοῖ. Καθό καί τά ἑξῆς νοητέον,

English

And all things in generation and corruption also come to be, and whatever things exist by mutual permeation, such as night, day, summer, and spring, and the like; and only those things will come to be which have not yet come to be at all but are expected, such as the transmutation of the universe and the things that accompany it. As the cause, then, of all these things, God is hymned; for he did not say, "these things are predicated of him," but "he is hymned in the strict sense." But "he was" and the things that accompany it, in every sense, will fit no other than God, because "he was" is contemplated in him as higher than every beginning. And "he is" and "he will be," as having the unchangeable in every respect and the immutable in all things; therefore he is also called supersubstantial. Therefore all things are predicated of him at once. According to the conception of cause, he says that all things are said to be his, or are understood in relation to him. For "to be predicated" means this according to the philosophers. But he himself is none of all the things of which he is the cause, because he is and is beyond being; therefore the negations also make this clear, such as "formless," "without beauty," and the like; but "all-figured" and "all-formed" make clear that he is the cause of every form and figure. In this sense also the following things must be understood,

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:138 · narrative
Source · Greek

Εἰς τό αὐτό. Πῶς ἀνωτέρω εἰπών, οὔτε ἦν, οὔτε ἐστίν, οὔτε ἐγένετο, οὔτε γίνεται, οὔτε γενήσεται, ἐνταῦθά φησιν, ἐπ' αὐτοῦ καί τό ἐστί, καί τό ἔσται, καί τό ἐγένετο, καί τό γίνεται, καί γενήσεται κυρίως ὑμνεῖται; ἆρα ἐναντίως ἑαυτῷ λέγει ὁ ἅγιος Διονύσιος; Μή γένοιτο. Ἄνω μέν γάρ αὐτόν δημιουργόν εἶπε πάσης ὑπάρξεως, ὑποστάσεως, οὐσίας, φύσεως καί τοῦ χρόνου· εἰκότως οὖν ἐπί αὐτοῦ τό 'ἦν' ἔταξε καί τά ἕτερα, ἵνα νοήσῃς, ὅτι οὔτε ἀπό χρόνου, οὔτε ἐν χρόνῳ, οὔτε μετά χρόνον ἤρξατο ὁ Θεός, ἀλλ' ὅτι καί αὐτοῦ τοῦ εἶναι ἀνώτερός ἐστι. Ἐν αὐτῷ, γάρ εἶπε, τό εἶναι· ἐνταῦθα δέ, ἐπειδή κατά πᾶσαν ἐπίνοιαν εἶπεν αὐτόν πολλαπλασιάζεσθαι, δικαίως εἶπεν, ἐπ' αὐτοῦ καί τό ἦν, καί τό ἔσται, καί τά ἑξῆς, ἵνα, οἷον καιρόν ἤ χρόνον ἐπινοήσῃς, ἐκεῖ τόν Θεόν εὑρήσεις, καί ὑπέρ τά ὄντα καί προόντα, καί αὐτῶν καί τῶν ὄντων αἴτιον καί δημιουργόν, καί οὐδέν ἐξ αὐτῶν ὄντα, ὥσπερ λέγομεν, ὅτι οὐδέν τῶν ὄντων ἐστί, καί ἐν τοῖς πᾶσίν ἐστιν. Καί οὐδέν ἐστι τῶν πάντων: Πρός τό 'πάνσχημος' τό ( 14 _240 'ἄμορφος', διά τό ὑπέρ ἀσωματίαν καί ὑπέρ ἀϋλίαν εἶναι, οὐ μεμορφωμένον πρός τι τῶν ὄντων, πρός δέ τό 'πανείδεος' τό 'ἀκαλλής'. Ἀκαλλῆ δέ λέγει, ὡς καί τοῦ κάλλους ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγονότος, αὐτοῦ δέ καί ὑπέρ κάλλους ὄντος. Αἱ δέ χρήσεις, «καί εἴδομε αὐτόν, καί οὐκ εἶχεν εἶδος, οὐδέ κάλλος», καί τά ἑξῆς. Εἰ γάρ ὁ καθ' ἡμᾶς ἥλιος: Κάτω ἐν τῷ τέλει τοῦ ἑξῆς λόγου, ἤτοι τοῦ ἕκτου κεφαλαίου, ὅπου τό σημεῖον δείκνυσιν, ὅτι οὐδέν ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖ ὁ ἥλιος, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῆς πάντων αἰτίας καί ἀρχῆς, ἥτις ἐστίν ὁ Θεός.

English

On the same passage. How is it that, having said above that he neither was, nor is, nor came to be, nor comes to be, nor will come to be, he here says that in his case both "is" and "will be" and "came to be" and "comes to be" and "will come to be" are rightly hymned? Does the holy Dionysius then speak in contradiction to himself? God forbid. For above he called him the maker of every existence, subsistence, essence, nature, and of time; with good reason, then, he placed "was" in his case, and the rest, so that you may understand that God neither began from time, nor in time, nor after time, but that he is higher even than being itself. For "in him," he says, is "being"; but here, since he said that by every conception he is multiplied, he rightly said that in his case are both "was" and "will be" and the rest, so that, if you conceive, as it were, a season or a time, you will find God there, both beyond things that are and things that pre-exist, and the cause and maker of them and of things that are, and being none of them, as we say, that he is none of the things that are, and is in all things. And he is none of all things: To "all-shaped" corresponds "shapeless," because he is beyond incorporeality and beyond immateriality, not shaped toward any of the things that are; and to "all-formed" corresponds "unadorned." He calls him unadorned, as being the one from whom beauty itself has come to be, and himself being beyond beauty. And the uses: "and we saw him, and he had no form or beauty," and the rest. For if the sun according to us: Below, at the end of the following discourse, that is, of the sixth chapter, where the sign indicates that the sun does nothing of itself, but from the cause and principle of all things, which is God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:139 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καλῶς δέ ἀπέδειξεν ἐκ τοῦ ἡλίου τό περί Θεοῦ νοούμενον· ὥσπερ γάρ αὐτός εἷς ὤν ὁ ἥλιος, πάντα τά αἰσθητά ζωογονεῖ καί τρέφει καί αὔξει καί ἐναλλάττει, τουτέστιν ἀπό μικρῶν μεγάλα ποιεῖ, ἤ καί ἀπό σπόρου τό ἐξ αὐτοῦ φυόμενον βλαστόν ἤ δένδρον, καί ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ὁρωμένοις ἐστί, μηδέν ἐξ αὐτῶν ὑπάρχων, οὕτω καί ὁ Θεός καί αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἡλίου καί πάντων τῶν αἰσθητῶν καί τῶν νοητῶν καί τῶν νοερῶν ὤν αἴτιος, οὐδέν ἐκ τῶν ὄντων ἐστί, καί ἐν τοῖς πᾶσίν ἐστι· αὐτοῦ γάρ τά πάντα μετέχει· διό καί ἡ Γραφή «δικαιοσύνης Ἥλιον» αὐτόν ὀνομάζει.

Παραδείγματα: Τά παραδείγματα, ἅτινα καί ἰδέας καλοῦσιν, ἤδη μέν καί ἀνωτέρω ἐδηλώσαμεν, ὅπως ὁρίζονται, ὅτι ποίησιν αὐτοτελῆ ἀϊδιον τοῦ ἀϊδίου Θεοῦ τήν ἰδέαν, ἤτοι τό παράδειγμα, φησί· καί ἐνταῦθα μέντοι σαφηνίζει ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος τήν Γραφήν, προορισμούς καλῶν τάς ἰδέας, αἰνιττόμενος τόν θεῖον Παῦλον, ὅς ἐν τῇ πρός Ρωμαίους φησίν· «οὕς δέ προώρισε, τούτους καί ἐκάλεσε»· καί ἑτέρωθι· «προορίσας ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ θελήματι αὑτοῦ»· θέλημα γάρ καί προορισμόν τά παραδείγματα καί τάς ἰδέας λέγει. Παράγει μέντοι καί τόν μακάριον Κλήμεντα, τόν Ρώμης ἐπίσκοπον, οὗ μέμνηται ὁ Ἀπόστολος, ( 14 _242 εἰπόντα, 'ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν εἶναι παραδείγματα ἀρχηγικώτερα, οἷον τῶν πρός τι'. Σαφέστερον δέ οὕτως ἔσται τό λεγόμενον· ἔστι τις δόξα γραμμῇ ἀπεικάζουσα τά πάντα, καί τῆς γραμμῆς τό μέν ἄνω μέρος τοῖς νοητοῖς ἀποδιδοῦσα, τό δέ κάτω τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς. Καί τούτων, τοῖς μέν ἀρχηγικωτέροις, ἅπερ εἰσί τά ἰδίως νοητά, τό πρῶτον καί ἀνώτερον μέρος, τοῖς δέ ἐκ τῶν νοητῶν, τό μετ' ἐκεῖνο·

English

He demonstrated well the concept of God from the sun; for just as the sun, being one, gives life to all sensible things and nourishes and increases and changes them—that is, makes great things from small, or from a seed the shoot or tree that grows from it—and is in all things seen, while existing from none of them, so also God, being the cause of the sun itself and of all sensible and intelligible and rational things, is from none of the things that exist, and is in all things; for all things partake of him. Therefore also the Scripture names him "Sun of righteousness."

Examples: The examples, which they also call ideas, we have already indicated above, how they are defined—that the idea, or the example, is a self-complete, eternal making of the eternal God, he says; and here the great Dionysius clarifies the Scripture, calling the ideas "predeterminations," alluding to the divine Paul, who in the letter to the Romans says: "Whom he predestined, these he also called"; and elsewhere: "having predestined us in his own will"; for he calls the examples and the ideas will and predetermination. He also brings forward the blessed Clement, bishop of Rome, whom the Apostle mentions, who said, "in the things that exist there are examples more original, such as those of things in relation to something." The saying will be clearer thus: there is an opinion that likens all things to a line, and assigns the upper part of the line to intelligible things, and the lower to sensible things. And of these, to the more original—which are the properly intelligible things—the first and higher part, and to those derived from the intelligible, the part after that.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:140 · narrative
Source · Greek

εἶθ' οὕτω καθ' ὑπόβασιν τῆς γραμμῆς, τά ἄλλα· δεῖξαι γάρ θέλει ἡ τοιαύτη δόξα, μή τῆς ἀξίας τῆς αὐτῆς εἶναι τά πάντα, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἀλλήλων ἔνια γενόμενα, οἷον τά ὑφειμένα εἴδη, τῶν καθολικῶν ἐν δημιουργίᾳ καί ἀρχῶν, ἅς καθολικάς ἀρχάς ἀρχηγικώτερά φησι. Τόν οὖν ἱερόν Κλήμεντά φησι λέγειν, εἶναι καί ἐν τοῖς ποιήμασι παραδείγματα γενικώτερα, ἤτοι ἰδέας τῶν πρός τι, ἀντί τοῦ τῶν ὑποβεβηκότων εἰδῶν τῶν πρός τι τῶν ὑπερβεβηκότων ὑπόδειγμα ὑποστάντων, οἷον τό ἔνυλον πῦρ πρός τό αἰθέριον· ἀλλ' οὐ ταῦτα κυρίως ἰδέας φησίν ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος, ἀλλά τάς νοήσεις τοῦ Θεοῦ· κἄν γάρ λέγηται παραδείγματα ἐν κτίσει, ἀλλ’ οὐ προσκυτητά, ὥς φησι Μωϋσῆς. Ποῦ δέ ταῦτα εἶπεν ὁ ἅγιος Κλήμης, οὐκ ἐδήλωσε.

Παραδείγματα δέ φαμεν εἶναι: Πλάτων μέν τάς ἰδέας καί τά παραδείγματα ταπεινῶς καί ἀναξίως Θεοῦ ἐξείληφεν, ὁ δέ πατήρ τῇ μέν λέξει ἐχρήσατο, τήν δέ ἔννοιαν εὐσεβῶς ἐξηγήσατο. Ἀφοριστικά δέ ἔφη τά θεῖα θελήματα καί ποιητικά, τό μέν, ὅτι μόνῳ τῷ βούλεσθαι τά πάντα ὑφίστησι καί ποιεῖ· τό δέ, καί διά τό ἑτεροειδῆ καί διάφορα τά ὄντα γενέσθαι. Σημείωσαι οὖν, ὅτι παραδείγματα καλεῖ τούς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ τῶν ὄντων οὐσιοποιούς καί ἑνιαίως προϋφεστῶτας λόγους, ἤτοι προορισμούς. § 9. Πρόεισι μέν, οὐ διά κυρίων: Μᾶλλον ὁ μακάριος ( 14 _244 Κλήμης δόξῃ τινί κατηκολούθησε λεγούσῃ, καί ἐν τῇ γενέσει τῶν ὄντων αἰσθητῶν εἶναι ἀρχικάς τινας αἰτίας, οἷον τά τῶν νοητῶν, ἤτοι ἀσωμάτων ἀγγέλων ἐνεργείας, ἤτοι εἰς οὐσίαν παραγωγούς, αἰτίας ἀρχικάς ἔχειν τάς ἰδέας, ἤτοι νοήσεις, τοῦ Θεοῦ·

English

Then in this way, by a descending scale of the line, the other things; for such an opinion wishes to show that not all things are of the same worth, but that some came to be from one another, for example the subordinate species from the universal principles in creation, which he calls more archetypal universal principles. He says, then, that the holy Clement says that even in created things there are more generic exemplars, that is, ideas of relative things—instead of the subordinate species of relative things having subsisted as a pattern of the things that transcend them, for example material fire in relation to ethereal fire. But the great Dionysius says that these are not ideas in the proper sense, but the thoughts of God; for even if exemplars are spoken of in creation, they are not objects of worship, as Moses says. But where the holy Clement said these things, he did not make clear.

We say that exemplars are: Plato indeed took the ideas and exemplars in a lowly and unworthy manner of God, but the Father used the term while interpreting the concept piously. He called the divine wills both definitive and creative—the one, because by willing alone he establishes and makes all things; the other, also because the things that exist came to be of different kinds and diverse. Note, then, that he calls exemplars the logoi in God that give substance to existing things and pre-subsist in a unified way, that is, predeterminations. § 9. He proceeds, but not through the proper meanings: Rather, the blessed Clement followed some opinion saying that even in the generation of sensible things there are certain original causes, for example that the activities of intelligible things, that is, of incorporeal angels, or those productive of substance, have as original causes the ideas, that is, the thoughts, of God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:141 · narrative
Source · Greek

περί ἅς ἰδέας παραδειγματικάς οὔσας, τά νοητά εἶναι ὡς ἐνεργείας ἀρχικάς καί εὐδαιμονικάς καί ἡγεμονικάς· ἐπί δέ τῶν αἰσθητῶν, αἴτιον ἀρχικόν καί εὐδαιμονικόν καί δημιουργικόν τό εἶδος, τό ἐπί τῇ ὕλῃ ἡ εἰρημένη φησί δόξα· τόν γάρ λόγον τῆς ἐν γενέσει φύσεως, καθ' ἥν εἰδοποιήθη τά αἰσθητά, τοιοῦτον εἶδός φησιν ἀρκτικόν. Ἔοικεν οὖν τάχα τοῦτο εἰρηκέναι ὁ μακάριος Κλήμης· οὐκ ἔστι δέ κυρίως ταῦτα εἰπεῖν παραδείγματα, ἤτοι ἰδέας ἀρκτικάς, ἤγουν ἀρχικά αἴτια· οὐ γάρ ἐξ αὐτῶν ταῦτα, ἀλλ' ἐκ τῶν Θεοῦ νοήσεων, ὅς μόνος προσκυνητός. Προόδου καί ἀγαθότητος: Πρόοδόν φησι τό μή μόνον αὐτήν περί τήν αὐτῆς ἀσχολεῖσθαι θεωρίαν, ἀλλά χυθῆναι καί ὁδεῦσαι καί τά ὄντα ὑποστήσασθαι. Πάντα μέν ἐν ἑαυτῆ: Ὅτι ἐπί πᾶσι τοῖς οὖσιν ἀγάλλεσθαί φησι τόν Θεόν, κατά τό ψαλμικόν· «εὐφρανθήσεται Κύριος ἐπί τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ», καί ἐν Παροιμίαις· «Ἐγώ ἤμην ᾗ προσέχαιρε». Τό δέ προέχει ἐνταῦθα ἀντί τοῦ προώρισε καί προείληφε κεῖται.

English

Concerning these ideas, which are paradigmatic, the intelligible things exist as original, blessed, and governing energies; but in the case of sensible things, the form is the original, blessed, and creative cause—the said opinion speaks of the form upon matter; for the principle of the nature that comes to be, according to which sensible things were given form, such a form it calls originative. So perhaps blessed Clement has said this. But it is not strictly correct to call these paradigms, that is, originative ideas, or original causes; for these things are not from them, but from the thoughts of God, who alone is worthy of worship. Of procession and goodness: he says procession, meaning that she does not occupy herself solely with the contemplation of herself, but is poured out and goes forth and establishes the things that exist. All things in herself: he says that God rejoices over all things that exist, according to the psalm: "The Lord will rejoice over his works," and in Proverbs: "I was that in which he delighted." And "foreknew" here is used in place of "predetermined" and "preconceived.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:142 · narrative
Source · Greek

Πᾶσαν διπλόην: Ἐπειδή τινες τάς ἰδέας καί τά παραδείγματα ἐνυπόστατα ἔφησαν, τούτους ἐπιρραπίζει νῦν Ἕλληνας ὄντας, καί φησιν· Εἰ γάρ μή ἁπλῶς καί ἑνιαίως εἶεν αἱ ἰδέαι, νοήσεις ὑπερηπλωμέναι οὖσαι τοῦ ὑπερηπλωμένου καί ὑπερηνωμένου Θεοῦ, σύνθετος ἄν εἴη ὁ Θεός ἐκ παραδείγματος καί ( 14 _246 ἑαυτοῦ, ὅπερ διπλόην ὠνόμασε, Τό δέ ἀγαλλομένη συμφωνεῖ τῷ Δαβίδ· «εὐφρανθήσεται Κύριος», καί τά ἑξῆς.

Καθάπερ καί φωνή μία: Σημείωσαι τό τῆς φωνῆς, ὅτι ἀσώματος καί μία οὖσα ὑπό πολλῶν ὁμοίως ἀκούεται, καί οὔτε δαπανᾶται ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους. Οὕτω καί ὁ Θεός ὑπό πάντων ἐπίσης μετέχεται· τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τό 'ἑνικῶς'. Κατά ἀναλογίαν δέ τῆς πίστεως, καί οὔτε μεριζόμενος δαπανᾶται.

§ 10. Ὡς τοῦ ἕνεκα: Ἄνω ἐν τῷ πρό τούτου κεφαλαίῳ εἴπομεν, τελείως ὁρίσαντες τελικόν αἴτιον εἶναι τό οὗ ἕνεκα τό γινόμενον. Καί πέρας πάντων: Τῷ πέρατι πάντως ἡ ἀπειρία ἀντεπινοεῖται, ὁ δέ Θεός πέρας πάντων· οὐδέν γάρ ἐκβαίνει τήν αὐτοῦ πρόνοιαν καί δυναστείαν· καί ἀπειρία δέ, ἐπεί κατά τήν θείαν Γραφήν· «καί τῆς συνέσεως αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμός»· καί πάλιν· «καί τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται πέρας». Ὡς οὖν ἀπερίληπτος καί ἄπειρος· ταῦτα γάρ ὑπερεξόχως ἔχει ὁ Θεός καί πάντα ὑπερβεβηκώς καί πέρας παντός πέρατος ὤν· εἰς αὐτόν γάρ τά πάντα περατοῦνται, καί ἀπειρία ἐστί πάσης ἀπειρίας. Κἄν οὖν ἀπειρία λέγηται καί ἡ ὕλη, ὡς ἀεί μετασχηματιζομένη καί ἄλλοτε εἰς ἄλλα εἴδη μεταβάλλουσα, ἀλλ’ οὖν πεπέρασται ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ καί ἄστατός ἐστι καί ἀόριστος ὑπό Θεοῦ μεταγομένη εἰς εἰδοποιίας.

English

Every duplicity: Because some said that the ideas and paradigms are subsistent, he now rebukes them, since they are Greeks, and says: For if the ideas were not simply and in a unified way—being thoughts supremely simplified of the supremely simplified and supremely unified God—God would be composite, consisting of a paradigm and himself, which he called duplicity. And “exulting” agrees with David: “The Lord will rejoice,” and the rest.

Just as also one voice: Note this about the voice, that being incorporeal and one, it is heard alike by many, and is not consumed by the multitude. So also God is participated in equally by all; for this is the “in a unified way.” And according to the analogy of faith, and neither being divided is he consumed.

§ 10. As for the sake of which: Above, in the chapter before this, we spoke, defining perfectly that the final cause is the “for the sake of which” of what comes to be. And the limit of all things: By the limit, infinity is certainly conceived in contrast, and God is the limit of all things; for nothing escapes his providence and dominion; and infinity also, since according to divine Scripture: “and of his understanding there is no number”; and again: “and of his kingdom there shall be no end.” As therefore he is incomprehensible and infinite; for God possesses these things surpassingly and has transcended all things and is the limit of every limit; for in him all things are limited, and he is the infinity of every infinity. And even if matter is also called infinity, as always being reshaped and at one time changing into other forms, yet it has been limited in God, even if it is unstable and undefined, being led by God into the production of forms.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:143 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί εἰκότως ὁ Θεός πέρας ἐστί τῆς τοιαύτης ἀπειρίας καί ἄπειρος τοῖς πέρασι τῶν ὄντων, ὡς καί τήν ὕλην ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων παραγαγών· φησί γάρ ἡ Γραφή· «ἐξ αὐτοῦ καί δι' αὐτοῦ καί εἰς αὐτόν τά πάντα». ( 14 _248 Ἐν ἑνί γάρ, ὡς πολλάκις: Ἀντίκειται τό πέρας τῇ ἀπειρίᾳ κατά ἀπόφασιν καί κατάφησιν, ὡς τό θνητόν καί τό ἀθάνατον. Καλῶς δέ τό 'ὡς

ἀντικειμένων'· οὐ γάρ κυρίως ταῦτα ἀλλήλοις ἀντίκειται, οἱονεί κατά τήν ἕξιν ἤ στέρησιν, ἀλλ', ὡς εἴρῃται, κατά ἀπόφασιν καί κατάφασιν. Παρών τοῖς πᾶσι: Πανταχοῦ γάρ παρών, καί τοῖς καθ' ἕν ἕκαστον καί τοῖς πᾶσιν ὁμοῦ πάρεστι καί ὁμοίως. Καί ἑστώς δέ λέγεται ὁ Θεός, τῷ κατά μηδέν ὅλως ἐν αὐτῷ μεταβολήν θεωρεῖσθαι, κινούμενος δέ, τῷ συνέχειν τά ὄντα καί συντηρεῖν· καί ταῦτα δέ ὑπέρ πᾶσαν ἐπίνοιαν· διό καί ἐπήγαγε τό 'οὔτε ἑστώς', 'οὔτε κινούμενος'. Καί ἑστώς καί κινούμενος: Δοκεῖ πῶς ἐναντίον εἶναι τό εἰρημένον, τό 'ἑστώς' καί 'κινούμενος', καί, 'οὔτε ἑστώς', 'οὔτε κινούμενος'· πῶς γάρ τό αὐτό πρᾶγμα καί ἵσταται καί κινεῖται, ἤ οὔτε ἵσταται οὔτε κινεῖται; Πρῶτον μέν οὐ δεῖ ἐκ τῶν αἰσθητῶν κατανοεῖν τά θεῖα, ἤ τάς εἰκόνας ἐντεῦθεν λαμβάνειν· ἵνα δέ μή δόξαιμεν λύσεως ἀπορεῖν, στάσιν εἴπομεν ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν τήν γένεσιν, κίνησιν δέ τήν ἀλλοίωσιν, ἤτοι μεταβολήν. Ἔστιν οὖν ὁ Θεός πάντων γένεσις· ἀεί γάρ ταῦτα εἰς τό εἶναι παράγει· ὥστε ἕστηκεν ὁ Θεός· κινεῖται δέ πάλιν, διότι πάντα μετασχηματίζει καί ἀλλοιοῖ πρός τό κρεῖττον· δι' αὐτοῦ γάρ καλλίους γινόμεθα·

English

And reasonably is God the limit of such limitlessness, and limitless in the limits of beings, as also having brought matter out of non-being; for the Scripture says: "From him and through him and to him are all things." (14_248 For in one, as often: The limit is opposed to limitlessness by negation and affirmation, as the mortal and the immortal. And well the "as

of opposites"; for these are not properly opposed to one another, as it were by habit or privation, but, as has been said, by negation and affirmation. Present to all things: For being present everywhere, he is present both to each one individually and to all together and alike. And God is said to be standing, by the fact that no change at all is observed in him, and moving, by his sustaining and preserving beings; and these things are beyond all conception; therefore he added the "neither standing," "nor moving." And standing and moving: It seems somehow that what is said is contrary, the "standing" and "moving," and, "neither standing," "nor moving"; for how can the same thing both stand and move, or neither stand nor move? First, one must not understand divine things from sensible things, or take the images from there; but so that we may not seem to be at a loss for a solution, we said in what precedes that standing is generation, and movement is alteration, that is, change. God, then, is the generation of all things; for he always brings these into being; so that God stands; and he moves again, because he transforms and alters all things for the better; for through him we become more beautiful.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:144 · narrative
Source · Greek

ὅθεν καί περί αὐτοῦ πρό μικροῦ φησιν ὁ θεῖος Διονύσιος, 'πάντων ἀρχή καί τελευτή τῶν ὄντων'· τό γάρ 'οὔτε ἑστώς', 'οὔτε κινούμενος', τό πρός αὐτοῦ ἐξηγεῖται τό μένων ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ, καί ἐπί πάντα προϊών· μεταδίδωσι γάρ πᾶσι τοῖς οὖσι τῆς οἰκείας ὁλότητος, καί ἄτρεπτος καί ἀναλλοίωτος αὐτός ἐστι κατά τό εἰρημένον, «Σύ δέ ὁ αὐτός εἶ». Οὐκοῦν καί πρόεισι καί ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ μένει ὁ Θεός.

Οὔτε ἔν τινι τῶν ὄντων: Οὐκ ἔν τινι εἶπεν· ἐν πᾶσι γάρ, καί ( 14 _250 διά τό ἐν πᾶσιν ἄσχετον· αἰωνίως γάρ ὄντα, τάς ὑπερκοσμίους φησίν οὐσίας, διά τό πρό τῆς τοῦ χρόνου φύσεως γενέσθαι αὐτάς· χρόνος γάρ ἀπό τῆς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καί γῆς ποιήσεως ἀριθμεῖται.

Ἤ τῶν χρονικῶς: Εἴρηται καί ἀνωτέρω, αἰώνιον λέγεσθαι κυρίως οὐκ αὐτόν τόν αἰῶνα, ἀλλά τό αἰῶνος μετέχον. Τό δέ 'προσήκει τι' νόησον κατ' οὐσίαν. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι εἰσί τινα τῶν ὄντων αἰώνια, οἷον ἄγγελοι, καί ὅτι οὐ τό αἰώνιον, ἤδη καί ἄναρχον. Ἐν δέ τῷ ἐφεξῆς κεφαλαίῳ εὐθύς ἐν ἀρχῇ, τῇ τοῦ αἰωνίου φωνῇ καί ἐπί τοῦ Θεοῦ κέχρηται.

English

Hence also the divine Dionysius says of him shortly before: "the beginning and end of all things that exist"; for the "neither standing" nor "moving" is explained by him as remaining in himself and proceeding to all things; for he imparts his own wholeness to all beings, and he himself is unchangeable and immutable, according to what is said, "But you are the same." Therefore God both proceeds and remains in himself.

Neither in any of existing things: He said "not in any"; for he is in all, and (14 250) because of being in all things without being held; for he calls the supracosmic essences eternal, because they came to be before the nature of time; for time is counted from the making of heaven and earth.

Or of things in time: It has been said also above that "eternal" is properly said not of the age itself, but of what partakes of the age. And understand "something belongs to it" in respect of essence. Note also that some of existing things are eternal, such as angels, and that the eternal is not already also without beginning. And in the next chapter, immediately at the beginning, he has used the word "eternal" also of God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:145 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί τά τῶν ὄντων μέτρα: Μέτρα τῶν ὄντων εἰσίν οἱ αἰῶνες τῶν νοητῶν καί ὁ χρόνος τῶν αἰσθητῶν· τά γάρ νοητά, ὡς ὑπό μέτρου μετρεῖται τοῦ αἰῶνος, εἰ καί ὁμωνύμως τῷ μετροῦντι αἰῶνι καί τά μετρούμενα λέγονται· αἰῶνες γάρ λέγονται καί οἱ ἄγγελοι· οὕτω καί ἐπί τῶν αἰσθητῶν· τά γάρ μετρούμενα τῷ χρόνῳ ὁμωνύμως χρόνοι λέγονται, ὡς καί ἡ κίνησις τῶν ἄστρων, καί τοῦ ἡλίου, καί οἱ βίοι· μετρούμενοι γάρ ὑπό χρόνου, χρόνοι λέγονται. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ' § 1. Καί συνοχικῆς αἰτίας: Συνοχικήν ὠνόμασεν, ὡς τήν ζωήν τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν οὐ μόνον δημιουργήσασαν, ἀλλά καί εἰς τό διαμένειν συνέχουσαν. Ἐξ αὐτῆς καί αἱ ψυχαί: Μετά τήν τῶν ἀγγέλων ζωήν ἀκολούθως τάττει τήν τῶν ἡμετέρων ψυχῶν, ἅτε καί λογικῶν οὐσῶν ἀθανασίαν· μετά δέ τάς λογικάς ψυχάς, ἐπάγει λοιπόν τήν ζωήν τῆς αἰσθητικῆς ψυχῆς καί τῆς θρεπτικῆς, ἤτοι φυτικῆς, ἤτοι τῶν ἀλόγων, καί τῶν φυτῶν, ἅς καί κατ' ἔσχατον ἀπήχημά φησιν, ὅπερ ἄνω πολλάκις ἡρμηνεύσαμεν. Αἱ δέ ζωαί τῶν ( 14 _252 ἀλόγων καί τῶν φυτῶν οὔκ εἰσι θεῖαι, ἀλλά τοῦ ἐνύλου πυρός τε καί πνεύματος. Περί τούτων οὖν μόνων τῶν ἐσχάτων, ὡς εἴρηται, ζωῶν φησι τό τοῦ Δαβίδ εἰρῆσθαι· «ἀντανελεῖς τό πνεῦμά σου καί ἐκλείψουσι καί εἰς τόν χοῦν αὐτῶν ἐπιστρέψουσιν. Ἐξαποστελεῖς τό πνεῦμά σου καί κτισθήσονται καί ἀνακαινιεῖς τό πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς»· ἐπί γάρ αἰσθητικῆς μόνης ψυχῆς καί τῆς φυτικῆς ζωῆς ταῦτα δέχεται τά θεῖα λόγια ὁ μέγας,

English

And the measures of things that exist: the measures of things that exist are the ages of intelligible things and the time of sensible things; for intelligible things, as being measured by the measure of the age, are measured—even if the things measured are called ages by homonymy with the measuring age; for the angels too are called ages. So also in the case of sensible things: for the things measured by time are called times by homonymy, as also the motion of the stars and of the sun, and the lives of men; for being measured by time, they are called times. ON THE CHAPTER ' § 1. And of a cohesive cause: He called it cohesive, as having not only created the life of the things that exist but also holding them together so as to remain. From it also the souls: After the life of the angels he next orders the immortality of our souls, inasmuch as they too are rational; and after the rational souls, he then brings in the life of the sensitive soul and of the nutritive, that is, the vegetative, that is, of irrational animals and of plants, which he also calls the last echo, which we have often explained above. But the lives of irrational animals and of plants are not divine, but of embodied fire and spirit. Concerning these last lives only, then, as has been said, he says that what was spoken by David refers: "You will take away their spirit, and they will fail and return to their dust. You will send forth your spirit, and they will be created, and you will renew the face of the earth"; for the great one accepts these divine oracles as referring to the sensitive soul only and to the vegetative life,

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:146 · narrative
Source · Greek

Διονύσιος· περί γάρ τῆς τῶν νοητῶν ζωῆς ἤ τῆς καθ' ἡμᾶς οὐ νοεῖ ταῦτα· τήν γάρ ζωήν ταύτην οὐσιωδῶς δημιουργήσας εἰς ἀθανασίαν ὁ Θεός, τοῖς νοητοῖς καί ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν οὐκ ἄν ἀφέλοι αὐτῶν τό ζῇν· ἐπεί οὐσίαι ἔσονται, ἀλλά καί περί ζώων ἀπό γῆς ἀνανεουμένων φησίν ὁ Δαβίδ, οὐ μήν περί τούτων· καί περί τῆς ζωῆς δέ τῷν ἑκουσίως ἀποβάντων δαιμόνων, ἐπάγει, ὅτι καί αὐτή διαμένει ἀνώλεθρος, τοῦ κτίσαντος αὐτούς Θεοῦ τοῦτο βουλομένου, κἄν αὐτοί ἀπέστησαν τοῦ Θεοῦ· «ἀμεταμέλητα γάρ τά χαρίσματα τοῦ Θεοῦ», τοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ποιήσαντος αὐτούς ἀθανάτους· ἔσχατον δέ ἀπήχημα λέγει τήν ἀμυδροτέραν μετοχήν τῆς ζωῆς, καί οἷον εἰπεῖν, ὀλίγως μετέχουσαν ζωτικῆς δυνάμεως. Ἧς ἀνταναιρουμένης: Τό μέν ψαλμικόν ρητόν περί ἀνθρώπων, καί τῆς τελευταίας καί κοινῆς ἀναστάσεως λέγει, ἥν μικρῷ πρόσθεν τρανότερον τίθησιν ὁ πατήρ· ἐνταῦθα δέ τό ρητόν παρήγαγε, τόν λόγον ποιούμενος περί πάντων τῶν ὁπωσοῦν ζῇν ἐχόντων, δεικνύς μή ἄλλως ταῦτα ἤ ἐκ Θεοῦ τό ζῇν θεωρεῖσθαι ἐν αὐτοῖς. Τό δέ «ἀνταναιρεῖσθαι» ἀντί τοῦ 'κεχωρίσθαι' τέθεικεν, ὥσπερ καί τό «ἐπιστρεφόμενα» ἀντί τοῦ 'μετέχοντα'. Ἀσθενεῖν δέ ταῦτα πρός τό μετέχειν τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης φησί, διά τό μή οἴκοθεν καί παρ' ἑαυτῶν ἔχειν τήν ζωήν, ἀλλ’ ( 14 _254 ἐπακτήν ἐκ Θεοῦ· τά γάρ ὅσον ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν, οὐκ ἐν τῷ ζῇν θεωρούμενα, τῇ δέ πρός τόν Θεόν ἀναθέσει τοῦτο ἔχοντα, τρόπον τινά ἀναζῇ, καί ὡς αὐτός φησι, πάλιν ζῶα γίνεται.

English

Dionysius: For he does not understand these things concerning the life of intelligible beings or of our life; for God, having created this life substantially unto immortality, would not take away from intelligible beings and from our souls their living; otherwise they would not be essences. But David also speaks of living creatures renewed from the earth, yet not concerning these. And concerning the life of the demons who voluntarily fell away, he adds that this too remains indestructible, God who created them willing this, even if they themselves revolted from God; for "the gifts of God are without repentance," since from the beginning he made them immortal. And he calls the faintest participation of life a last echo, so to speak, one that partakes but little of the life-giving power. When this is taken away: The psalm verse speaks concerning men and the final and common resurrection, which the Father set forth more clearly a little earlier; but here he brought forward the verse while making his argument concerning all things that have any share whatever in living, showing that these are not seen to have life in themselves otherwise than from God. And he has used "taken away" in place of "separated," just as also "turning back" in place of "partaking." And he says that these are weak with respect to partaking of this life, because they do not have life from home and from themselves, but as something acquired from God; for things, insofar as they depend on themselves, are not observed to be in living, but by their reference to God they have this, and in a certain way live again, and as he himself says, become living creatures again.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:147 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 2. Τήν ὡς συμμίκτοις: Θαυμασίως πάντα τά δόγματα μετά ὀρθότητος διδάσκει. Τόν γάρ περί τῆς ἀναστάσεως τρόπον νῦν παραδιδούς, θνητούς μέν ἡμᾶς ἀποφαίνει, ἅτε ἐξ ἀθανάτου ψυχῆς καί θνητοῦ σώματος ὄντας θνητούς, τήν δέ ζωήν οὐσιώδη τῆς ψυχῆς ἐλάττονά φησι τῶν ἀγγελικῶν οὐσιῶν, παρ' ὅσον αὐτήν καί ἀγγελοειδῆ ζωήν, οὐ μήν ἀγγελικήν ὀνομάζει, οὐχ ὡς αὐτοαγγελικήν, ἀλλά παρεμφερῆ· καί ἡμᾶς μέν μερικῶς φησιν εἶναι τάς λογικάς ψυχάς, ὅλους δέ ἡμᾶς τούς ἐκ ψυχῆς καί σώματος ὄντας· ἀπαθανατίζεσθαι δέ φησι τά σώματα ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, φάσκων τό περί ἀναστάσεως δόγμα ἄπιστον δοκεῖν τῇ παλαιότητι, ἀντί τοῦ 'τῇ ἀνοήτῳ δόξῃ τῶν Ἑλλήνων', διά τό παρά φύσιν εἶναι τῆς ὕλης τό ἀπαθανατίζεσθαι. Παλαιότης δέ λέγεται ἡ ἀνοησία· εἰ δέ καί ὑπέρ φύσιν τό πρᾶγμα τῆς ἀναστάσεως, οἷον πρός τόν παρόντα βίον τόν διά τροφῆς καί ἐκκρίσεως καί νόσων διεξαγόμενον, ἀλλά πρός τόν Θεόν, οὐδέν παρά φύσιν οὐδέ ὑπέρ φύσιν, ἐπειδή αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ πάσης ζωῆς αἴτιος.

English

§ 2. The phrase "as to those compounded": He teaches all the doctrines wonderfully with correctness. For now, handing down the manner of the resurrection, he shows that we are mortal, inasmuch as we are mortal, being from an immortal soul and a mortal body; and he says that the substantial life of the soul is less than the angelic essences, insofar as he names it also an angel-like life, yet not an angelic one, not as being itself angelic, but as resembling it; and he says that we, the rational souls, are [such] partially, but that we who are from soul and body are [such] wholly; and he says that our bodies are made immortal in the resurrection, asserting that the doctrine of the resurrection seems incredible to antiquity, instead of "to the foolish opinion of the Greeks," because it is contrary to nature for matter to be made immortal. And antiquity is said [to mean] foolishness; but even if the matter of the resurrection is beyond nature, as compared with the present life which is conducted through food and excretion and diseases, yet in relation to God it is nothing contrary to nature nor beyond nature, since he is himself the cause of all life.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:148 · narrative
Source · Greek

Φημί καί τά συζυγῆ σώματα: Ὅτι καί τά σώματα ἡμῶν ἀθανασίας μετέχειν ὁ θεῖος βούλεται λόγος, κατά τόν Ἀπόστολον· «δεῖ γάρ τό θνητόν τοῦτο ἐνδύσασθαι ἀθανασίαν».

Ὑπέρ φύσιν: Τοῦτό φησι διά τό μόνῳ Θεῷ κατά φύσιν εἶναι τό ζωοῦν. Σίμωνος ἀντιρρητικοί λόγοι: Σίμωνός φησιν ἀντιρρητικούς εἶναι λόγους κατά τοῦ δόγματος ἡμῶν τοῦ λέγοντος, 'τό σῶμα ( 14 _256 ἡμῶν ἀνίστασθαι καί ἀθανατίζεσθαι', ὡς παρά φύσιν ὄντος τοῦ πράγματος. Οἱ δέ εἰρηκότες κατά Σίμωνος καί περί τούτων αὐτόν ἐλέγχουσιν Εἰρηναῖος καί Ὠριγένης καί Ἱππόλυτος καί Ἐπιφάνιος. Ὁ δέ μέγας Διονύσιος θείως ἐκλύει τό λεγόμενον παρά Σίμωνος, παρά φύσιν εἶναι τήν ἀνάστασιν τῶν σωμάτων· τῷ γάρ Θεῷ οὐδενός ὄντος ἐναντίου, πῶς ἔσται τι παρά φύσιν; Τό δέ οἴεσθαί τινα ἐκ φανερῶν καί αἰσθητῶν τούτων τάς ἀποδείξεις πορίζεσθαι κατά τῆς ἀκαταλήπτου καί πᾶσαν ἀφανοῦς αἰτίας τῶν πάντων, τουτέστι κατά τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦτό ἐστι ἀληθῶς παρά φύσιν· τά γάρ δοξαστά καί νοητά πῶς ἀνατρέψει τό ὑπέρ πᾶσαν αἴσθησιν καί νόησιν; Τῷ προφανεῖ τῆς αἰσθήσεως: Οὐ χρή, φησι, διά τά τῇ αἰσθήσει ληπτά ἀπιστεῖν τοῖς περί Θεοῦ λόγοις, ὅς ἐστιν ἡ πάντων ἀφανής αἰτία. Κυρίως γάρ τοῦτό ἐστι παρά φύσιν εἰπεῖν, τό ἀθετεῖν τά ὑπέρ αἴσθησιν, διά τό τῶν αἰσθητῶν προφανές.

English

I say also the bodies that are yoked together: that our bodies partake of immortality is what the divine Word wills, according to the Apostle: "For this mortal must put on immortality."

Beyond nature: He says this because it belongs to God alone by nature to give life. The refutations of Simon: He says that there are refutations of Simon against our doctrine, which says that "our body rises and is made immortal," as though the matter were contrary to nature. But those who have spoken against Simon and refute him on these points are Irenaeus and Origen and Hippolytus and Epiphanius. But the great Dionysius divinely dissolves what is said by Simon, that the resurrection of bodies is contrary to nature; for since nothing is contrary to God, how shall anything be contrary to nature? But for someone to think to furnish proofs from these manifest and perceptible things against the incomprehensible and wholly invisible cause of all things, that is, against God—this is truly contrary to nature; for how shall one overturn things opined and intelligible by what is beyond all sense and thought? By the manifestness of sense: It is not right, he says, because of things grasped by sense to disbelieve the words concerning God, who is the invisible cause of all things. For properly this is what it means to speak of something as contrary to nature—to reject things beyond sense because of the manifestness of perceptible things.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:149 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 3. Εἴτε λογικήν, εἴτε αἰσθητικήν, εἴτε θρεπτικήν: Σημείωσαι, πῶς διαιρεῖ τά περί ζωῆς μεθεκτῆς· ζωῆς γάρ ἀρχήν φησιν, οἷον τήν ἡμετέραν ψυχήν καί τήν αἰσθητικήν δέ· αὗται γάρ ἀρχαί εἰσι ζωῆς τοῖς δι' αὐτῶν ἀρχομένοις εἰς ζωήν κινεῖσθαι σώμασι· ζωῆς δέ οὐσίαι αἱ νοηταί δυνάμεις καί αἱ ἡμέτεραι ψυχαί· τήν γάρ οὐσίαν ζωήν οὖσαν ἔχουσιν, οἷον ὕλην τινά καί ὑποκείμενον καί αὐτοεῖδος, ὅ ἐστι ζωῆς ὑπάρχουσαν· διό καί ζωοῦσι τά σώματα, ὡς ἔφην, αἱ ψυχαί. Ὁ οὖν Θεός, ὡς αἴτιος καί συμπληρωτικός τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν, ὡς συνοχεύς καί διαιρετικός, ὡς τάς διαφοράς πάσης ζωῆς διατάξας, νοητῶν, λογικῶν, αἰσθητικῶν, αὐξητικῶν, ἀρχή πάντων ἐστίν· ὥστε, ἐπειδή ἄνω εἶπε καί τόν ἥλιον ζωήν διδόναι καί τρέφειν πάντα, μή νοήσῃς, ὅτι ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ τοῦτο ἔχει, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῆς πάντων ἀρχῆς καί αἰτίας. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Ζ' ( 14 _258 § 1. Ὑπέρ πᾶσαν σοφίαν: Εἰσί τινες τῶν ἀκαίρων φιλοσόφων λέγοντες, ὅτι, Ἐάν βούλησθε τόν Θεόν λέγειν ὑπέρ πᾶσαν σοφίαν καί σύνεσιν, ποιεῖτε αὐτόν ἄσοφον καί ἀσύνετον. Πρός οὕς λεκτέον· Ὁ Θεός ἡμῶν ὑπέρ πάντα τά νοούμενα καί ὄντα ἐστίν. Εἴτε οὖν σοφία, εἴτε σύνεσις, εἴτε ζωή, εἴτε ὑπόστασις, εἴτε ὕπαρξις, εἴτε οὐσία νοεῖται παρ' ἡμῶν, ὑπέρ ταῦτα πάντα ἐστίν, οὐχ ὡς μή μετέχων αὐτῶν (τοῦτο γάρ ἀνόητον· ὁ γάρ αἴτιος τῶν γινομένων πῶς οὐ μετέχει τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ;), ἀλλ’ ὡς τῶν πάντων ἐξ αὐτοῦ προελθόντων καί τῆς αὐτοῦ μετεχόντων ὁλότητος· πᾶν γάρ τό μετεχόμενον ἀρχαιότερόν ἐστι τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ. Διό καί ὤν, καί αἰών κυρίως, καί χρόνος ὀνομάζεται, ὡς καί τούς αἰῶνας καί τούς χρόνους ποιήσας·

English

§ 3. Whether rational, or sensitive, or nutritive: Note how he divides the things concerning participated life; for he calls an origin of life, for instance, our soul and also the sensitive [soul]; for these are origins of life for the bodies that are moved to life by them; but the essences of life are the intelligible powers and our souls; for they have their essence as being life, as it were a certain matter and subject and self-form, which is of life; therefore the souls also give life to bodies, as I said. God, then, as cause and perfecter of our life, as sustainer and divider, as having ordered the differences of all life—intelligible, rational, sensitive, augmentative—is the origin of all things; so that, since above he said that the sun also gives life and nourishes all things, do not think that it has this from itself, but from the origin and cause of all things. ON CHAPTER 7 (14 _258 § 1. Above all wisdom: There are some of the untimely philosophers who say, "If you wish to call God above all wisdom and understanding, you make him without wisdom and without understanding." To whom it must be said: Our God is above all things conceived and existing. Whether, then, wisdom, or understanding, or life, or subsistence, or existence, or essence is conceived by us, he is above all these, not as not partaking of them (for this is senseless; for how does the cause of things that come to be not partake of those from himself?), but as having all things proceeded from himself and partaking of his wholeness; for everything participated is older than those from it. Therefore also, being, and properly eternity, and time he is named, as having also made the ages and the times;

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:150 · narrative
Source · Greek

οὕτως οὖν καί ἐπί τῆς σοφίας καί τῆς ζωῆς λεκτέον, ὅτι καί αὐτῶν ἐστι δημιουργός· εἰ γάρ ταῦτα ἄλλως ἔχειν εἴπωμεν, εὑρίσκεται ὁ Θεός ὕστερον σοφισθείς ἤ συνετισθείς, ὅπερ τῆς αὐτῶν ἐστι τόλμης, οὐχ ἡμέτερον· μή γένοιτο! Καί τοῦ καθηγεμόνος ἥλιος: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ἥλιον ἑαυτοῦ καί τοῦ ἁγίου Ἱεροθέου τόν ἀπόστολον Παῦλόν φησι. Σημείωσαι δέ, πῶς ἔλαβεν ὁ πατήρ τό ρητόν τοῦ Ἀποστόλου· ὁ γάρ Χρυσόστομος καί οἱ λοιποί τῶν Πατέρων περί τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτό ἔλαβον.

Καί σύνηθές ἐστι τοῖς θεολόγοις: Τό εἰρημένον ἔθος εἶναι τοῖς θεολόγοις ἀντιπαθῶς ἐπί Θεοῦ τάς στερήσεις ἐκφέρειν, οὕτως ἄν νοήσαιμεν· βουλόμενοι γάρ ἐκεῖνοι τό φῶς τό θεῖον ὅσον οἷόν τε παριστᾶν, ὅτι ἀπροσπέλαστον καί ἀκατόπτευτον, ᾧ μή δύναται προσβαλεῖν μηδέν, μήτε ἄϋλον, μήτε αἰσθητόν, σκότος ὠνόμασαν, ὡς τό· «ἔθετο σκότος ἀποκρυφήν αὑτοῦ», ( 14 _260 ὅπερ ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολός φησι, «Φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον»· ᾧ γάρ μηδέν πρόσεισιν, ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ μή ὁρῶντι ὑπεροχικῶς σκότῳ. Πάλιν εἴρηται· «ἐθαυμαστώθη ἡ γνῶσίς σου ἐξ ἐμοῦ, λίαν ἐκραταιώθη, οὐ δύνωμαι πρός αὐτήν». Ὥσπερ οὖν ἡ ἀκατάληπτος καί ἀπερινόητος ἀκράτως τοῦ Θεοῦ γνῶσις ἀγνωσίᾳ παρεικάζεται τῇ ὑπερούσῃ πᾶσαν ἐν κτιστοῖς γνῶσιν (ἡ γάρ περί Θεόν ἀγνωσία τῶν περί τά θεῖα σοφῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἀμαθία, ἀλλά γνῶσις, σιγῇ γινώσκουσα, ὅτι ἐστίν ἄγνωστος ὁ Θεός), οὕτως οὖν καί κένωσιν καλοῦσι τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου τήν ἐνανθρώπησιν, καίτοι πλήρη τυγχάνουσαν, μᾶλλον δέ ὑπερπλήρη σοφίας καί δυνάμεως καί σωτηρίας·

English

Thus, then, one must speak in this way also concerning wisdom and life, that he is also their creator; for if we say that these things are otherwise, God is found to have become wise or understanding later, which is a piece of their audacity, not ours; may it not be! And of the leader, the sun: Note that he calls the apostle Paul his own sun and that of the holy Hierotheus. And note how the father took the saying of the Apostle; for Chrysostom and the rest of the Fathers took it concerning the cross.

And it is customary for the theologians: The stated custom of the theologians to express privations of God in a contrary sense, we would understand thus: for those wishing to present the divine light as far as possible, that it is unapproachable and invisible, to which nothing can approach, neither immaterial nor sensible, they named darkness, as: "He made darkness his hiding place," which the divine Apostle says, "Dwelling in unapproachable light"; for that to which nothing approaches is like darkness that sees nothing by way of transcendence. Again it has been said: "Your knowledge has been made wonderful from me, it has been greatly strengthened, I cannot reach it." Just as therefore the incomprehensible and utterly inconceivable knowledge of God is likened to ignorance that surpasses all knowledge among created things (for the ignorance concerning God of those wise in divine things is not ignorance, but knowledge, knowing in silence that God is unknowable), so then they also call the emptying of God the Word his becoming man, although it is full, or rather super-full, of wisdom and power and salvation.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:151 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἀλλά καί ἀσθένειαν Θεοῦ τό διά σταυροῦ τρόπαιον ὀνομάζουσιν, οἷον ἐπειδή θανάτῳ αἱ πονηραί καί ἀόρατοι δυνάμεις τοῦ διαβόλου κατελύθησαν, καί ἀντί θανάτου ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν καί βασιλεία οὐρανῶν ἀντεισήχθη· τοῦτον οὖν τόν τρόπον καί μωρία Θεοῦ, ἡ πᾶσαν σοφίαν καί ἐπιστήμην ὑπεραίρουσα τῶν ἀνθρώπων σύνεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ. Νοήσαι δέ ἄν τις τό λεγόμενον, ἐννοῶν τούς ἀπό τῶν αἱρέσεων, μεθ' ὧν καί τούς Ἕλληνας, οἵ συλλογισμοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἀποδεικνύναι φαντάζονται Θεοῦ σάρκωσιν ἀδύνατον εἶναι μέχρι θανάτου οἰκονομηθεῖσαν. Πρός οὕς ἐννοῶν ὁ θειότατος Παῦλος ἰλιγγιάσας

ἀνέκραγεν· «ὤ βάθος πλούτου καί σοφίας Θεοῦ, ὡς ἀνεξερεύνητα τά κρίματα αὐτοῦ». Τό οὖν ὑπεραῖρον πάσης κτιστῆς σοφίας μέθοδον ἴσον ἄν εἴη τοῖς οὐ θεοδιδάκτοις μωρίας λόγοις. Λόγοις γάρ οὐκ ἄν ἐξομαλισθείη, ἤ δι' αἰσθητῶν ἀποδείξεων τό μυστήριον, πίστεως οὐ προηγουμένης. Ἀντιπεπονθότως ἐπί Θεοῦ: Ἀντιπεπονθότως, τουτέστιν ( 14 _262 ἀντιπεριτροπήν τοῦ Λόγου πάσχοντος· διά τῶν τάς στερήσεις δηλουσῶν ἀποφάσεων, ἡ περί Θεοῦ ὑπεροχή δηλοῦται, ὅπερ ἐν ἐτέρῳ 'δύναμιν ὑπεροχικῆς ἀποφάσεως' εἴρηκε.

English

But they also call the trophy won through the cross the weakness of God, as when, because the evil and invisible powers of the devil were destroyed by death, and instead of death the resurrection of the dead and the kingdom of the heavens were brought in; in this way, then, also the foolishness of God, the understanding of God that surpasses all wisdom and knowledge of men. And one might understand what is said by considering those from the heresies, together with whom also the Greeks, who imagine that by perceptible syllogisms they can demonstrate that the incarnation of God, which was ordered even to death, is impossible. Considering this, the most divine Paul, reeling, cried out: “O the depth of the riches and wisdom of God, how unsearchable are his judgments.” That which surpasses the method of all created wisdom would therefore be equal to the words of foolishness for those not taught by God. For the mystery could not be leveled by words, or by perceptible demonstrations, unless faith came first. Reciprocally in the case of God: reciprocally, that is, in the turning-about of the Word as he suffers; through the negations that signify privations, the transcendence concerning God is made clear, which he has called in another place “the power of transcendent negation.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:152 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τό φαινόμενον ἐν αὐτῇ παράλογον: Καί γάρ τό κατά τόν σταυρόν πάθος, καί τό λέγειν Θεόν παθόντα σαρκί, καί παράλογον δοκεῖ καί ἄτοπον, ὅπερ τήν ὄντως ἐδήλου ἀλήθειαν. Σημείωσαι, πῶς νοεῖ ὁ πατήρ τό τοῦ Ἀποστόλου ρητόν· ὁ γάρ Χρυσόστομος καί οἱ λοιποί τῶν Πατέρων περί τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦτο ἐξέλαβον. Ἐνειλούμενοι. Ἐν ἄλλοις ἐνιλλόμενοι, τοὐτέστιν ἐπιστρεφόμενοι, ἐγκαλινδούμενοι. Δείκνυσι δέ διά τούτων, ὅτι οὐ δεῖ τά θεῖα τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις παραβάλλειν.

Τήν μέν ἔχει δύναμιν: Καί ἀνωτέρω εἴπομεν, ὅτι, ὁ νοῦς νοεῖν βουλόμενος, κάτεισιν ἑαυτοῦ εἰς τάς νοήσεις καταβαίνων· αἱ γάρ νοήσεις κατώτεραί εἰσι τοῦ νοοῦντος, ὡς νοούμεναι καί καταλαμβανόμεναι, καί σκεδασμός εἰκότως καί μερισμός τῆς ἑνότητος τοῦ νοῦ αὐτοῦ· ὁ μέν γάρ νοῦς ἁπλοῦς καί ἀμερής, αἱ δέ νοήσεις παμπληθεῖς καί σκεδασταί, καί οἷον εἴδη τοῦ νοῦ· διά τοῦτο τά νοερά, τουτέστι τά νοοῦντα, ἐλάττονά εἰσι τῶν νοητῶν, ἀντί τοῦ, τῶν νοουμένων. Ἕνωσιν δέ φησι τοῦ νοῦ, καθώς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς σαφέστερον λέγει, δι' ἧς πρός τά ἐπέκεινα ἑαυτοῦ ἀνατείνεται, ἤγουν τῇ περί Θεοῦ προσβάλλει θεωρίᾳ, τῷ πάντων ἐκστῆναι τῶν αἰσθητῶν καί τῶν νοητῶν, ἔτι δέ καί τῆς οἰκείας κινήσεως, εἶθ' οὕτω τῆς θείας γνώσεως δέξασθαι τήν ἀκτῖνα.

English

The apparent absurdity in it: For both the suffering upon the cross, and the statement that God suffered in the flesh, seem both absurd and out of place, which was signifying the true reality. Note how the father understands the Apostle's saying; for Chrysostom and the rest of the Fathers took this concerning the cross. Being rolled up. In other places, being entwined, that is, being turned about, being rolled in. And through these things he shows that one must not compare divine things to human things.

It has indeed the power: And we said above that the mind, wishing to think, descends from itself, going down into its thoughts; for thoughts are lower than the one thinking, as being thought and comprehended, and reasonably a scattering and division of the mind's unity; for the mind is simple and indivisible, but thoughts are manifold and scattered, and as it were forms of the mind; for this reason things intellectual, that is, things that think, are less than things intelligible, instead of things that are thought. And he calls the union of the mind, as he says more clearly in what follows, that through which it is stretched out toward things beyond itself, that is, it approaches the contemplation of God, by standing outside all things perceptible and intelligible, and further also its own movement, and then thus to receive the ray of divine knowledge.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:153 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ταύτην οὖν τήν ἄλογον: Ἐνταῦθα μάλιστα τρανοῖ, πῶς μωρία τοῦ Θεοῦ, τό ὑπέρσοφον τῆς περί Θεοῦ ἀκαταληψίας μέγεθος· φησί γάρ ὅτι τῷ αἰσθητῷ περικεκλεισμένοι, τό περί ἀϋλίας καί ὑπερουσιότητος φέρε εἰπεῖν τοῦ Θεοῦ κατεξετάζοντες ( 14 _264 δόγμα, πλανώμεθα, ἐκ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐκεῖνα σταθμώμενοι· οἷον τό περί Τριάδος τῆς μόνης προσκυνητῆς διεξιόντες κήρυγμα, καί τρισυπόστατον ἀμέριστον καί ἀδιαίρετον ἀκούοντές τινες θεολογίαν, εὐθύς ἰλιγγιῶσιν, εἰς τά σώματα προσέχοντες, καί τόπου δεόμενα καί διαστημάτων, λέγοντες, Πῶς οἷόν τε τρεῖς ὑποστάσεις ὑφ' ἑαυτῶν εἶναι, καί ἀδιαιρέτους εἶναι; Καί γάρ ἀγνοοῦσι μωραίνειν ἐν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς, ἵνα τά θεῖα σοφισθῶσι, καί τοιαῦτα ἕτερα μυρία, πρός οὕς ὁ Κύριος ἀποτείνεται· «εἰ τά ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν καί οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς, ἐάν εἴπω ὑμῖν τά ἐπουράνια πιστεύσετε;»· καί ὁ θεῖος Παῦλος λέγει, ὅτι «ὁ ψυχικός ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τά τοῦ πνεύματος· μωρία γάρ αὐτῷ ἐστιν». Ὥστε οὖν ἡ παρά ἀνθρώποις μωρία τοῦ Θεοῦ τά πνευματικά εἰσιν, ἅτινα μεταδιωκτέον· μωράν γάρ σοφίαν εἶπε, τῷ μηδεμίαν αὐτῇ δύνασθαι προσβάλλειν σοφίαν· ὥσπερ οὖν καί ἄλογον καί ἄνουν, ὡς μή ἔχουσαν λόγον ἤ νοῦν ἑρμηνευτικόν, ἤγουν καταληπτικόν αὐτῆς.

English

This very thing he clarifies here most especially: how "the foolishness of God" is the super-wise magnitude of the incomprehensibility concerning God. For he says that we, enclosed within the sensible, when we examine—so to speak—the doctrine concerning God's immateriality and supersubstantiality, go astray, measuring those things by the sensible; for example, when expounding the proclamation concerning the Trinity, the only object of worship, and when some hear the theology of the three persons, indivisible and undivided, they are immediately dizzy, fixing their attention on bodies, and on things needing place and intervals, saying, "How is it possible for three persons to be from themselves, and to be undivided?" For they do not know how to be foolish in sensible things, in order that they might be made wise in divine things, and countless other such things, to whom the Lord directs his words: "If I told you earthly things and you do not believe, how, if I tell you heavenly things, will you believe?" And the divine Paul says that "the natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit; for they are foolishness to him." So then, the foolishness of God in the eyes of men is the spiritual things, which are to be pursued; for he called it foolish wisdom, because no wisdom can assail it; just as also irrational and mindless, as having no reason or interpretive mind, that is, no mind capable of comprehending it.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:154 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 2. Ἐξ αὐτῆς αἱ νοηταί: Σημείωσαι, ὡς καί ἐν ἄλλοις νοηταί εἰσι καί νοεραί δυνάμεις· καί εἰκότως ἐν αὐτοῖς εἰσιν οἱ αὐτοί καί νοητοί καί νοεραί, ὥσπερ αἱ ἄνω τάξεις· νοηταί μέν καθ' ὅ ἐκ τῶν ὑποβεβηκότων νοοῦνται, νοεραί δέ, καθ' ὅ καί ἀνώταταί εἰσι, καί τόν ὑπέρ πάντα Θεόν νοεῖν, ὅσον ἐφικτόν, ἀνατείνονται, ἄνωθεν μέν τρεφόμεναι τῇ νοήσει, τρέφουσαι δέ τούς ὑφειμένως νοοῦντας, Αἱ γάρ ἡμέτεραι ψυχαί νοεραί μόνον· νοοῦσαι γάρ ἐπιστητῶς, ὅσον οἷόν τε, τά ὑπερβεβηκότα, οὐκέτι ἔχουσι νοερόν τι μετά ταύτας, ἵνα καί νοηθῶσιν· ἡ ἄλογος γάρ καί ἄνους ψυχή μεθ' ἡμᾶς, αἱ δέ νοήσεις τῶν θείων νοῶν οὐκ ( 14 _266 ἐν διανοήσεσι ταῖς καθ' ἡμᾶς,

εἰς ἅς διανοήσεις κάτεισιν ἡμῶν ὁ νοῦς ἐκ τῶν μεριστῶν, τουτέστι τῶν αἰσθητῶν καί διεξοδικῶν λόγων, ἀντί τοῦ τῶν εἰδῶν καί τοῦ πλήθους, ὅπερ ἐστί τῶν ὑλικῶν συλλέγουσαι τάς νοήσεις ἀΰλως, πάντα ἐν τῷ ἁπλῷ θεωροῦσαι. Νοηταί: Τό νοηταί νόησον ὡς πρός ἡμᾶς, τό δέ νοεραί ὡς πρός τόν Θεόν. Ἤ ἀπό μεριστῶν: Ἡμεῖς ἐν μεριστοῖς τοῖς αἰσθητηρίοις· ἄλλο γάρ ἀκοή, καί ἕτερον ὄψις, καί τά ἄλλα ὁμοίως· καί ἀπό μεριστῶν τῶν κατά ταῦτα αἰσθητῶν τήν τῶν ὄντων γνῶσιν ἀναλαμβάνομεν, ἤ ἐν μεριστοῖς μέν τοῖς κατά μέρος νοήμασι, ἀπό μεριστῶν δέ τῶν μαθήσεων, ἤτοι τῶν νοουμένων· ἔσθ' ὅτε δέ καί διά λόγων τῶν διεξοδικῶν, τουτέστι σαφῆ καί διηπλωμένην τήν ἐξήγησιν ποιουμένων. Αἱ δέ νοεραί φύσεις, ἀκοινωνήτως εἰς τά τοιαῦτα πάντα ἔχουσαι, ἑνιαίᾳ καί ἁπλῇ νοήσει τῆς ἀληθείας τήν γνῶσιν ἐλλάμπονται.

English

§ 2. From this, the intelligible powers: Note that in other places too there are intelligible and intellectual powers; and reasonably in them the same are both intelligible and intellectual, just as the orders above: intelligible in that they are understood from things below them, but intellectual in that they are also the highest, and are stretched upward to understand the God who is above all things, as far as is attainable, being nourished from above by intellection, and nourishing those who understand in a lower way. For our souls are only intellectual; for when they understand in a knowing way, as far as is possible, the things that transcend them, they no longer have anything intellectual after these, so that they too might be understood; for the irrational and mindless soul is after us, but the intellections of the divine minds are not in the thoughts that are according to us, into which thoughts our mind descends from things divided, that is, from sensible and discursive reasonings, instead of from the forms and the multitude, that is, gathering the intellections of material things immaterially, contemplating all things in the simple. Intelligible: Understand "intelligible" as in relation to us, but "intellectual" as in relation to God. Or "from divided things": We are in divided things, the senses; for hearing is one thing, and sight another, and the others likewise; and from divided sensible things according to these we receive the knowledge of beings, or in divided things, namely partial thoughts, and from divided things, namely the branches of learning, that is, the things understood; and sometimes also through discursive reasonings, that is, those making the explanation clear and unfolded. But the intellectual natures, having no communion with all such things, are illumined with the knowledge of the truth by a single and simple intellection.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:155 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί ἔστιν αὐταῖς: Τοῖς ἀγγέλοις νοεράν εἶναί φησι δύναμιν καί ἐνέργειαν ἐκ τῆς ὑπερφυοῦς σοφίας τοῦ Θεοῦ γενομένην· ἐξ αὐτοῦ γάρ οἱ θεῖοι ἄγγελοι κατά μετοχήν τήν δύναμιν τῆς νοερᾶς ἐνεργείας ἔχουσι, καθ' ἥν νοοῦσιν ἑαυτούς καί τά ὄντα, καί τάς ἰδέας ἐποπτικῶς νοοῦντες, ἅς νοήσεις ὠνόμασε τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶναι. Ἐπείσακτον οὖν ἔχουσιν ἐξ αἰτίου τοῦ Θεοῦ τήν νοεράν ταύτην ἐνέργειαν, καί νοοῦσι τά ὄντα λίαν ὑπεραναβεβηκότως τῶν ψυχῶν, εἴ γε αἱ μέν ψυχαί ἐκ τῶν ὄντων αὐτῶν νοοῦσι τά ὄντα καί τοῖς εἴδεσιν ἐπιβάλλουσιν, ὅπερ διεξοδικώτερόν ἐστι νοεῖν, καί κύκλῳ περιεῖναι τά πάντα. Οἵ γε μήν ἄγγελοι κατά τήν ἐνοῦσαν αὐτοῖς θεοείδειαν, ἑνιαίως τά πλήθη τῆς κτίσεως νοοῦσι, καί οὐ μερίζονται εἰς τόν σκεδασμόν τῆς ποικιλίας τῶν ὄντων, ἤτοι εἰς τά αἰσθητά, ὡς αἱ λογικαί ψυχαί· ἐκείνου δέ ποσῶς ἀξιοῦνται αἱ ψυχαί, εἰς μίμησιν ἀγγέλων, ὅτε, τήν νόησιν ( 14 _268 τῶν πολλῶν εἰς ἕν συνελίττουσαι, ἔχουσιν ὁμοῦ πάντα ἐν αὐταῖς ἀσυγχύτως διακεκριμένα· καί ἔξωθεν μέντοι αἱ ψυχαί ἐπείσακτον ἔχουσι τό νοεῖν, τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐξ ἑαυτῶν καί ἐν ἑαυτοῖς νοούντων, ἅτε καί θεοειδῶν ὄντων. Καί ταῦτα μέν περί τῶν νοητῶν· περί δέ Θεοῦ ὅπως νοεῖ, ἔχεις καί ὧδε καί ἄνω ἐν πέμπτῳ κεφαλαίῳ ἐγγύς τοῦ τέλους· ὅ δέ εἴπομεν περί ψυχῶν, ὅτι ἀγγελοειδῶς εἰς ἕν τά πολλά συνελίξασαι νοοῦσι, μάλιστα ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τελείως ἕξουσιν, ὅτε αὖθις ἐν τοῖς ἑαυτῶν σώμασι γενόμεναι, τήν τῶν ὄντων γνῶσιν τελείαν ἀπολήψονται. Ταῦτα δέ ἡ τῶν δικαίων ἀνάστασις τελείως ἕξει, κατά τό εἰρημένον· «καί οὕτως πάντοτε σύν Κυρίῳ ἐσόμεθα»· καί πάλιν·

English

And it is for them: He says that the angels have an intelligible power and activity, coming to be from the supernatural wisdom of God; for from Him the divine angels have, by participation, the power of intelligible activity, according to which they understand themselves and the things that are, and, contemplating the ideas, understand them, which he called the thoughts of God. Therefore they have this intelligible activity as something introduced from a cause, namely God, and they understand the things that are in a manner far transcending the souls, if indeed the souls understand the things that are from the things themselves and apply themselves to the forms, which is to understand more discursively and to encompass all things in a circle. But the angels, according to the Godlike character present in them, understand the multitudes of creation in a unified way, and are not divided into the scattering of the variety of beings, that is, into sensible things, as the rational souls are; but the souls are deemed worthy of that to some degree, in imitation of angels, when, gathering the understanding of many things into one, they have all things at once in themselves distinguished without confusion; and yet the souls have understanding as something introduced from outside, whereas the angels understand from themselves and in themselves, since they are also Godlike. And these things concerning intelligible beings; but concerning how God understands, you have both here and above in the fifth chapter near the end; and what we said about souls, that they understand in an angelic manner, gathering many things into one, they will have most perfectly in the resurrection, when, coming again into their own bodies, they will receive perfect knowledge of the things that are. And the resurrection of the righteous will have these things perfectly, according to what is said: "And so we shall always be with the Lord"; and again:

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:156 · narrative
Source · Greek

«νῦν ὡς ἐν κατόπτρῳ καί αἰνίγματι βλέπομεν, τότε δέ πρόσωπον πρός πρόσωπον», τήν τῶν ὄντων γνῶσιν δηλονότι παιδευθησόμεθα.

Διεξοδικῶς δέ καί κύκλῳ: Είρηται τί τό διεξοδικῶς νοεῖται. Διεξοδικῶς τοίνυν καί κύκλῳ, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἀθρόᾳ τοῦ νοῦ ἐπιβολῇ ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη ψυχή τήν θείαν κατακαλύπτεται γνῶσιν, ἀλλά τήν ἀληθῆ τῶν ὄντων κατανόησιν ἐκ τοῦ κατά μέρος δεχομένη, καθ' ὅ καί τῆς ἀγγελικῆς ἀπολείπεται θεοπτίας, περί τό ἕν αἴτιον τήν τῶν ποικίλως θεωρουμένων συνάγει ἔννοιαν καί τῶν ἰσαγγέλων ἀξιοῦται νοήσεων.

Τυχεῖν οὖν ἐφίεται: Ἐφίεται μέν ἐξ ἀλογίας τό ἰσόθεον ὁ δαιμόνιος νοῦς, οὐκ οἶδε δ' ὅπως τούτου τυχεῖν ἔνεστιν, οὐ φύσει παθών τήν ἄγνοιαν, ἀλλ' ἐκουσίως τό παρά φύσιν αἱρούμενος. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι οἱ δαίμονες, καθ' ὅ νοῦν ἔχουσιν, ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τοῦτον κέκτηνται· ἀλογίσαντες δέ καί μή βουληθέντες μεῖναι ὅπερ ἦσαν, ἔκπτωσιν σοφίας ὑπέμειναν.

( 14 _270 Καθ' ὑπεροχήν: Περί τοῦ, ὅτι τά κατά στέρησιν λεγόμενα ἐπί τοῦ Θεοῦ καί τά ἐναντία, ὑπεροχικῶς νοοῦνται.

English

Now we see as in a mirror and in an enigma, but then face to face,” clearly meaning that we shall be instructed in the knowledge of beings.

And “in detail and in a circle”: It has been said what “in detail” means. In detail, then, and in a circle—that is, not by a single concentrated impulse of the intellect is the human soul veiled in divine knowledge, but receiving the true understanding of beings part by part, inasmuch as it also falls short of the angelic vision of God, it gathers into the one cause the conception of things variously contemplated and is deemed worthy of angelic thoughts.

To obtain, therefore, it desires: The demonic intellect desires, out of irrationality, to be equal to God, but it does not know how it is possible to obtain this, not having suffered ignorance by nature, but voluntarily choosing what is contrary to nature. Note also that the demons, insofar as they have intellect, possess it from the Good; but having become irrational and not wishing to remain what they were, they underwent a fall from wisdom.

(14 _270 By pre-eminence: Concerning the fact that things said of God by way of privation and their opposites are understood in a transcendent sense.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:157 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί πάντα τἄλλα ἔνδοθεν: Μηδείς ἐκ τούτων πρός ἀτόπους ἀπαγέσθω ἐννοίας, ὥστε λέγειν καί τῶν κακῶν ἐν ἑαυτῷ κατ' αἰτίαν προέχειν τόν Θεόν, ἤγουν αἴτιον αὐτῶν ἐκ τούτου εἶναι συνάγεσθαι· οὐ γάρ περί τούτων ἐστίν ὁ λόγος τῷ

πατρί· ἤδη γάρ ἔδειξε μήτε ὄν, μήτε ἐν τοῖς οὖσι τό κακόν, ἀλλά περί τῶν ἐν οὐσίᾳ ὄντων, οἷον ἀγγέλων καί τῶν λοιπῶν κτισμάτων, καθώς καί προεῖπεν, ὧν τήν γνῶσιν οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ μανθάνειν αὐτά, ὁποῖά τινά εἰσιν, ἔχει· τοῦτο γάρ ἐδήλωσεν εἰπών· Οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ὄντων τά ὄντα μανθάνων, καί τό, Οὐ κατ' ἰδέαν ἑκάστοις ἐπιβάλλων, ἀλλ’ ὡς ποιητής τούτων τήν εἴδησιν τῶν οἰκείων ἔργων προέχει, εἰδώς ὅπως αὐτά, καί ἐφ' οἷς παράξει πρός γένεσιν, ὧν ἡ παρατροπή καί ἔλλειψις, ἤγουν ἡ ἀποτυχια καί ἀδυναμία, τό κακόν εἰσάγει, τῇ στερήσει τοῦ κατά φύσιν τό παρά φύσιν ποιοῦσα· πρός τοῦτο γάρ τό τοῦ φωτός παρήγαγεν ὑπόδειγμα· τῇ γάρ τούτου στερήσει τό σκότος παρυφίσταται, καί αἰτίαν ἔχει τήν ἀπουσίαν τῆς τοῦ φωτός φύσεως, ὥσπερ καί τῶν στερήσεων αἱ ἕξεις ἀρχηγικώτεραι τυγχάνουσι, καί ὡς ἄν τις εἴποι, αἰτίαι. Ἐνταῦθα οὖν ὁ πατήρ περί τῶν ὑπό Θεοῦ εἰς γένεσιν ἀχθέντων καί τῆς ἑκάστου τούτων φύσεως τόν λόγον ποιεῖται, ἅ καί προϋφεστάναι ἐν τῷ Θεῷ κατά πρόγνωσιν καί τό προωρίσθαι εἴρηκε.

English

And all the other things from within: Let no one be led from these things into absurd notions, so as to say that God in himself holds the cause of evils in precedence, or that it is inferred from this that he is the cause of them; for the father's discourse is not about these things. For he has already shown that evil neither is nor is among beings, but he speaks about those that are in substance, such as angels and the other creatures, just as he also said before, whose knowledge he does not possess from learning what sort of things they are; for he made this clear when he said, "Not learning the things that are from the things that are," and, "Not applying to each according to an idea," but as their maker he holds in precedence the knowledge of his own works, knowing how he will bring them and for what purposes into generation, whose perversion and deficiency, that is, failure and impotence, introduce evil, making the contrary to nature by the privation of what is according to nature; for to this end he brought forward the example of light; for by its privation darkness subsists alongside, and has as its cause the absence of the nature of light, just as also the states are more originative than the privations, and, as one might say, are causes. Here, then, the father makes his discourse about the things brought by God into generation and the nature of each of these, which he has also said pre-existed in God according to foreknowledge and predestination.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:158 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί οὐσίαν προέχει: Ὅτι ἡ γνῶσις τήν οὐσίαν προέχει καί προσυνείληφεν. Ὥσπερ καί τό φῶς: Ἄπτωτον τό τῆς παραβολῆς· ὥσπερ γάρ εἴ τις ὑπόθοιτο τό φῶς τοῦτο τό ὁρατόν ἔννουν εἶναι καί λογικόν, εἶτα πυθοίμεθα αὐτοῦ, εἰ γινώσκει τό σκότος, τό δέ εἴποι, γινώσκειν καί πρίν γένηται ἄν τό σκότος· γινώσκειν δέ οὐ κατά τινα πεῖραν (πῶς γάρ ἴδοι σκότος τό φῶς; εἰ γάρ τό φῶς, οὐκ ἔσται σκότος), ἀλλά γινώσκειν εἴποι τό φῶς καθ' ὅ φῶς ( 14 _272 ἐστι· διό καί οἶδεν, ὅτι, ἐάν συστείλῃ τό οἰκεῖον φῶς, οὐδείς ὄψεται· οὕτω καί ὁ Θεός κατ' αἰτίαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ τήν πάντων εἴδησιν ἔχει, οὐ τῇ πείρᾳ ταύτην ἐπικτησάμενος, ἐπεί οὕτως εὑρίσκεται μεταγενέστερος ὁ Θεός τῆς γνώσεως, ἤ κατά τινα χρόνον μή γινώσκων. Σημείωσαι δέ τό σκότος εἶναι τό αἰτιατόν, ἐξ ἐλλείψεως τοῦ φωτός παρυφιστάμενον, ὅπερ ἐστί κατά Μανιχαίων.

Τοῦ σκότους: Ὅτι τό σκότος οὐχ ἑτέρωθεν, ἀλλ’ ἀπό τοῦ φωτός γνωρίζεται. Καί οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ὄντων: Ὅρα πῶς φησι τόν Θεόν εἰδέναι τά ὄντα, οὐκ ἐκ τῆς πάντων γνώσεως, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας, ὥσπερ τό φῶς οἶδε τά τοῦ σκότους, οὐδέν τοῦ σκότους ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ. Ταῦτα δέ πολλαχῶς ἐν τῷ πέμπτῳ κεφαλαίῳ εἴρηται πῶς ὁ Θεός ἑαυτόν γινώσκων, ἤτοι νοῶν, νοεῖ καί γινώσκει τά ὄντα παραδειγματικῶς. Οὐκ ἄρα ὁ Θεός: Ἐν οὐδεμίᾳ γάρ διπλόῃ τό Θεῖον, πάντῃ ἁπλοῦν ὄν, καί ὑπέρ πᾶν ἁπλοῦν.

English

And "essence precedes": That knowledge precedes and has anticipated essence. Just as also "the light": The comparison is infallible; for just as if someone were to suppose that this visible light were intelligent and rational, and then we asked it whether it knows the darkness, and it said that it knows even before the darkness comes to be; and it knows not by some experience (for how would the light see darkness? For if it is light, it will not be darkness), but the light would say it knows insofar as it is light; therefore it also knows that, if it were to contract its own light, no one would see; so also God holds the knowledge of all things within himself by cause, not having acquired this by experience, since in that way God would be found to be posterior to knowledge, or not knowing at some time. And note that darkness is the caused thing, subsisting alongside from a deficiency of light, which is against the Manichaeans.

Of the darkness: That darkness is known not from elsewhere, but from the light. And "not from the things that are": See how he says that God knows the things that are, not from the knowledge of all things, but from his own, just as the light knows the things of darkness, having nothing of darkness in itself. And these things have been said in many ways in the fifth chapter: how God, knowing himself, or rather thinking, thinks and knows the things that are by way of paradigms. Therefore God is not: For the Divine is in no duality, being altogether simple, and beyond all that is simple.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:159 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί γάρ καί τούς ἀγγέλους: Τό τούς ἀγγέλους εἰδέναι τά ἐπί γῆς οὐ δι' αἰσθήσεως προσβάλλοντας τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς, ὡς ἡμεῖς, ἀλλά διά δυνάμεως ἐπαναβεβηκυίας ἐπιβάλλων νοεῖσθαι, ἐκ διαφόρων λογίων, οἷον ὡς ἐν τῷ Τωβίᾳ, ὅπου εἴρηται, ὅτι ὁ θεῖος Ραφαήλ ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπε τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ Τωβίου, λαβεῖν τήν χολήν τοῦ ἀνελθόντος ἰχθύος, ὡς ἀφαιροῦσαν λευκώματα ὀφθαλμῶν γινόμενα ἀπό ἀφοδευμάτων στρουθίων· οὐ γάρ ἄν τις ὑπονοήσειεν, ὅτι παθών ἔμαθε τήν ἰατρείαν. Ἀλλά καί ὁ ἐν τοῖς Κριταῖς ἄγγελος ἐπί τοῦ Γεδεών εἰς τήν θυσίαν ἐκβαλών ἐκ τῆς πέτρας πῦρ, οὐκ αἰσθήσει οἶδεν, ὅτι τό πῦρ καυστικόν, ὡς ἡμεῖς, ἀλλ' ἀνωτέρῳ προσφόρῳ· οὕτω καί τά λοιπά. Εἰ δέ τις εἴποι, Καί πῶς τοῦ αἰωνίου πυρός αἰσθήσεται ὁ διάβολος ( 14 _274 καί οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ; Ἐν τῷ προσφόρῳ τόπῳ λεχθήσεται. Ἀλλά καί ἐν τῷ Δανιήλ, ἐν τῷ κεφαλαίῳ τοῦ Βαλθάσαρ, οἶδεν ὁ γράφων γράμματα μή μαθών. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι οὐ κατ' αἴσθησιν τοῖς ἀγγέλοις ἡ γνῶσις τῶν αἰσθητῶν· οὐδέ γάρ τοῖς καθ' ἡμᾶς αἰσθητηρίοις κέχρηνται, ἀλλά νοῦ δυνάμει καί φύσει. § 3. Ἐπί δέ τούτοις ζητῆσαι χρή. Συζητεῖ πῶς Θεόν γινώσκομεν, καί φησιν ὀρθῶς, ὅτι Θεοῦ μέν φύσις, ὅτι ποτέ ἐστιν, οὔτε τινί πώποτε τῶν ἐν δημιουργίᾳ ἐγνώσθη, οὔτε ἐπιστητῶς, οὔτε ἐποπτικῶς· τούτοις γάρ ἐπιβάλλομεν τοῖς ἀσωμάτοις· ἀλλά γινώσκεται ὁ Θεός ἐκ τῆς τῶν κτισμάτων διατάξεως· εἰ γάρ, κατά τόν θεῖον Ἀπόστολον, ἡ τῶν δημιουργημάτων καλλονή τόν γενεσιουργόν, τουτέστι

English

For also the angels: that the angels know the things on earth not by sense, applying themselves to sensible things as we do, but by a power that has transcended, so as to be understood as applying—from various scriptures, as for instance in Tobit, where it is said that the divine Raphael the angel told the son of Tobit to take the gall of the fish that had come up, as removing the white films of the eyes that come from sparrows' droppings; for no one would suspect that he learned the cure by experience. But also the angel in Judges, who struck fire from the rock for Gideon's sacrifice, does not know by sense that fire is combustible, as we do, but by a higher mode proper to him; and so with the rest. But if someone should say, How then will the devil and his angels perceive the eternal fire?—this will be stated in the proper place. But also in Daniel, in the chapter of Belshazzar, the writer knows the letters without having learned them. Note that the knowledge of sensible things is not by sense for the angels; for they do not use the sense organs that we do, but by the power and nature of the intellect. § 3. On these points one must inquire. He investigates how we know God, and says rightly that the nature of God—what it ever is—has never been known to any of those in creation, neither scientifically nor by direct vision; for we apply these to incorporeal things; but God is known from the order of created things; for if, according to the divine Apostle, the beauty of created things [reveals] the creator, that is—

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:160 · narrative
Source · Greek

τόν τῶν ἐν γενέσει ποιητήν, μηνύει, εἰκότως ἡ τῶν ὄντων διάταξις γνῶσίς ἐστι τοῦ διατάξαντος· τά γάρ ὄντα, τουτέστι τά εἴδη, καί αἱ καθ' ἕκαστον κτίσεις, οἷον αἱ ἀγγελικαί τάξεις, καί τά αἰσθητά πάντα, εἰκόνες εἰσί καί ὁμοιώματα τῶν θείων ἰδεῶν, ἤτοι παραδείγματα τῶν ἐν νῷ, ἅτινα παραδείγματα αἱ ἀϊδιοι νοήσεις εἰσί τοῦ Θεοῦ, δι' ἅς καί καθ' ἅς ἅπαντα ἦν ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐχ ἕτερα ὄντα αὐτοῦ καί παραχθέντα γέγονεν, ὡς καί ἐν τῇ Ἀποκαλύψει ὁ θειότατος Ἰωάννης φησί τινα τῶν πρεσβυτάτων ἀγγέλων εἰπεῖν αὐτῷ, ὅτι τά πάντα ἦσαν καί γεγόνασι, τάς ἰδέας λέγων ὅτι ἦσαν· καί τάς εἰκόνας καί τά ὁμοιώματα τῶν ἰδεῶν, ἤτοι παραδειγμάτων, τά γεγονότα πάντα. Τῶν γάρ νοητῶν τά νοερά εἰκόνες, καί τῶν ὑπερβεβηκότων τά ὑποβεβηκότα. Κατά ἀφαίρεσιν οὖν τούτων ( 14 _276 πάντων (ἀφήρηται γάρ τῶν ὄντων ὁ Θεός, οὐδέν ὤν τῶν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ κτισθέντων, ἀλλ' ἀφάτως ὑπερέχων πάντων) ὑπεροχικῶς γινώσκεται ὁ Θεός.

Ἐκ τῆς αὐτοῦ φύσεως: Σημείωσαι ἀναγκαῖον πρόχειρον εἰς εὐσεβείας ἀπολογίαν.

English

The order of beings is reasonably a knowledge of the one who ordered them, revealing the Maker of things in generation. For the things that exist—that is, the forms and the individual creations, such as the angelic orders and all sensible things—are images and likenesses of the divine ideas, that is, patterns of the things in the mind; which patterns are the eternal thoughts of God, through which and according to which all things were in him, and not being other than him, they came to be produced, as also in the Revelation the most divine John says that one of the most senior angels told him that all things were and have come to be, calling the ideas "were," and the images and likenesses of the ideas, that is, of the patterns, "all things that have come to be." For the intelligible things are images of the things in the mind, and the things that have come below are images of those that have transcended. By abstraction, then, from all these—for God is abstracted from beings, being none of the things created by him, but ineffably surpassing all—God is known in a transcendent way.

From his own nature: Note this necessary and handy point for the defense of piety.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:161 · narrative
Source · Greek

α. Καί εἰκόνας τινάς: Ἐνταῦθα 'θεῖα παραδείγματα' τούς προορισμούς ἐκληπτέον, ὧν εἰκόνες τά τῆς κτίσεως ἀποτελέσματα. Τούς δέ προορισμούς προθέσεις ἐκάλεσεν ὁ Ἀπόστολος, ὡς ἐν τῇ πρός Ἐφεσίους εἰπών, «κατά πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων». Ἐν πᾶσι δέ τοῖς κτίσμασι δηλαδή ὁ Θεός γινώσκεται, ὡς ὁ τεχνίτης ἐν τοῖς τεχνητοῖς. Πάντῃ δέ κεχώρισται τό κατ' οὐσίαν τῶν πάντων· κἀντεῦθεν ἄγνωστος ὤν τοῖς τεχνητοῖς, ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης ἀγνωσίας γινώσκεται, ὥσπερ οὖν καί διά τῆς τῶν κτισμάτων ἐπιστημονικῆς κατανοήσεως τε καί γνώσεως. Ταῦτα οὖν ἐπαναλαμβάνων συνῆψε τά ἐπόμενα εἰς τό αὐτό. β. Ἐπειδή καί αἱ ἰδέαι τῶν ζώων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ καί πάντων τῶν κατά φύσιν εἰσί καθόλου, ἀλλ' οὐχ ὡς τῶν καθ' ἕκαστα εἴδωλα καί ὁμοιώματά εἰσι τῶν ἐκεῖ τά ἐνταῦθα· πάντα γάρ τά ὧδε εἴδωλα τῶν ἐκεῖ· ἡ γάρ ψυχή καί αὕτη εἰκών καί ὁμοίωμα τῆς ἰδέας.

γ. Καί διά γνώσεως ὁ Θεός: Πῶς διά τῶν ἐναντίων γινώσκεται ὁ Θεός, καί διά τῶν θέσεων καί τῶν ἀφαιρέσεων, δηλοῖ ἐπεξιών αὐτά. Εἰ γάρ καί ἄνω ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ κεφαλαίῳ εἶπε, μηδέν εἶναι τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ Θεοῦ παραστατικόν, μή νόησιν, μή ἐπαφήν, μή φαντασίαν, μή δόξαν, μηδ' ὅσα ἔφη ἐκεῖ καί ἐνταῦθα, ἅτινα καί ἡρμηνεύσαμεν ἐν ἐκείνοις· νῦν λέγει καί διά τῶν ( 14 _278 ἐκεῖ ἀπηγορευμένων γινώσκεσθαι τόν Θεόν, οὐ μήν τήν οὐσίαν αὐτοῦ· καί πάλιν μηδέν αὐτόν ἔχειν τούτων εἰς κατάληψιν. Ὡς μέν οὖν αἴτιος ἁπάντων, γινώσκεται ἐκ τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ὡς δέ μηδέν ὤν τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ, μένει ἀγνοούμενος ὑπό πάντων· πῶς δέ καί διά τῆς ἀγνωσίας γινώσκεται, καί ἐνταῦθά φησι, καί ἀνωτέρω εἴρηται ἐν κεφαλαίῳ δευτέρῳ.

English

a. And certain images: Here "divine patterns" must be understood as the foreordinations, of which the products of creation are images. The Apostle called these foreordinations "purposes," as when he said in the Epistle to the Ephesians, "according to the purpose of the ages." And in all created things God is of course known, as the craftsman is known in his works. But in every way the essence of all things is separate; and hence, though he is unknown to created works, he is known from this very unknowing, just as he is also known through the scientific understanding and knowledge of created things. These things, then, he takes up again and joins what follows to the same point. b. Since the ideas of living things and of all things according to nature are in God universally, yet the things here are not images and likenesses of the individual things there; for all things here are images of the things there; for the soul too is an image and likeness of the idea.

c. And through knowledge, God: How God is known through opposites, and through affirmations and negations, he shows as he goes through these things in detail. For if even above in the first chapter he said that nothing is capable of representing the essence of God—not thought, not contact, not imagination, not opinion, nor whatever else he said there and here, which we also interpreted in those places—now he says that God is also known through the things there denied, though not his essence; and again that he has nothing of these things for comprehension. As cause of all things, then, he is known from the things that come from him; but as being none of the things that come from him, he remains unknown by all. And how he is also known through unknowing, he says here and it has been said above in the second chapter.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:162 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί οὔτε νοεῖται: Διά γάρ τῶν δεδημιουργημένων νοοῦμεν, ἐφαπτόμεθα τῆς ἐπιστήμης, ἔχομεν ὅτι Θεός ἔστι. Τίς δέ, ἤ ποταπός, ἤ πηλίκος αὐτός ὁ Θεός, οὔτε νοοῦμεν, οὔτε ὀνομάζομεν, οὔτε νῷ ἤ αἰσθήσει καταλαμβάνομεν. Ὅμοιον γάρ τούτῳ ἐστί καί τό· Ἐν πᾶσίν ἐστιν ὁ Θεός, καί ἐν οὐδενί τῶν πάντων ἐστί. Κατά τήν ὑπέρ νοῦν ἕνωσιν: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι κατά τά προπαρατεθειμένα τήν ἕνωσιν ἔλαβε τῆς ὑπέρ νοῦν τοῦ Θεοῦ θεωρίας. Αὕτη γάρ ἐστι κατά τό Λόγιον: Τοῦτο καί ἐκ τῆς Σοφίας Σολομῶντός ἐστιν, ἔνθα λέγεται τεχνῖτις ἡ σοφία τῶν πάντων· καί ἐκ τῶν Παροιμιῶν, ἔνθα εἴρηται ἐκ τῆς Σοφίας· «Ἐγώ ἤμην ἁρμόζουσα παρ' αὐτῷ»· καί ὁ Δαβίδ· «πάντα ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησας».

Λόγος δέ ὁ Θεός: Περί τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου, καί διά τί λέγεται Λόγος, τί δηλούσης τῆς τοιαύτης ὀνομασίας, καί μίαν αἰτίαν ἐνταῦθά φησι, καθ' ἥν ὀνομάζεται Λόγος, διά τό τάς τῶν ὄντων πάντων αἰτίας ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχειν· οἱ γάρ λόγοι φύσεως ἁπάσης ἐν

αὐτῷ εἰσιν, ὡς αἰτίῳ πάσης δημιουργίας· δι' αὐτοῦ γάρ τά πάντα· αἵ τε γάρ ἰδέαι καί τά παραδείγματα ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐχ ἕτερα ἐν ( 14 _280 ἑτέρῳ, ἀλλά νοήσεις ἀΐδιοι οὐσαι, καί λογοι ποιοῦντες τά πάντα, τουτέστι φύσις· καί ἡ φύσις γάρ λόγος, αἰτίαν ἔχων καί φύσιν, ὡς οὐκ εἰκῇ καί μάτην αἱ φύσεις των ὄντων εἰσί. Λέγει δέ αὐτόν Λόγον, καί ὡς καί πάντων χωροῦντα ἀκωλύτως, καί πάντα περιιόντα, καί μέχρι τῶν ἐσχάτων, ὡς ἐν τῇ πρός Ἑβραίους· «ζῶν γάρ ὁ λόγος καί ἐνεργής», καί τά ἑξῆς. Οὖτος ὁ Λόγος ἐστίν: Ὅτι ὁ Θεός Λόγος, ἡ αὐτό καί τῷ ὄντι οὖσα ἀλήθεια, εἰκότως ἐστί καί ἁπλῆ τῶν ὄντων γνῶσις.

English

And neither is He comprehended: For through created things we understand, we attain to knowledge, we have that God exists. But who, or of what sort, or how great God Himself is, we neither understand, nor name, nor grasp by intellect or sense. For similar to this is also the saying: God is in all things, and is in none of all things. According to the union beyond intellect: Note that according to the things set out beforehand he took the union of the contemplation of God that is beyond intellect. For this is according to the Oracle: This is also from the Wisdom of Solomon, where wisdom is called the artificer of all things; and from the Proverbs, where it is said from Wisdom: "I was fitting things together beside Him"; and David: "In wisdom You made all things."

But the Word is God: Concerning God the Word, and why He is called Word, what such a name indicates, and here he states one cause according to which He is named Word, because He has in Himself the causes of all things that exist; for the principles of every nature are in Him, as the cause of all creation; for through Him are all things; for the ideas and the patterns are in Him, not other things in another, but eternal thoughts and principles making all things, that is, nature; for nature is also a principle, having a cause and a nature, since the natures of existing things are not without purpose and in vain. He calls Him Word also as one who penetrates all things unhinderedly, and goes through all things, even to the uttermost, as in the Epistle to the Hebrews: "For the word is living and effective," and what follows. This is the Word: That God the Word, the truth that is the same as truly existing, is reasonably also the simple knowledge of existing things.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:163 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τί δέ ἐστι γνῶσις, εὐθύς ἐπισυνάπτει διδάσκων.

Εἰ γάρ ἡ γνῶσις ἑνωτική: Τά περί τῆς ἀληθοῦς γνώσεως σαφηνίζων, αὐτός ὁ Θεός Λόγος Χριστός Ἰησοῦς, περἰ οὗ ὁ λόγος, καί ὅτι ἡ γνῶσις ἀληθῶς ἑνωτική ἐστι τῶν ἐγνωκότων καί τῶν ἐγνωσμένων, φησί· «κἀγω γινώσκω τά ἐμά πρόβατα, καί γινώσκομαι ὑπό τῶν ἐμῶν· καθώς γινώσκει με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγώ γινώσκω τόν Πατέρα». Ὥσπερ γάρ ἡ γνῶσις γνοῦσα ἐκεῖνο ὅ γνῶναι ἠθέλησεν, ἑνοῦται τῷ γνωσθέντι, οὐκέτι ἀμφιβολίαν ἔχουσα περί αὐτοῦ, οὐδέ διά τήν ἀμφιβολίαν σχιζομένη εἰς ἑτέρας ἐννοίας καί ἀστατοῦσα, καί ἄγνοια διά τοῦτο γενομένη, διά τό μή πεισθῆναι ὅτι ἔγνω, οὕτως οἱ πιστοί τῇ γνώσει ἑνωθέντες τῷ γνωσθέντι Χριστῷ, ὅς ἐστιν ὁ Θεός Λόγος, καί τήν πίστιν εἰς αὐτόν ἐρείσαντες, μονιμωτάτην καί ἀσάλευτον τῶν ἐγνωσμένων τήν πίστιν ἔχοντες, ὅτι Θεόν ἔγνωσαν καί ὑπό Θεοῦ ἐγνώσθησαν, ἐξεστήκασι μέν τῆς ἀγνοίας, ἥν εἴπομεν διαιρεῖν καί σχίζειν καί διασαλεύειν εἰς ἄλλοτε ἄλλας ἀμφιβολίας, ὡς μή γνοῦσαν ὅ δεῖ γνῶναι, ἐφεστήκασι δέ τῇ βεβαιότητι, τῇ πίστει πληροφορηθέντες, ὅτι ἔγνωσαν καί ἡνώθησαν διά ( 14 _282 τοῦτο τῷ γνωσθέντι. Ὁ μέν οὖν ἐν τῷ σκότῳ τῆς ἀγνοίας, κατά τόν Ἀπόστολον, ὤν, ὑπό τῆς πλάνης αὐτῆς σαλευόμενος, περιφέρεται παντί ἀνέμῳ τῆς κυβείας τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὥσπερ οἱ ἐν πελάγει κλυδωνιζόμενοι (καί ταῦτα γάρ φησιν ὁ Ἀπόστολος), καί νομίζει τούς γνωστικούς μαίνεσθαι, ὡς καί ὁ Φῆστος ἔφη τῷ Παύλῳ κηρύττοντι τήν θείαν γνῶσιν, «μαίνῃ, Παῦλε».

English

What knowledge is, he immediately adds, teaching.

For if knowledge is unitive: clarifying the matters concerning true knowledge, the very God the Word, Christ Jesus, about whom the discourse is, and that knowledge is truly unitive of those who have known and of the things known, says: "And I know my own sheep, and I am known by my own; just as the Father knows me, and I know the Father." For just as knowledge, having known that which it wished to know, is united to the thing known, no longer having doubt about it, nor being split by doubt into other thoughts and wavering, and thereby becoming ignorance, because it was not persuaded that it had known—so the faithful, united by knowledge to the known Christ, who is God the Word, and having fixed their faith in Him, possessing the most steadfast and unshaken faith of the things known, that they have known God and have been known by God, have stood aside from the ignorance which we said divides and splits and unsettles into ever-different doubts, as not having known what it ought to know, and have stood firm in certainty, fully assured by faith, that they have known and have been united through this to the thing known. He, then, who is in the darkness of ignorance, according to the Apostle, being shaken by error itself, is carried about by every wind of the craftiness of men, just as those tossed on the sea (for the Apostle says these things too), and thinks that the Gnostics are mad, as Festus also said to Paul when he preached the divine knowledge: "You are mad, Paul.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:164 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὁ γνωστικός καί τῷ ὄντι Χριστιανός, ἅτε τῇ ἀληθείᾳ γνούς Χριστόν καί δι' αὐτοῦ τήν θεογνωσίαν κτησάμενος, τήν ἑνιαίαν λέγω τῆς ἀληθείας γνῶσιν (ἑνιαία δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἁπλῆ καί ἀσύνθετος γνῶσις), ἐξέστηκε μέν τοῦ κόσμου, μή ὤν ἐν τῇ κοσμικῇ τῶν ἀπίστων γνώμῃ καί πλάνη, ἑαυτόν δέ γινώσκει νήφοντα καί ἀπηλλαγμένον τῆς πολυπλανοῦς ἀπιστίας· διό καί καθ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀποθνήσκουσιν ὑπέρ τῆς ἀληθείας, οὐ μόνον μέχρι θανάτου κινδυνεύοντες ἑκάστοτε διά τήν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλά καί τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ τελευτῶντες πάντοτε, τῇ δέ γνώσει ζῶντες καί Χριστιανοί μαρτυρούμενοι.

Διαιρέσεως αἰτία: Διαίρεσιν ἐνταῦθα τό τῆς γνώμης ἀνίδρυτον καί εἰς πολλά μεριζόμενον ἔφη.

Ἑστίας: Μονῆς, οἰκήσεως.

Τῇ ἑνιαίᾳ τῶν Χριστιανῶν: Ἑνιαίαν τήν καθ' ἡμᾶς πίστιν ὠνόμασεν, ὡς ἁπλῆν τε καί ἁπλανῆ τήν τοῦ ὄντος ἀληθῶς ἔχουσαν γνῶσιν. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Η' § 1. Καί ὡς δύναμιν: Κατά τί λέγεται δύναμις ὁ Θεός. Καί τήν κυρείαν: Ὡς τό, «Κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων αὐτός ( 14 _284 ἐστιν ὁ Βασιλεύς τῆς δόξης»· πάλιν· «Κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων μεθ' ἡμῶν, ἀντιλήπτωρ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός Ἰακώβ.

English

The one who has knowledge and is truly a Christian, having known Christ in truth and through him acquired the knowledge of God—I mean the unitary knowledge of the truth (and unitary is the simple and incomposite knowledge)—has gone out of the world, not being in the worldly opinion and error of the unbelievers, but he knows himself to be sober and freed from the much-wandering unbelief; therefore also each day they die for the truth, not only risking death each time for the truth, but also always dying to ignorance and living by knowledge and being witnessed as Christians.

Cause of division: Here he called division the unsettledness of opinion and its being split into many parts.

Of the hearth: Of a dwelling, of a habitation.

By the unitary faith of the Christians: He called our faith unitary, as being simple and unerring, having the true knowledge of what truly is. ON CHAPTER 8 § 1. And as power: In what sense God is called power. And the dominion: As in, "The Lord of powers, he is the King of glory"; again: "The Lord of powers is with us, our helper, the God of Jacob.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:165 · narrative
Source · Greek

Δυνάμεων ἀφορίζουσα: Ἀφορίζουσα, τουτέστιν ἀποδιαστέλλουσα καί χωρίζουσα.

§ 2. Κατά δύναμιν ἄκλιτον: Ἄκλιτον ἔφη, τουτέστι τῆς οἰκείας ἀκρότητος μή ὑποκατιοῦσαν· οὐ γάρ κλινόμενος εἰς δύναμιν δημιουργεῖ, ἀλλ' ἀκίνητος καί ἄκαμπτος ὑπάρχων τῆς ἰδίας ἰσχύος παράγει τά ὄντα. Τάχα δέ λεκτέον ἄκλειτον καί τό οἷον μή κλειόμενον· διό ἐπάγει καί ἀπεριόριστον· οὐ γάρ κλείεται, ὡς ἀδυναμοῦσα ἔν τινι, ἀλλ’ ἀεί ἀνέῳγεν ἐν δυνάμει τοῦ πάντα ποιεῖν ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναμις.

Καί τήν ἀσθένειαν δυναμοῖ: Ἀσθένειαν καλεῖ τά ὑλικά ταῦτα καί περίγεια σώματα, ἅτινα καί ἔσχατα ἀπηχήματά φησι, καθά πολλάκις ἀνωτέρω ἔφημεν, διά τό ἀμυδρῶς καί κατά τήν οἰκείαν ἐπιτηδειότητα μετέχειν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ. Καί περί μέν τῶν καθ' ἡμᾶς σωμάτων εἴρηται, «πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με Χριστῷ», θεωρητέον δέ τοῦτο καί ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς ζώοις, ὡς ἐπί τῶν ἐμπίδων καί τῶν μυιῶν καί τῶν τοιούτων, ὁπόσον ἰσχύουσιν ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις κέντροις, τά οὕτως ἀσθενῆ καί ἐξουθενημένα ζῶα, ἐνδυναμωθέντα παρά τοῦ ποιήσαντος Θεοῦ· ὅθεν καί ἐν Ἰωήλ τῷ θείῳ προφήτῃ φησίν ὁ Θεός περί ἀκρίδος καί βρούχου καί κάμπης, «ἡ δύναμίς μου ἡ μεγάλη», καί πῶς ἄχρι τούτων τό ἀπειροδύναμον τοῦ Θεοῦ φθάνει, φησίν εἰκόνας θαυμαστάς καί ἀληθεστάτας. Ἀλλά καί ἐν τοῖς ἀψύχοις τό αὐτό εὑρήσεις, ἐν πόαις καί βοτάναις καί μετάλλοις θεωρῶν δυνάμεις βλαπτικάς καί ὠφελίμους· καί εὔθρυπτα ( 14 _286 τά πλείω, καί ἄλλα ἰσχυρά καί ἀνένδοτα, ὡς τόν ἀδάμαντα. Ἄλλως.

English

Separating the powers: "Separating," that is, distinguishing and dividing.

§ 2. "With unswerving power": He said "unswerving," that is, not sinking down from its own summit; for he does not create by inclining into power, but being motionless and inflexible he brings forth existing things from his own strength. Perhaps one should say "unclosable" and, as it were, "not shut in"; therefore he adds also "unbounded"; for it is not shut in, as though it were powerless in something, but the power of God has always been open in the power of doing all things.

"And he strengthens weakness": He calls "weakness" these material and earthly bodies, which he also calls the last echoes, as we have often said above, because they participate dimly and according to their own capacity in the power of God. And concerning our bodies it has been said, "I can do all things in Christ who strengthens me," but one must consider this also in the other animals, as in the case of gnats and flies and the like, how much strength they have in their own stings—animals so weak and despised, strengthened by God who made them; whence also in Joel the divine prophet God says concerning the locust and the caterpillar and the cankerworm, "my great power," and how far the infinite power of God reaches even to these, he says, wonderful and most true images. But you will find the same also in inanimate things, observing in grasses and plants and metals both harmful and beneficial powers; and most of them fragile, and others strong and unyielding, like the diamond. Otherwise.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:166 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀσθένειαν δυναμουμένην ἐν τούτοις τά ἀσθενέστατα τῶν ζώων φησί, ταύτην ἔχοντα τοῦ ὄντως εἶναι τήν δύναμιν, ἤ ἀσθένειαν οἰητέον τήν ἄψυχον καί πάντῃ ἀκίνητον φύσιν, ἥτις τήν οὐσιώδη, τουτέστι τήν τοῦ ὅλως εἶναι δύναμιν, εἴληφεν ἐκ Θεοῦ.

§ 3. Καί αὐτό δέ, εἰ θέμις: Τουτέστιν, οὐκ ἦν δυνατόν εἶναί τι ὅλως, μή τοῦτο τῆς θείας δυνάμεως ὑποστησαμένης.

Δύναμιν εἰς τό εἶναι ἔχει: Τήν δύναμιν οὐ μόνον τήν εἰς τό συνεστάναι ἰσχύν νοεῖ, ἀλλά καί τήν ἐπιτηδειότητα εἰς τό τοιῶσδε εἶναι δύναμιν σημαίνει. Διάδοσιν δέ καλεῖ δυνάμεως τήν εἰς τά ἔξω περί τά ὄντα πρόοδον τῆς προνοίας τοῦ Θεοῦ καί ἀγαθότητος, εἰς τό εἶναι τά ὄντα καί παραχθῆναι. Καί πρώτην μέν δύναμίν φησι τήν τῶν ὄντων· ταῦτα δέ εἰσι τά νοητά καί ἀσώματα ὄντα λεγόμενα, ὡς ἀθάνατα, τοῖς δέ γε νοητοῖς καί τά νοερά συγκατατακτέον, ὡς ψυχικάς τάς καί λογικάς νῦν λεγομένας· ὁ γάρ λόγος νοῦς ἐστι, καθ' ὅν ἡ ψυχή καθ' ὑπόβασιν μετά τούς ἀγγέλους νοερά λέγεται. Εἶτα καί ταύτης ὑφειμένη δύναμις ἡ αἰσθητική, ἡ τῶν ἐμψύχων ἀλόγων· εἶτα ἡ ζωτική καί ἡ φυτική, ἡ τῶν φυτῶν ἁπάντων καί βοτανῶν, καθ' ἥν φυτικήν ζωήν ἀνθοῦσι· μετά δέ πάσας ἡ οὐσιώδης δύναμις, τουτέστιν ἡ τῶν ἀψύχων, οἷον τῶν μεταλλικῶν καί γεωδεστέρων, ἥτις δύναμις ἡ συνιστῶσα καί εἰς τό εἶναι διαρκεῖν ποιοῦσα, καί τήν τῶν ποιοτήτων δύναμιν δίδωσι θερμῶν ἤ ψυχρῶν ἤ τῶν ἑξῆς κράσεων, καί ἤτοι ὠφελεῖν, ἤ τοιῶσδε ὠφελεῖν.

English

He calls "power made perfect in weakness" the weakest of living things, which have this as the power of truly being; or one must understand "weakness" as the soulless and in every way motionless nature, which has received its substantial power—that is, the power of existing at all—from God.

§ 3. "And this very thing, if it is lawful": That is, it was not possible for anything to exist at all unless the divine power had substantiated it.

"It has power to be": He understands "power" not only as the strength for subsisting, but he also indicates "power" as the fitness for being in such-and-such a way. And he calls the "diffusion of power" the procession of God's providence and goodness outward upon beings, for them to be and to be brought forth. And he calls the first power that of beings; and these are the intelligible and incorporeal beings, so called as immortal, and with the intelligible ones the intellectual must also be ranked, as those now called psychic and rational; for the reason is an intellect, according to which the soul, by a descending order after the angels, is called intellectual. Then, subordinate to this, the sensitive power, that of animate irrational creatures; then the vital and vegetative power, that of all plants and herbs, according to which vegetative life they bloom; and after all these, the substantial power, that is, that of soulless things, such as minerals and the more earthy, which power is what constitutes them and makes them endure in being, and gives the power of qualities—of hot or cold or the subsequent temperaments—and either to benefit, or to benefit in such-and-such a way.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:167 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί τάς ὀρεκτικάς δέ δυνάμεις, τοῦ θέλειν ἀεί τά λογικά δύνασθαι καί ἐπιθυμεῖν, ὁ χορηγῶν ἐστι Θεός, καί δυναμοῖ πρός φιλίαν τά ἡνωμένα καί πρός κοινωνίαν, τουτέστι τά σπέρματα πάντων, ἤτοι τά στοιχεῖα συμμέτρως πρός σύνοδον ὁδεύοντα ( 14 _288 καί πρός ἄλληλα μιγνύμενα καί πλησιάζοντα πρᾴως, εἰς δύναμιν ἄγει τοῦ τά αἰσθητά ὅμοια γεννᾷν. Τῆς γοῦν ἑνώσεως ταύτης καί τοῦ μίγματος τῶν ἡνωμένων εἰς φιλίαν, ὡς ἔφημεν, στοιχείων τρεπομένου εἰς διαφοράν καί χωρισμόν, διακρινόμενα τά μέρη χωρίζεται εἰς γενέσεις καί ζώων καί φυτῶν καί τῶν ἑξῆς, καί λαμβάνει θεόθεν ἡ διάκρισις αὕτη, ἤτοι ὁ χωρισμός, δύναμιν εἰς τό εἶναι καί παραγωγήν τοῦ εἶναι τά κατ' εἶδος γινόμενα. Τάς οὖν συγκρίσεις καί διακρίσεις, ἑνώσεις καί φιλίας ἔφη, καί ἀσύγχυτα καί ἀσύμφυρτα τά εἴδη διάκρισιν ὠνόμασε. Σημείωσαι, ὡς καί αὐτήν τήν ἔφεσιν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἔχουσιν αἱ ἀγγελικαί δυνάμεις.

§ 4. Καί τό εἶναι ταῦτα: Ἡ τῶν ὄντων φύσις τό εἶναι ἐπιζητεῖ οὐ προαιρετικῶς, ἀλλά τῷ ἀναγκαίῳ τε καί χρησίμῳ τῆς ὑπάρξεως καί τοῦτο οὖν φησι τό οὕτως εἶναι, καί τήν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐπιζητεῖσθαι, ὡς ἀναγκαῖον τό εἶναι παρά τῆς θείας καί ἀπειροδυνάμου οὐσίας.

English

And the appetitive powers—that is, the capacity of rational beings always to will and desire—God is the one who supplies, and He strengthens for friendship the things that are united, and for communion, that is, the seeds of all things, or rather the elements, which travel in due proportion toward conjunction and are mixed with one another and draw near gently; He brings them, as far as they are able, to the power of generating things similar to the perceptible objects. When, then, this union and mixture of the elements united in friendship, as we said, is turned into difference and separation, the parts being distinguished are separated into the generations of animals and plants and the rest, and this distinction, that is, the separation, receives from God power to be and the production of being for the things that come to be according to species. He called, then, the combinations and distinctions, unions and friendships, and named the species, unconfused and unmixed, "distinction." Note that the angelic powers also have this very impulse from God.

§ 4. And that these things are: The nature of beings seeks to be, not by choice, but by the necessity and usefulness of existence; and this, then, he says—both to be in this way and the power of being sought after—as the being is necessary from the divine and infinitely powerful essence.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:168 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 5. Καί εὐθημοσύνας: Εὐθημοσύνας φησί τάς εὖ ἐχούσας θέσεις, καί τάξεις εὐθέτους τάς εὐσχήμους δημιουργίας, ἀγγελικῶν δέ ἑνάδων τῶν ἁπλοτήτων φησιν· ἤ ἑνάδας καλεῖ τάς τῶν οὐσιῶν αὐτῶν ἁπλότητας καί ἀσωματίας καί ἀϋλίας. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι τούς ἀστέρας διαιωνίζειν λέγει. Καί τάξεις ἀναλλοιώτους: Ἀναλλοιώτους τάς οὐρανίας οὐσίας, μή κατά τό ἀϊδίως εἶναι νοήσῃς (αὐτοί γάρ, κατά τό γεγραμμένον, λειτουργικά πνεύματά εἰσιν), ἀλλά περί τήν φυλακήν τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐταῖς ὑπό Θεοῦ τεταγμένων ὅρων τό ἀναλλοίωτον νόησον. 'Προόδους δέ τοῦ χρόνου' τό μῆκος τούτου καί τήν ἐπί τό πρόσω φοράν λέγει, 'διάκρισιν' δέ τήν διά τῆς ( 14 _290 ἐναλλαγῆς τῶν καιρῶν, ἤτοι ὡρῶν, σημείωσιν πρός τά αὐτά πάλιν ἀποκαθισταμένην· διό καί συνελίξεις ἐκάλεσε τοῦ χρόνου τήν κίνησιν· ἤ 'προόδους χρονικάς' φησι τάς τῶν πλανήτων ἄστρων κινήσεις, ἐπί τινα ἀριθμόν χρόνου διερπούσας τά ιβ' τῶν λεγομένων οἴκων διαστήματα· 'ἀποκαταστάσεις' δέ τάς ἀπό σημείου τινός ἐπί τό αὐτό σημεῖον ἐπαναδρομάς· οἷον ὁ ἥλιος δι' ἑνιαυτοῦ περιπολεῖ τούς ιβ' οἴκους ἀπό τοῦ λεγομένου κριοῦ ἐπί τόν αὐτόν κριόν διερχόμενος, ἡ σελήνη διά μηνός, καί οἱ ἑξῆς ε' οὕτως· ἐκ γάρ τούτων οἱ χρόνοι μετροῦνται.

English

§ 5. And "well-orderings": By "well-orderings" he means the positions that are well held, and the fitly arranged orders, the comely creations; but by "angelic monads" he means their simplicities; or he calls "monads" the simplicities of their essences, and their incorporeality and immateriality. And note that he says the stars endure forever. And "unchangeable orders": Understand the heavenly essences as unchangeable, not in the sense of existing eternally (for they themselves, as it is written, are ministering spirits), but understand their unchangeableness with respect to the keeping of the bounds appointed to them by God from the beginning. And "processions of time" he means its length and its forward motion, and "distinction" he means the marking out that comes about through the alternation of seasons, that is, of hours, returning again to the same points; therefore he also called the motion of time "rollings-up"; or he calls "time-processions" the motions of the wandering stars, traversing over a certain number of time the twelve intervals of the so-called houses; and "restorations" he means the returns from some point back to the same point; for example, the sun circles through the twelve houses in a year, passing from the so-called ram to the same ram, the moon in a month, and the remaining five likewise; for by these times are measured.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:169 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί τάς τοῦ πυρός δυνάμεις: Τοῦ αἰθερίου δηλονότι. Φησί δέ περί τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων, καί ὅτι ἡ γῆ ἐπ' οὐδενός τεθεμελίωται, ἡ δέ Γραφήν φησιν, «ἐπί ὑδάτων ἐθεμελίωσας».

Τάς οὐσιώδεις: Ἴσως οὐσιώδη λέγονται καί τά πάντα ἄψυχα καί ἀναίσθητα, δηλονότι ἀπό τοῦ εἶναι οὕτω λεγόμενα.

Καί τήν θέωσιν: Ἐκθεοῦνται οἱ δίκαιοι καί οἱ ἄγγελοι, κατά τό «Ἐγώ εἶπα· θεοί ἐστε».

Παντελῶς θέσις: Θέσιν καλεῖ τήν εἰς τό εἶναι παραγωγήν, ἀντί τοῦ, Ὅ μή μετέχει δυνάμεως, οὐδέ ἐν δημιουργίᾳ ἐστί. § 6. Καίτοι φησίν Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος: Δείκνυται ἐντεῦθεν τοῦ ἁγίου τούτου ἀνδρός ἡ ἀρχαιότης· ἅ γάρ εἶπεν Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος, ὅς καί ἀντέστη τῷ ἁγίῳ Παύλῳ ἐν Κύπρῳ, γινώσκει, οὗ αἱ Πράξεις τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων μέμνηνται. Ὅμως πολλούς ὁμοίους τῷ Ἐλύμᾳ ἡ Ἀραβία ἔχει, οἵ φασι πρός ἡμᾶς λέγοντας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν τόν Θεόν Λόγον σαρκί παθεῖν ὑπέρ ἡμῶν, ἀλλά μή θεότητι, ὅτι, 'Εἰ μή δέχεσθε αὐτόν θεότητι παθεῖν ὡς ( 14 _292 ἠθέλησεν, ἀδύναμον ποιεῖτε τόν Θεόν, φάσκοντες μή δύνασθαι θεότητι παθεῖν εἰ ἐθέλοι'. Προς οὕς λεκτέον, ὅτι αὐτό οὐκ ἠβουλήθη ὁ Θεός, ἔχων εἰς τί πάθοι, τό παρά φύσιν γενέσθαι, ἵνα ἡ θεότης πάθοι ἡ κατά φύσιν ἀπαθής. Ὅρα πῶς ἑρμηνεύει τό ἀποστολικόν ρητόν, «οὐ δύναται ὁ Θεός ἑαυτόν ἀρνήσασθαι».

English

And the powers of fire: meaning, clearly, of the ether. And he speaks concerning the four elements, and that the earth is founded upon nothing, but the Scripture says, "You founded it upon the waters."

The substantial: Perhaps both all soulless and insensate things are called substantial, clearly so called from the fact of their being.

And the deification: The righteous and the angels are deified, according to "I said: You are gods."

A setting wholly: He calls "setting" the production into being, in place of "that which does not partake of power is not even in creation." § 6. And yet Elymas the magician says: From this the antiquity of this holy man is demonstrated; for what Elymas the magician said, who also opposed the holy Paul in Cyprus, he knows, of whom the Acts of the holy apostles make mention. Nevertheless Arabia has many like Elymas, who say to us who declare that Jesus Christ, the God Logos, suffered in the flesh for us, but not in the divinity, that, "If you do not accept that he suffered in the divinity as he willed, you make God powerless, asserting that he cannot suffer in the divinity if he should will." To whom it must be said, that God did not will this, having a way in which he might suffer, namely to become contrary to nature, so that the divinity might suffer, which is by nature impassible. Observe how he interprets the apostolic saying, "God cannot deny himself.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:170 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἡ γάρ ἑαυτοῦ ἄρνησις: Ὅπερ ἔφην, Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος σκώψας τόν θεῖον Παῦλον εἰπόντα, «μή δύνασθαι ἀρνήσασθαι ἑαυτόν τόν Θεόν», καί τό γε ἐπί Παύλῳ ἀδύνατον δείκνυσθαι τόν Θεόν, δυνάμενον ἅ βούλεται, τουτέστιν ἀρνήσασθαι ἑαυτόν, φιλοσοφώτατα λύει ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος. Φησί γάρ, ὅτι ὁ Θεός ἀλήθειά ἐστιν, ἡ δέ ἀλήθεια ὄν ἐστι, τό δέ ψεῦδος, ὡς ἀνυπόστατον, οὐδέ ὄν ἐστιν. Ἐάν οὖν ἀρνήσηται ἑαυτόν ὁ Θεός, ἡ ἀλήθεια ψευσαμένη, μή ὄν γίνεται. Καί πῶς οἷόν τε τοῦτο συμβῆναι; Τό οὖν 'μή δύνασθαι', ἐπί Θεοῦ ταττόμενον, ἀφάτου δυνάμεώς ἐστι σημεῖον. Ὅμοιον γάρ ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι δύναται ὁ Θεός ἑαυτόν ποιῆσαι μή εἶναι Θεόν, ἀλλά χωρῆσαι εἰς ἀνυπαρξίαν, ὅ μετά τοῦ ἀδυνάτου καί τό βλάσφημον ἔχει. Πῶς τοίνυν λεχθήσεται, ὁ ὤν ἔσται μή ὤν; Οὐ δύναται τοίνυν ὁ Θεός, τουτέστιν

ἀναχώρητόν ἐστι μή εἶναι αὐτόν, ἤγουν ἀνένδεκτον μή εἶναι αὐτόν. Οὐκοῦν καί τό μή δύνασθαι τόν Θεόν, τουτέστι τό ἀδύνατον εἶναι τόν Θεόν, οὐ δυνατόν γενέσθαι. Ὥσπερ γάρ τό φῶς, καθ' ὅ φῶς, οὐ δύναται σκότος γενέσθαι, οὕτω καί ταῦτα ἀδύνατα τῷ Θεῷ διά τήν ἀνυπέρβλητον ἀλήθειαν. Οὕτως οὖν οὐκ οἶδεν ὁ Θεός κατά στέρησιν τό μή εἰδέναι, οἷον οὐ πεπείραται ( 14 _294 ὁ Θεός· ὅ ἐστιν, οὐκ οἶδε τί ἐστιν αὐτό τό μή εἰδέναι, ἤτοι ἀγνοεῖν τι. Κατά στέρησιν δέ οὐκ οἶδε τό ἀγνοεῖν· στέρησις γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἄγνοια, οὐχ ὑπόστασις, ἀλλ’ ἔξωθεν τῆς οὐσίας, περί ἥν συμβαίνει ἡ στέρησις· ἔλλειψις γάρ ἐστι τοῦ ὀφείλοντος παρεῖναι. Οὐκοῦν ἐστέρηται ὁ Θεός τοῦ ἀγνοεῖν, καί οὐδέποτε οἶδε τό μή εἰδέναι·

English

For the denial of himself: What I said—that Elymas the magician mocked the divine Paul when he said, "God cannot deny himself," and that it is shown to be impossible in Paul's case that God, who is able to do what he wills—that is, to deny himself—the great Dionysius resolves most philosophically. For he says that God is truth, and truth is being, while falsehood, being without substance, is not even being. If, then, God should deny himself, truth having lied becomes non-being. And how could this happen? The "cannot," then, when applied to God, is a sign of ineffable power. For it is like saying that God is able to make himself not be God, but to pass into non-existence, which along with the impossible also contains the blasphemous. How, then, shall it be said, "He who is will be he who is not"? God, then, cannot—that is,

it is impossible for him not to be, or rather inadmissible for him not to be. Therefore also God's "cannot"—that is, God's being impossible—cannot come to be. For just as light, insofar as it is light, cannot become darkness, so also these things are impossible for God because of his unsurpassable truth. Thus, then, God does not know not-knowing by way of privation, as for instance God has not experienced—that is, he does not know what this very not-knowing is, or being ignorant of something. But by way of privation he does not know ignorance; for ignorance is a privation, not a substance, but from outside the essence in relation to which the privation occurs; for it is a deficiency of what ought to be present. Therefore God is deprived of ignorance, and he never knows not-knowing.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:171 · narrative
Source · Greek

εἰ γάρ μή κατά στέρησιν εἴποιμεν μή εἰδέναι τόν Θεόν τήν ἄγνοιαν, εὑρίσκεται τῆς οὐσίας αὐτοῦ τό μή εἰδέναι, καί ἦν ἄν οὐσιώδης αὐτοῦ ἡ ἄγνοια, καί εὑρίσκεται ὁ Θεός σκότος· ἡ γάρ ἄγνοια σκότος ἐστιν. Οὕτως ὑψηλῶς νοήσεις καί τό, «ἀδύνατον ψεύσασθαι Θεόν», καί τό, «οὐ δύναται ποιεῖν ὁ Υἱός οὐδέν ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ, ἐάν μή τι βλέπῃ τόν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα», ὅπερ ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ εἰπεῖν· Ἀμήχανόν ἐστιν ἕτερα βουλομένου τοῦ Πατρός, ἕτερα βουληθῆναι τόν Υἱόν. Ἕν γάρ θέλημα τῆς μόνης προσκυνητῆς Τριάδος κατά τήν θεότητα· οὐδέ γάρ ἀγνοοῦμεν, ὅτι περ ὁ Υἱός τοῦ Θεοῦ, καί Θεός, ὁ εἷς τῆς πανυμνήτου καί παναχράντου Τριάδος γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος, προσέλαβεν ἀνθρώπινον θέλημα φυσικόν καί ἀναμάρτητον. Καί τό μή εἶναι οὐκ ἔστιν: Ἀπόφασις κατά ἀποφάσεως τιθεμένη κατάφασιν ποιεῖ. Ὁ οὖν λέγων, ὅτι τό μή εἶναι οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν Θεῷ, τό εἶναι αὐτόν συνάγει. Οὕτως οὖν φησιν, 'οὑ δύναται μή δύνασθαι', ὡσαύτως καί τό 'μή εἰδέναι οὐκ οἶδεν', ἐξ ὧν συνάγεται τό πάντως αὐτόν εἰδέναι καί δύνασθαι. Καλῶς δέ προσέθηκεν ἐνταῦθα τό κατά στέρησιν· οὐ γάρ ὑπεροχικῶς ταῦτα λέγονται, ἀλλά στερητικῶς, τό, 'οὐ δύναται' καί 'οὐκ οἶδε'.

English

For if we do not say that God does not know ignorance by way of privation, then not-knowing is found to belong to his essence, and his ignorance would be essential to him, and God is found to be darkness; for ignorance is darkness. In this lofty sense you will also understand the words, "It is impossible for God to lie," and, "The Son can do nothing of himself unless he sees the Father doing it," which is equivalent to saying: It is impossible that, while the Father wills one thing, the Son should will another. For there is one will of the only worshipful Trinity according to the Godhead; for we are not ignorant that the Son of God, and God, the one of the all-hymned and all-pure Trinity, having become man, took up a human will that is natural and sinless. And "not to be" is not: a negation set against a negation produces an affirmation. He, then, who says that "not to be" is not in God, concludes that he is. Thus, then, he says, "he cannot not be able," and likewise "he does not know not to know," from which it is concluded that he altogether knows and is able. And well did he add here the phrase "by way of privation"; for these things are not said by way of transcendence, but by way of privation—"he cannot" and "he does not know.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:172 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 7. Δικαιοσύνη δέ ὑμνεῖται: Κατά τί δικαιοσύνη ἐστίν ὁ ( 14 _296 Θεός. Ὅρος δέ δικαιοσύνης ἐστίν, ἀρετή διανεμητική τοῦ κατ' ἀξίαν ἤ ἰδιοπραγίαν τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς μερῶν· ἤ μεσότης πλεονεξίας καί μειονεξίας· ἤ ἕξις ἀπονεμητική ἰσότητος· ἤ ἕξις τοῦ κοινῇ συμφέροντος ἐστοχασμένη· ἤ ἐπιστήμη ἀπονεμητέων, καί μή, καί οὐδετέρων.

Διαλοιδοροῦνται: «Περί τῶν λαλούντων κατά τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀδικίαν», ὥς φησιν ὁ ψαλμῳδός. Ἐνταῦθα εὐκαίρως εἶπεν, ἀλλόκοτα τά αὐτῶν δεικνύς ρήματα· αὐτοκίνητοι γάρ ὄντες, τουτέστιν αὐτεξούσιοι, καί τῶν ἰδίων ὁρμῶν ἄρχοντες, διά τί, φασίν, αὐτεξούσιοι γεγόναμεν· καί οὐ μᾶλλον καί ἄκοντες κωλυόμεθα ἁμαρτάνειν, ἀγνοοῦντες ὅτι λίθοι ἑτεροκίνητοι βούλονται εἶναι, καί, γήινα σώματα ἔχοντες, διά τί μή ἐν ταυτότητι, φασί, μένομεν, τουτέστιν ἄτρεπτοι, ἀθάνατοι ὄντες, καί χρώμενοι τοῖς ὑλικοῖς καί προσκαίροις; Ὅπερ ἀγνοούντων ἐστί φύσιν αἰσθητῶν καί νοητῶν καί πολλήν ἀλογίαν νοσούντων· τό γάρ σῶμα ἡμῶν ὑλικόν καί πρόσκαιρον καί τρεπτόν ὑπάρχον, εἰκότως ἐδέετο τῶν ὁμοίων, προσκαίρων φημί καί ὑλικῶν· ἡ δέ ψυχή ἄϋλος καί ἀθάνατος κτισθεῖσα, εἰκότως τό αὐτεξούσιον ἔχει διά τήν πρός τόν δημιουργόν ὁμοιότητα· ἅπερ μή νοοῦντες ἐν ἑκατέρῳ οἱ λοίδοροι μέμφονται τήν θείαν πρόνοιαν, τοσαύτην ὁρῶντες εὐταξίαν· τοῦτο γάρ δηλοῖ τό, 'καί ὅλως τά ἄλλων ἄλλοις ἀποδιδόασιν'.

English

§ 7. “Righteousness” is praised: In what sense God is righteousness. The definition of righteousness is: a virtue that distributes to the parts of the soul according to worth or to each its own proper activity; or a mean between excess and deficiency; or a habit that apportions equality; or a habit that aims at the common advantage; or a knowledge of what should be distributed, and what should not, and of neither.

They rail: “Concerning those who speak iniquity against God,” as the psalmist says. Here he spoke aptly, showing their words to be strange; for since they are self-moved, that is, self-determining, and masters of their own impulses, why, they say, have we become self-determining? And why are we not rather hindered from sinning even against our will, not knowing that they wish to be stones moved by another, and, having earthy bodies, why do we not, they say, remain in sameness, that is, unchangeable, being immortal, and using material and temporary things? This is the mark of those who are ignorant of the nature of sensible and intelligible things and are sick with great irrationality; for our body, being material and temporary and changeable, reasonably needed things of like kind—temporary, I mean, and material; but the soul, created immaterial and immortal, reasonably possesses self-determination because of its likeness to the Creator. Not understanding these things in either case, the railers blame divine providence, though they see such great order; for this is what the saying means: “and altogether they assign the things of others to others.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:173 · narrative
Source · Greek

Αὐτοκινήτοις: Αὐτεξουσίοις.

§ 8. Ἀλλ' εἴποι ἄν τις: Πρός τούς λέγοντας, Πῶς οὐκ ἄδικος ὁ Θεός ὁ συγχωρῶν τούς δικαίους ὑπό τῶν φαύλων κακοῦσθαι; ( 14 _298 Ἄλλως: Ἐνταῦθα ζητεῖ κεφάλαιον προτεθέν ἡμῖν ὑπό ἑτέρου· φησί γάρ· Εἴποι ἄν τις, καί τά λοιπά, λυόμενος εὐσεβῶς καί θεοφιλῶς· λέγει γάρ δι' ἥν αἰτίαν συγχωρεῖ ὁ Θεός, δίκαιος ὤν, ἀδικεῖσθαι τούς ὁσίους ἄνδρας ὑπό ἀδίκων καί πλεονεκτῶν (πολλούς γάρ ὁρῶμεν δικαίους ζημίας ὑπομένοντας, ἤ ἐν χρήμασιν,

ἤ ἐν πράγμασι παρά τῶν ἀδίκων καί πλεονεκτῶν), καί ἀπολογεῖται δεξιῶς. Λέγει γάρ, ὅτι οἱ ὅσιοι οὐκ ὀφείλουσι τοῖς γηΐνοις καί προσκαίροις προσπάσχειν, ἐπεί οὐκ ἔτι ὅσιοι· προτιμᾷν γάρ ὀφείλουσι τά ὄντως ἐραστά καί θεῖα· χρημάτων γάρ ἐφιέμενοι, οὐκ ἔτι ὅσιοι. Καί λέλυται ἡ ἐρώτησις· τοῦτο γάρ ὁ θεῖος Παῦλός φησι, «διά τί γάρ μή μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθε», λέγων μή περί τά κοσμικά ἐπτοῆσθαι. Καί πάλιν τόν θεῖον ἔρωτα εἰσηγούμενος, περί ὅν οὔτε ἀδικία, οὔτε πλεονεξία δύναται γενέσθαι, φησί· «τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπό τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ; θλῖψις ἤ στενοχωρία;» καί τά ἑξῆς. Προσύλους δέ φησι τούς ἐμπαθεῖς καί μόνοις τῆς γηΐνοις προκειμένους. 'Παρευδοκιμεῖσθαι' δέ ἐστι τό ἡττόνως εὐδόκιμον φαίνεσθαι. Ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀρεταῖς: Ὅτι καλῶς λέγεται καί ἐπ' ἀγγέλων ἀρετή, ὥσπερ καί ἐπί Θεοῦ, κατά τό, «ἐκάλυψεν οὐρανούς ἡ ἀρετή αὐτοῦ», καί ὅτι ἀδικεῖσθαι τούς περί τά ὑλικά πράγματά τῆς θείας ἐστί προνοίας συνεθιζούσης αὐτούς τῶν θειοτέρων ἐφίεσθαι.

English

To the self-moved: to the free in will.

§ 8. But someone might say: In reply to those who say, How is God not unjust, who allows the righteous to be harmed by the wicked? (14 298 Otherwise: Here he examines a chapter set before us by another; for he says: Someone might say, and the rest, being resolved piously and in a God-loving manner; for he states for what reason God, being just, allows holy men to be wronged by the unjust and the covetous (for we see many righteous men enduring losses, either in possessions or in affairs, at the hands of the unjust and the covetous), and he makes his defense skillfully. For he says that the holy ought not to cling to earthly and temporary things, since then they are no longer holy; for they ought to prefer the truly lovely and divine things; for those who desire possessions are no longer holy. And the question is resolved; for this is what the divine Paul says, "Why not rather suffer wrong?" saying that they should not be agitated about worldly things. And again, introducing the divine love, in regard to which neither injustice nor covetousness can arise, he says: "Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? Tribulation, or distress?" and the rest. And he calls "fleshy" those who are passionate and devoted only to earthly things. And "to be outshone" is to appear less approved. By the angelic virtues: That virtue is rightly spoken of also in the case of angels, just as also in the case of God, according to "His virtue covered the heavens," and that it is by divine providence that those who are wronged in material things are accustomed to desire more divine things.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:174 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τῆς τῶν ὑλικῶν προσπαθείας: Ὅρα πῶς φησιν, ὅτι τό μή προσπάσχειν τοῖς ὑλικοῖς πράγμασιν ἀρρενότητα δηλοῖ, τουτέστιν ἀνδρίαν· οἱ γάρ δουλεύοντες κοσμικοῖς καί σωματικοῖς πάθεσι θηλυδρίαι εἰκότως προσαγορεύονται. Καί ὅτι ἡ θεία δικαιοσύνη οὐ βούλεται διά τούτων ἡμᾶς θέλγειν καί ἀπολλύειν, ( 14 _300 ἀλλά συνεθίζει πρός τήν τούτων περιφρόνησιν, κατά τό εἰρημένον, «ὅν γάρ ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει· μαστιγοῖ δέ πάντα υἱόν ὅν παραδέχεται». Τί οὖν; Οἱ τόν πλοῦτον ἔχοντες οὐκ ἀγαπῶνται ὑπό τοῦ Θεοῦ; Ἐρεῖς, ὅτι πρῶτον μέν οὐχ ὁ πλοῦτος καθ' ἑαυτόν κακός, ἀλλ' ἡ περί τοῦτον προσπάθεια καί ἡ κακή χρῆσις· ἔπειτα οἶδεν ὁ Θεός τούς ἐν ἡμῖν ἀσθενεῖς, καί βουλόμενος αὐτούς περισῶσαι εἰς προτροπήν, καί χρήματα ἴσως καί βίου περιφάνειαν δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ὅπερ εἰσί· πῶς γάρ ὁ γινώσκων πάντα πρίν γενέσεως αὐτῶν; Ἀλλ' ἵνα μηδεμίαν ἔχωμεν ἀπολογίαν κατά τόν Ἀπόστολον, «διά τοῦτο ἀναπολόγητος εἶ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε»· καί πάλιν· «ἔχομεν Ἀρχιερέα μέγαν, δυνάμενον συμπαθῆσαι ταῖς ἀσθενείαις ἡμῶν». Τό μή θέλγειν: Θέλγειν ἐστί τό δι' ἡδονῆς ἀπατᾷν· λέγεται δέ καί τό ἁπλῶς ἡδύνειν.

English

On attachment to material things: Observe how he says that not being attached to material things shows manliness, that is, courage; for those who are enslaved to worldly and bodily passions are reasonably called effeminate. And that divine justice does not wish to charm and destroy us through these things, but accustoms us to contempt for them, according to what is said, "For whom the Lord loves, he disciplines; and he scourges every son whom he receives." What then? Are those who have wealth not loved by God? You will say that, first, wealth is not evil in itself, but attachment to it and its bad use; and secondly, God knows those among us who are weak, and wishing to save them, as an encouragement, he perhaps gives them money and prominence of life, not being ignorant of what they are; for how could he who knows all things before their birth? But so that we may have no defense, according to the Apostle, "Therefore you are without defense, O man"; and again: "We have a great High Priest, who is able to sympathize with our weaknesses." Not to charm: To charm is to deceive through pleasure; it also means simply to delight.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:175 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τῶν ἀρίστων: Τῶν ἐπιθυμητῶν.

Ἀμειλίκτῳ στάσει: Ἀμείλικτον στάσιν φησί τήν ἀνένδοτον πρός τόν γαργαλισμόν τῶν γηΐνων ἔνστασιν, καί τό μή κάμπτεσθαι πρός τά ὑλικά διά τῶν πειρασμῶν.

§ 9. Τῆς ἐν τοῖς ὅλοις ἰδιοπραγίας: Ἰδιοπραγίαν ὠνόμασε τήν ἑκάστου τῶν ὄντων κατά φύσιν ἰδιάζουσαν κίνησιν· οὐδέ γάρ τά ἀγγέλων ἀνθρώποις πράττειν δυνατόν, ἤ τά πυρός ὕδατι, καί τό ἔμπαλιν. Καί ὡς ἐκ τῶν χειρόνων: Τά χείρω ἐνταῦθα μή νοήσῃς πρός τά ποιήματα (οὐδέν γάρ ἐν αὐτοῖς κακόν), ἀλλά πρός τήν ἁμαρτίαν, ἥτις ἐκ τῆς ἡμῶν προαιρέσεως κατά στέρησιν ἀγαθοῦ παρυπέστη. Ἀναρπάζει γάρ ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεός ἐξ αὐτῆς ἑκόντας, εἰ προσδράμοιμεν αὐτῷ.

( 14 _302 Καί ἀρρεπῆ πρός τά χείρω: Ταῦτα περί τῶν αἰσθητῶν καί ὑπό τήν κτίσιν ὄντων νόμιζε λέγειν αὐτόν, ὅτι πάντα ἐν τῇ οἰκείᾳ εὐταξίᾳ διαφυλάττει· οὐδέν γάρ αὐτῶν μετετράπη, ἀλλ' οὕτως ὡς ἐκτίσθησαν, ἔμειναν· τοῦτο δηλοῖ τό ἀμετάβλητα. Ἀρρεπῆ δέ πρός τά χείρω, ἤ ὅτι προαιρετάς αὐτάς πεποίηκεν, ἤ ὅτι οὐδέν ἐξ αὐτῶν τῆς οἰκείας ἐξέστη καταστάσεως, ἤ πρός τά ὑποδεέστερα μετηνέχθη. Ὁ γάρ οὐρανός καί ἡ γῆ ἔμειναν, καί τά ἐν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως ἔχοντα. Τό δέ τήν ἀλλοτριοπραγίαν ἐξορίζειν καί ἀμεταπτώτους φυλάττειν τάς ἑκάστου ἰδιότητας, οὕτω νόησον, ὅτι τά στοιχεῖα ἐναντία μένουσιν ἀλλήλοις, οἷον τό θερμόν καί ψυχρόν, καί ὑγρόν καί ξηρόν, καί ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ὁλότητι ἐναπομένει, καί οὐ μεθίσταται πρός τό ἐναντίον· οὐδέποτε γάρ τό πῦρ ὕδωρ γίνεται, οὐδέ τό ὕδωρ

English

Of the best: of the desirable things.

By unrelenting stance: he means an unyielding resistance to the tickling provocation of earthly things, and not being bent toward material things through temptations.

§ 9. Of the individual activity in all things: he has called "individual activity" the motion proper to each of existing things according to nature; for it is not possible for humans to do the works of angels, or for water to do the works of fire, and vice versa. And as from worse things: do not understand "worse things" here in relation to created works (for there is nothing evil in them), but in relation to sin, which has come to be alongside from our free choice by deprivation of good. For God snatches us away from it when we willingly run to him.

(14_302 And unwavering toward worse things: believe that he says these things about perceptible things that are under creation, that he preserves all things in their own good order; for none of them has been changed, but as they were created, so they have remained; this indicates "unchangeable." And "unwavering toward worse things," either because he has made them subject to choice, or because none of them has departed from its own condition, or been transferred toward inferior things. For heaven and earth have remained, and the things in them likewise. And understand "to banish foreign activity and to keep the peculiarities of each thing unchangeable" in this way, that the elements remain contrary to one another, such as hot and cold, and wet and dry, and each of them abides in its own wholeness, and is not changed into the opposite; for fire never becomes water, nor water

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:176 · narrative
Source · Greek

πῦρ. Εἰ δέ καί συνέλθοιεν κατά τήν τοῦ δημιουργοῦ κέλευσιν, μένει ἕκαστον αὐτῶν, σῷζον τήν οἰκείαν ἰδιότητα.

Καί τάς ἀναλογίας: Ἀναλογίας φησί τάς ἁρμοδιότητας ἑκάστης φύσεως καί συμμετρίας.

Οὐκ ἀπό σκοποῦ: Τουτέστιν οὐκ ἔξω τοῦ σκοποῦ τῆς Γραφῆς. Ὑπερείδουσα: Ὑποστηρίζουσα.

Τῶν λελωβημένων: Βεβλαμμένων, τῶν λώβην καί ἀχρείωσιν προξενούντων. Καί πᾶσα ἀνισότης: Οὐχ ἁπλῶς φησι τήν ἀνισότητα ἐξορίζειν, ἀλλ' ἐν τοῖς καθ' ἕκαστον, τουτέστι τό μή ἴσως καί ὁμοίως ἕκαστον τῶν γεγονότων ἐν ταυτότητι τῇ κατά φύσιν διαμένειν· διό καί τό κατά στέρησιν προσέθηκεν, ἐπεί κατά τό ἀδιάφορα εἶναι τά ὄντα καί ἄνισα ἡ ἀνισότης οὐκ ἐκβάλλεται. Τῆς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἑκάστοις ἰσότητος: Δύο τρόπους καθ' οὕς ἀνισότης λέγεται εἰδώς, τούς δύο τρανοῖ, καί φησιν, ὅτι δικαιοσύνη κατά τοῦτο λέγεται ὁ Θεός, καθ' ὅ καί τήν ἰσότητα πάντων ( 14 _304 ἐπιμετρεῖ, καί τήν ἀνισότητα πάντων ἐξορίζει. Ἀνισότητα δέ νῦν φησι τήν κατά στέρησιν τῆς ἰσότητος συμβαίνουσαν, τουτέστι τήν πλεονεξίαν· τό γάρ ἴσως νέμειν ἑκάστοις τά κατ' ἀξίαν, τοῦτο συγκρατεῖ πάντα καί σῴζει. Ταῦτα φήσας, ἐπιφέρει καί τόν ἕτερον τρόπον, καθ' ὅν ἀνισότης λέγεται. Καί γάρ οἶδέ τινας, τά μέν νοητά καί ἀσώματα εἴδη, καί τάς πρώτας τῶν ὄντων ἀρχάς, φημί δή τήν ἀθάνατον δημιουργίαν, τάς ἑνάδας, τουτέστι τάς ἁπλᾶς οὐσίας, ἰσότητα καί ταυτότητα ὀνομάσαντας, τά δέ αἰσθητά, ἅ καί μεριστά εἰσι καί ἐν μεταβολῇ καί διαφορᾷ, καί ἄλλοτε ἄλλως ἔχοντα, ἀνισότητα καί ἑτερότητα καλέσαντας.

English

fire. And if they come together according to the Creator's command, each of them remains, preserving its own peculiar property.

And the proportions: By proportions he means the harmonious fitness and commensurability of each nature.

Not without purpose: That is, not outside the purpose of Scripture. Supporting: Upholding.

Of the maimed: Of the disabled, of those who cause maiming and uselessness. And all inequality: He does not say simply that inequality is banished, but in each individual case—that is, that each of created things should not remain equally and alike in the sameness that is according to nature; therefore he also added "according to deprivation," since insofar as beings are indifferent and unequal, inequality is not cast out. Of the equality in each of them: Knowing two ways in which inequality is spoken of, he clarifies both, and says that God is called righteousness in this respect, in that he apportions the equality of all things and banishes the inequality of all things. But by inequality he now means that which arises according to the deprivation of equality—that is, covetousness; for to distribute equally to each according to worth—this holds all things together and preserves them. Having said these things, he also brings forward the other way in which inequality is spoken of. For he knows certain ones who have named the intelligible and incorporeal forms and the first principles of beings—I mean the immortal creation, the henads, that is, the simple essences—equality and sameness, but the sensible things, which are both divisible and in change and difference, and are at different times otherwise disposed, they have called inequality and otherness.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:177 · narrative
Source · Greek

Λέγει οὖν, ὅτι, κἄν ταύτην τήν ἀνισότητα νοήσῃ τις, τήν τῶν αἰσθητῶν εἰς εἴδη διαφοράν, δι' ἧς αἱ τῶν ζώων καί τῶν φυτῶν καί τῶν ἑξῆς γενέσεις ὑφίστανται, ἀλλά καί ταύτης τῆς ἀνισότητος ὁ Θεός φύλαξ καί φρουρός ἐστι, μή ἐῶν τά ἐναντια εἰς ἕν συμμιχθῆναι καί συνδραμόντα διά τῆς φυράσεως εἰς φθοράν ἐλθεῖν. Ὡς γάρ παρήγαγε πάντα, οὕτω συντηρεῖ αὐτά, καί εἰσίν ὡς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐγένοντο. Τήν γάρ ἀνισότητα: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι τήν ἀνισότητά φησι καί τήν ἐν τῷ ὅλῳ πρός ὅλα διαφοράν τῶν ὅλων, καί ὅτι τήν τοιαύτην ἀνισότητα ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη φρουρεῖ. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι ἐστί καί φυσική ἀνισότης. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Θ' § 1. Τούτων τῶν θεωνυμικῶν: Σοφώτατά φησι θεωνυμικῶν ἀγαλμάτων, ἐξ Ἑλλήνων ἐπί τό ἀληθές μετάγων· ἐκεῖνοι γάρ οἷά τινας ἀνδριάντας ἐποίουν, μήτε χεῖρας μήτε πόδας ἔχοντας, οὕς Ἐρμᾶς ἐκάλουν· ἐποίουν δέ αὐτούς διακένους θύρας ἔχοντας, καθάπερ τοιχοπυργίσκους. Ἔσωθεν οὖν αὐτῶν ἐτίθεσαν ( 14 _306 ἀγάλματα, ὧν ἔσεβον θεῶν, ἔξωθεν δέ ἀπέκλειον τούς Ἑρμᾶς· ἐφαίνοντο οὖν οἱ Ἑρμαῖ εὐτελεῖς, ἔσωθεν δέ τούτων θεῶν αὐτῶν καλλωπισμούς εἶχον. Οὕτως οὖν κἀνταῦθα νοήσεις, τά μέν περί τοῦ ὄντος καί ἀληθινοῦ Θεοῦ μόνου ἐν τῇ Γραφῇ ὀνόματα ἀνάξια εἶναι περί Θεοῦ λεγόμενα, ὡς τό μικρόν, καί τό καθῆσθαι, καί τά ἑξῆς, ἀναπτυσσόμενα δέ τά ὀνόματα καί ἀξίως Θεοῦ ἑρμηνευόμενα, ἔχουσιν ἔσωθεν τά ἀγάλματα καί τούς θείους τύπους τῆς περί Θεοῦ δόξης. Μέγας οὖν ὁ Θεός ἐν τοῖς Λογίοις ὑμνεῖται.

English

He says, then, that even if one understands this inequality—the differentiation of perceptible things into kinds, through which the generations of animals and plants and the rest come into being—nevertheless God is the guardian and protector even of this inequality, not allowing opposites to be mixed into one and, rushing together through fusion, to come to destruction. For just as he brought all things forth, so he preserves them, and they are as they were made from the beginning. For the inequality: Note that he calls inequality also the difference of wholes in the whole in relation to wholes, and that the justice of God guards such inequality. Note also that there is also a natural inequality. ON CHAPTER 9 § 1. Of these divine names: He speaks most wisely of divine-name statues, leading over from the Greeks to the truth. For they used to make, as it were, certain statues having neither hands nor feet, which they called Herms; and they made them hollow, having doors, like little wall-towers. Inside them, then, they placed statues of the gods whom they worshipped, and outside they enclosed the Herms; the Herms, then, appeared cheap, but inside them they had the adornments of the gods themselves. So then here too you will understand that the names in Scripture concerning the one true God are, when said of God, unworthy—as "the small," and "to sit," and the like—but when the names are unfolded and interpreted worthily of God, they have inside them the statues and the divine types of the glory concerning God. Great, then, is God, hymned in the Oracles.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:178 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐ πρός ἀντιπαράθεσιν ὁ Θεός μέγας, φησίν, ἑτέρου, ὥσπερ βοῦς μείζων προβάτου, ἤ κύαμος κέγχρου, ἀλλά διά τό ἀπαράθετον καί ὄντως ἀκατάληπτον τῆς θείας μεγαλειότητος· τοῦτο γάρ ἐσήμανε τό 'ἰδίως', ἤγουν ἰδιότητα εἰπών.

§ 2. Μέγας μέν οὖν ὁ Θεός ὀνομάζεται: Εἰ καί ἑρμηνεύει τῶν ἐπί Θεοῦ κατηγορουμένων τάς προσηγορίας, ἀλλ’ ἀνάγκη Γραφικαῖς μαρτυρίαις ταύτας τρανῶσαι. Μέγας μέν οὖν εἴρηται, ἔνθα γέγραπται, «μέγας ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, καί

μεγάλη ἡ ἰσχύς αὐτοῦ», καί ὅσα τοιαῦτα ἐν τῇ Γραφῆ, τό δέ εἶναι καί μικρός, δηλοῦται ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν, ἔνθα φησί πρός Ἠλίαν τόν προφήτην· «ἰδού φωνή αὔρας λεπτῆς, καί ἐκεῖ Κύριος»· δηλοῖ γάρ ὡς περιεχόμενον αὐτόν ὑπό τῆς αὔρας, ὅ ἐστι λεπτότητος καί σμικρότητος, τό δέ 'αὐτός' ἔχεις ἐνταῦθα, καί ἐν τῷ, «Ἐγώ εἰμι, καί οὐκ ἠλλοίωμαι». Τό δέ ἕτερον, ὅτε τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ ὤφθη ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ πυρός καί ἠλέκτρου, καί ἑτέρωθι· «οἱ ὀφθαλμοί αὐτοῦ ὡς λαμπάδες», καί τά λοιπά· ὡς εἶδος χαλκοῦ καί κλιβάνου, ὅπερ φησίν Ἰωάννης ἐν Ἀποκαλύψει· καί ( 14 _308 ὅμοιος, ὅτε καθ' ὁμοιότητα αὐτοῦ λέγει δημιουργεῖν τόν ἄνθρωπον· ἀνόμοιος δέ, ἐν Ἠσαΐᾳ, ὅταν λέγῃ, «τίνι με ὡμοιώσατε, λέγει Κύριος», ἅτε οὐδέν ἔχων ὅμοιον. Καί ἑστώς καί ἀκίνητος ἐν τῷ λέγειν Μωϋσεῖ περί τῆς πέτρας, «ὧδε ἐγώ ἕστηκα πρό τοῦ σε εἶναι ἐκεῖ», καί τά ὅμοια. Καθήμενος δέ ἔνθα ὁ Βαρούχ φησι· «Σύ καθήμενος εἰς τόν αἰῶνα, καί ἡμεῖς ἀπολλύμενοι εἰς τόν αἰῶνα»· καί πάλιν· «ὁ καθήμενος ἐπί τῶν χερουβίμ». Κινούμενος δέ, ὡς ὅταν λέγῃ· «καί ἐπέβη ἐπί χερουβίμ καί ἐπετάσθη»· καί πάλιν·

English

God is great, he says, not by comparison with another, as an ox is greater than a sheep, or a bean than a millet seed, but because of the incomparability and truly incomprehensible nature of the divine majesty; for this is what "peculiarly" indicated, that is, when he spoke of a peculiarity.

§ 2. So then, God is called great: even if he interprets the designations of the things predicated of God, it is nevertheless necessary to confirm these by Scriptural testimonies. He is called great, then, where it is written, "Great is our Lord, and great is his strength," and as many such things as are in Scripture. But that he is also small is shown in the third book of Kingdoms, where he says to Elijah the prophet: "Behold, a voice of a gentle breeze, and there is the Lord"; for it shows that he is contained by the breeze, which is to say, by gentleness and smallness. And you have "he himself" here, and in the passage, "I am, and I have not changed." And the other, when he appeared to Ezekiel as a man of fire and electrum, and elsewhere: "his eyes as torches," and the rest; as the appearance of bronze and a furnace, which John says in the Apocalypse; and "like," when he says that man creates in his likeness; but "unlike," in Isaiah, when he says, "To whom have you likened me, says the Lord," since he has nothing like. And standing and unmoved, in his saying to Moses concerning the rock, "Here I stand before you are there," and the like. And seated, where Baruch says: "You are seated forever, and we are perishing forever"; and again: "the one seated upon the cherubim." And moving, as when he says: "and he mounted upon the cherubim and flew"; and again:

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:179 · narrative
Source · Greek

«δεῦτε καταβάντες, συγχέωμεν τάς γλώσσας αὐτῶν», καί, «ἔκλινεν οὐρανούς καί κατέβη». Καί ταῦτα μέν νῦν, ἐν δέ ταῖς κατά μέρος ἐξηγήσεσι τά δέοντα σαφηνισθήσεται.

Τό μέγεθος τοῦτο καί ἄπειρόν ἐστιν: Ἐπειδή παντέλειον πέρας ἔχει ὁ Θεός καί ὑπερτέλειος ὤν καί ὑπεράπειρός ἐστιν, ὡς τό, «καί τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται πέρας», ἀλλά καί ὑπέρ πάντα ἐστίν ἀριθμόν· εἰ γάρ καί λέγοιτο ὁ Θεός εἰς καί ἕν, ἀλλ’ οὖν ὑπέρ τό ἕν ἐστι. Κυρίως μέν γάρ τό 'ἕν' σχέσιν δηλοῖ πρός τούς ἐξ αὐτοῦ πολλούς ἀριθμούς καί οἱονεί ἀρχή πλήθους ἀριθμῶν εἶναι δοκεῖ, ὅμως ἠξίωσεν ὁ Θεός καί τό ἕν ἐκ τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δέξασθαι, ἐπειδή τό ἕν ἁπλοῦν ἐστι καί ἀμερές καθ' ἑαυτό καί ἀσύνθετον, ἀλλά καί οὕτως ὑπερήνωται, ἀντί τοῦ, ὑπέρ τό ἕν ἐστι· διό εἴρηται, «καί τῆς συνέσεως αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμός». § 3. Οὕτως οὖν ἐπί Θεοῦ τό σμικρόν: Πάντα γάρ τά ὄντα, καί τά λίαν μεγάλα, καί τά ἄγαν μικρά, μετέχουσι τῆς τοῦ μικροῦ μετουσίας· οὐδέν γάρ τῶν ὄντων διέφυγε τό σμικρόν ἐν πᾶσιν ἀναφαινόμενον· ἤ ὅτι ἐκ μικροῦ πρός τό μεῖζον πρόεισι ( 14 _310 τά ἐν αὐξήσει, τοῦτό φησιν ὁ πατήρ, ἤ ὅτι ἐν τῷ μείζονι τό μικρόν ἐνθεωρεῖται καί οὐκ ἐν τῷ μικρῷ τό μεῖζον κατ' αὐτό τό μεῖζον εἶναι. Καί διικνούμενον: Τό ὑπεροξύτερον τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ καί ἐπί τά ἀσώματα χωρήσεως ἐντεῦθεν δηλοῦται· τό γάρ διικνεῖσθαι ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς καί πνεύματος οὕτω γάρ ἔχειν δοκεῖ· τοῦτο ἀποφαίνει, ὅτι καί αὐτό τό ἀσώματον τῆς ψυχῆς ἑνοειδές ὑπό τοῦ Θεοῦ διαιρεῖσθαι δύναται.

English

Come, let us go down and confuse their languages," and, "He bowed the heavens and came down." These matters are now [set forth]; but in the detailed expositions the necessary points will be clarified.

This greatness is also boundless: for God has a perfect limit, and being beyond perfect and beyond boundlessness, as [it is written], "and of his kingdom there shall be no end," but he is also beyond every number; for even if God is called one and "one," yet he is beyond the one. For strictly the "one" indicates a relation to the many numbers that come from it, and seems as it were to be the beginning of a multitude of numbers; nevertheless God has deigned to receive the "one" from those that come from him, since the one is simple and indivisible in itself and incomposite, but even so he is beyond-united, instead of "he is beyond the one"; therefore it is said, "and of his understanding there is no number." § 3. Thus, then, in the case of God, the small: for all beings, both the very great and the exceedingly small, partake of the participation of the small; for nothing of beings has escaped the small, which appears in all things; or because from small it advances to greater (the things in growth, says the father), or because in the greater the small is contemplated, and not in the small the greater according to the greater itself. And piercing through: the more sharp-edged [nature] of God's advance even to incorporeal things is hereby made clear; for the "piercing through even to the division of soul and spirit" is held to be so; this shows that even the incorporeal [nature] of the soul, being uniform, can be divided by God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:180 · narrative
Source · Greek

Διό καί τάς ἐννοίας ὁ Θεός νοεῖ, ἅς ὁ νοῦς κινούμενος καί ἐνεργῶν νοεῖ, καί τῆς τοσαύτης ἀσωματίας καί ἀδιαιρεσίας (τί γάρ μεταξύ νοῦ καί νοήσεως;), ὁ Θεός μέσος χωρεῖ, ὡς καί εἴρηται· «σύ συνῆκας τούς διαλογισμούς μου ἀπό μακρόθεν»· ἀλλά καί μεταξύ τῆς ψυχῆς καί τοῦ πνεύματος, τουτέστιν ἐν ᾧ τάς αἰσθήσεις ἐπεστηριγμένας ἔχομεν, δι' οὗ καί τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἡ ψυχή προσβάλλει, καί τό διανοητικόν τῶν σκέψεων ἔχομεν, ἀκωλύτως χωρεῖ ὁ Θεός. Τοῦτο δέ τό πνεῦμα δύναμιν καί οἱονεί δευτέραν ψυχήν αἰσθητικήν τῆς ψυχῆς οἱ παρ' Ἕλλησι σοφοί καλοῦσιν· ἡ οὖν αἰσθητική αὕτη ψυχή ἐστιν ἡ μέχρι μυελῶν καί φλεβῶν καί ἀρτηριῶν καί ὀστέων καί ὅλου τοῦ σώματος διήκουσα. § 4. Ἀμείωτον, ἀγέννητον: Σημείωσαι ποσαχῶς λαμβάνεται τοῦ ἀγεννήτου ἡ σημασία, ἤ τό μήπω γενόμενον, γεννησόμενον δέ, ὡς ἡ Σάρρα εἶπε τό, «οὔπω μέν ἐμοί γέγονεν», ἤ ὡς ἀτελείωτον, ὡς ὁ ἐν Χαλάνῃ πύργος· ἤ ὑπό του, ὡς τό, «Παῦλος ἀπόστολος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων»· ἤ τόδε, ὡς «Ἰοῦστος εἰς τῶν δώδεκα»· ἤ μηδαμῇ μηδαμῶς ὄν, ὡς ὅσα τερατεύονται Ἕλληνες, Σκύλλαν καί Χίμαιραν καί τά ὅμοια. Ἰδικῶς οὖν καί ( 14 _312 ἀπολύτως τό ἀγέννητον ἐπί Θεοῦ. Εἰς τό αὐτό. Εἰπών ἀγέννητον τόν Θεόν, τάς παλιμφήμους ἑρμηνείας τοῦ ὀνόματος ἀποκαθαίρει, καί φησιν. Ὅρα μή εἰς τό γεγεννῆσθαι δέξῃ τήν λέξιν, ὡς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔχοντος τόν ὑπέρ

English

Therefore God also knows the thoughts that the mind, when moved and active, thinks, and into such great incorporeality and indivisibility (for what is there between mind and thought?) God enters as a mediator, as it is also said: "You have understood my thoughts from afar." But also between the soul and the spirit—that is, that in which we have our senses fixed, through which the soul also reaches out to sensible things, and by which we have the thinking faculty of our reflections—God passes without hindrance. And this spirit the wise men among the Greeks call a power and, as it were, a second sensitive soul of the soul. This sensitive soul, then, is what extends through the marrow and veins and arteries and bones and the whole body. § 4. Un diminished, unbegotten: Note in how many senses the meaning of "unbegotten" is taken: either that which has not yet come to be but will be begotten, as Sarah said, "It has not yet happened to me," or as the incomplete, like the tower in Chalanē; or [that which is] by someone, as "Paul, an apostle not from men"; or this particular one, as "Justus, one of the twelve"; or that which in no way and by no means exists, like the marvels the Greeks tell of—Scylla and Chimaera and the like. Properly, then, and absolutely, "unbegotten" is applied to God. On the same [word]. Having called God unbegotten, he clears away the equivocal interpretations of the name, and says: See that you do not take the word in the sense of "having been begotten," as though God had that which is above

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:181 · narrative
Source · Greek

αὐτόν, ἵνα ἐκ τοῦ πρό αὐτοῦ γένηται τόδε, οἷον δημιουργός, ἤ ἀγαθός, ἤ πνεῦμα, ἤ πῦρ, ἤ τι τοιοῦτον· ἀλλά μηδέ ἀγέννητον ὑπολάβῃς τό αὐτόν, μηδέ ὄντα παντελῶς μήτε ἐν γενέσει, μήτε ἕτερόν τι. Πῶς οὖν δεῖ τό ἀγέννητον ἀκούειν, φησίν ἐφεξῆς. Ταῦτα δέ κατά Ἀρειανῶν καί Εὐνομιανῶν ποιεῖ, τῶν ἐκ γεννητοῦ καί ἀγεννήτου τόν Θεόν βλασφημησάντων.

Ἀλλ' ὥσπερ παναγέννητον; Ἐπειδή, ὥς φησιν, ὑπέρ πᾶν ἀγέννητον ὄντα τόν Θεόν, ποιεῖ νομίζεσθαι καί λέγειν αὐτόν ἐκ τούτου εἶναί τινα μετά τήν ἁγίαν Τριάδα ἀγέννητα ἐν τῇ κτίσει, φέρε σαφές ποιήσωμεν τό σημαινόμενον. Καί τέως δῆλός ἐστιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Θεῖος Διονύσιος, ἅτε μάλιστα τότε ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἀκμαζόντων τῶν φιλοσόφων, ἔνθα καί ἡ Ἰωνική φιλοσοφία συνειστήκει, πάντα τά ἐκείνοις ἐσφαλμένως λεγόμενα, ἐπί τήν ἀλήθειαν μεταγαγεῖν. Ἤδει οὖν εἶναι δόγμα τινῶν αὐτῶν λεγόντων τά νοητά πάντα καί ἀθάνατα, καί νοερά γεννητά πάντα καί ἀγέννητα· γεννητά μέν, ὡς ἐξ αἰτίου τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑποστάντα κατά πρόοδον ἐλλάμψεως, ἀγέννητα δέ, καθ' ὅ μή ἐν χρόνῳ, ἀλλ’ αἰωνίως, τουτέστιν ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσι προῆλθον. Καί γάρ ἔφημεν ἄνω τά αἰσθητά τόν χρόνον ἔχειν, τά δέ νοητά τόν αἰῶνα, ὅθεν καί αἰώνια λέγονται. Ὡς οὖν ἐκ προόδου λάμψαντα καί ἀγέννητα αὐτά εἶπον· πάλιν ᾔδει ἑτέρους καί τόνδε τοῦ ὁρατοῦ εἰπόντας κόσμον καί γεννητόν καί ἀγέννητον· καί γεννητόν μέν, καθ' ὅσον εἰς τόνδε τό πᾶν, ἤ ἐξ ἑνός καί πολλά ὁδεύει, ὅπερ ἐστί ( 14 _314 ἐπί τάς γενέσεις τῶν κατ' εἶδος ζώων καί φυτῶν καί τῶν ἄλλων·

English

him, so that from what is before him he becomes this or that, such as a creator, or good, or spirit, or fire, or something of the sort; but do not suppose that he is unbegotten, nor that he is altogether neither in generation nor anything else. How then should one understand "unbegotten"? he says next. He does this against the Arians and Eunomians, who blasphemed God by [dividing him] from begotten and unbegotten.

But as all-begotten? Since, as he says, God is above every unbegotten, he causes himself to be thought and said to be, from this, the source of certain unbegotten things in creation after the Holy Trinity; come, let us make clear what is meant. And for the present it is evident from the outset that the divine Dionysius, especially since the philosophers were then at their height in Ephesus, where also Ionian philosophy had been established, transferred all the things erroneously said by them to the truth. He knew, then, that it was a doctrine of some of them who said that all intelligible and immortal things are both begotten and unbegotten: begotten, as having their subsistence from God as cause through the procession of illumination; unbegotten, insofar as they came forth not in time but eternally, that is, in the ages. For we said above that sensible things have time, while intelligible things have the age, whence they are also called eternal. As, then, having shone forth by procession, they called them unbegotten; again he knew others who said that this visible world also is both begotten and unbegotten: begotten, insofar as it proceeds into this whole, or from one into many, which is ( 14 _314 into the generations of living things and plants according to species and of the others;

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:182 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἤ ἐκ τῶν πολλῶν ἐπί τό ἕν, ἀντί τοῦ, ὅταν ἐπί φθοράν ὁδεύῃ, εἰς τήν ἐπί τά στοιχεῖα ἀνάλυσιν· ἀγέννητον δέ αὗθις τόν αὐτόν λέγοντας κόσμον, ἤτοι ἀΐδιον, καθ' ὅσον τῶν κινήσεων τῶν ἐπί γένεσιν, καί τῶν ἀποκαταστάσεων τῶν ἐπί φθοράν, οὐδέποτε κατ' αὐτούς ἐφίσταται. Φησίν οὖν ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος, ὅπως ποτ' ἄν λέγοιτο τό ἀγέννητον, εἴτε ὡς ἔφην, εἴτε ὡς οἱ Ἕλληνες, μή ἐπί τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦτο δέξη, τά μέν ἄλλα αἰτιατῶς λέγεται ἀγέννητα, ὁ Θεός δέ ἀναιτίως καί ἀπολύτως· τίς γάρ αἰτία Θεῷ πάντων ἀπαξαπλῶς ὑπερέχοντι;

Μονοειδῶς καί ταὐτοειδῶς: Μονοειδῶς μέν ἔφη διά τό παντελῶς ἀπαράβλητον τῆς θείας φύσεως, ταὐτοειδῶς δέ διά τό ἀναλλοίωτον καί ἀμετάβλητον, ἀφοριζόμενον δέ τό δεικνύμενον, ἀπό τοῦ ὁρίζειν, ἤ τό ἐξηρημένον καί κεχωρισμένον.

Καί τό ταὐτόν: Τό ἀεί ταὐτόν καί ὡσαύτως ἔχον ἐπί μόνης τῆς τῶν ὅλων ποιητικῆς ὁρᾶται αἰτίας, ἐξ ἧς καί τοῖς κτίσμασι τό ἐν ταυτότητι διαμένειν δεδώρηται, καί ἡ τῶν ἐναντίων, ἤγουν ἑτεροίως ἐχόντων πρός ἄλληλα σύνταξις. Ταὐτῶς οὖν ἅπαν, καί τά μή ἐν ταὐτότητι φύσεως, ἐν τῷ Θεῷ θεωρεῖται· πάντων γάρ τῶν ὄντων ταὐτῶς, ἤγουν ὁμοίως, αἴτιος ὁ Θεός. Κατά τήν μίαν καί ἑνικήν: Τό ἀεί ὡσαύτως καί ἀναλλοιώτως ἔχειν, ὅπερ ἐστί ταὐτόν, ὁ Θεός ἐστι· καί ὑφ' ἑτέρου μέν αὐτός οὐ περατοῦται, οὐδ' ἐστί τι αὐτοῦ πέρας, εἰς αὐτόν δέ τά πάντα περατοῦται·

English

or from the many to the one, instead of: when it journeys toward corruption, into the resolution into the elements; and again, calling the same world unbegotten, that is, eternal, insofar as the motions toward generation and the restorations toward corruption never come to a standstill according to them. So the great Dionysios says: however "unbegotten" may be spoken of, whether as I said, or as the Greeks do, do not accept this in the case of God; for other things are called unbegotten in a causal sense, but God is so without cause and absolutely; for what cause is there for God, who transcends all things absolutely?

"Monoeidōs" and "tautoeidōs": He said "monoeidōs" because of the wholly incomparable nature of the divine nature, and "tautoeidōs" because of its unchangeableness and immutability; and "aphorizomenon" (that which is demarcated), from "horizein" (to define), or that which is set apart and separated.

And "to tauton" (the same): The ever same and uniformly disposed is seen in the sole creative cause of all things, from which it has been granted to creatures to remain in sameness, and the ordering of opposites, that is, of things disposed otherwise in relation to one another. So all things, even those not in sameness of nature, are contemplated in God in the same way; for God is the cause of all beings in the same way, that is, similarly. "According to the one and single": To be ever uniformly and unchangeably disposed, which is the same, belongs to God; and he is not bounded by another, nor is there any limit of him, but all things are bounded in him.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:183 · narrative
Source · Greek

καί ἔστιν ὁ αὐτός ἀεί Θεός, ὡς μονάς ὤν, καί τό ἀληθῶς ταὐτόν, καί ὅρος ἑαυτοῦ, καί τῶν ἁπάντων ὅρος ἐκ πάντων ἀφωρισμένος, καί ὑπεραναβεβηκώς μονοειδῶς καί ταὐτοειδῶς, τουτέστι κατά τό μονάς εἶναι ἡ πάντων ἀμιγής καί ἁπλῆ καί κατά τό ταὐτόν, ἀντί τοῦ κατά τό ὡσαύτως ἔχειν· οὐδέν ( 14 _316 γάρ διαφέρει μονάδα εἰπεῖν ἤ μονοειδές, καί ταὐτόν ἤ ταυτοειδές· τό γάρ αὐτό σημαίνει. Μεταδίδωσι καί τοῖς ἐξ αὐτοῦ κτίσμασι τοῦ ταὐτοῦ ὁ Θεός, ὅθεν τά πάντα κατά τά αὐτά καί ὡσαύτως, καθώς καί ἐγένοντο, ἐν τῇ συμπνοίᾳ καί σωτηρίᾳ καί συμπαθείᾳ μένουσιν, ὡς δύνανται τούτου μετέχοντα. Οὕτω καί τάς ἑτερότητας, τουτέστι τάς ἐξ αὐτοῦ τῶν δημιουργημάτων διαφόρους προόδους, ἐν ἑαυτῷ σῳζομένας ἔχει καί συντεταγμένας, ὅμως τῆς ταυτότητος ἑαυτοῦ ἐχόμενος, καί εἰς ἑτερότητα μή ἀλλοιούμενος, μήτε εἰς ἐναντιότητα, καίτοι καί ἐναντία ἐν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς συνέχων.

§ 5. Ἐπειδή πᾶσι προνοητικῶς: Καθ' ὑπερβατόν ἐστιν ἡ σύνταξις πρός τό οἰητέον ἔχουσα τήν ἀπόδοσιν, ἵνα ᾖ τό τέλος, 'οἰητέον, ἐπειδή πᾶσι προνοητικῶς πάρεστιν ὁ Θεός', καί τά ἑξῆς.

English

And he is always the same God, as being a monad and the truly same, and a boundary of himself, and a boundary of all things, separated from all things and transcendently ascended in a monadic and same-form manner, that is, insofar as he is a monad unmixed with all things and simple, and insofar as he is the same, instead of insofar as he is in the same state; for it makes no difference to say monad or monadic-form, and same or same-form; for it signifies the same thing. God also imparts sameness to the creatures that come from him, whence all things, in accordance with the same things and in the same manner, just as they also came to be, remain in concord and preservation and mutual affection, insofar as they are able to partake of this. Thus he also holds the diversities, that is, the various processions of the created works that come from him, preserved and ordered in himself, yet cleaving to his own sameness and not being altered into diversity, nor into opposition, although he also contains opposites among perceptible things.

§ 5. Since providentially to all: The construction is by hyperbaton, having its completion toward "one must suppose," so that the end is: "one must suppose, since God is providentially present to all," and what follows.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:184 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὡς γάρ εἰ τήν ψυχήν: Ὅρα πῶς ἔνεστι τήν ψυχήν σωματικῶς νοῆσαι, καί πῶς νοεῖ μέρη ψυχῆς εἶναι σωματικῶς· καλῶς γάρ αὐτήν διαπλάττει τῷ λόγῳ. Τῇ ἀμερεῖ: Ἀμερής ἡ ψυχή οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ’ ὡς πρός σῶμα ἀμερής· μέρη γάρ αὐτῆς καί τάς δυνάμεις φησίν, ὧν εἰς εἰκόνα τά μέρη τοῦ σώματος ἔσθ' ὅτε παραλαμβάνεται.

Ἀναπτύξεσιν: Ἀνάπτυξιν δέ λέγει ἐξάπλωσιν, ἤτοι σαφήνειαν τῆς ἐγκεκρυμμένης ἐν τῇ λέξει ἐννοίας, τό δέ 'ἀνακαθαίρεσθαι', τό παντοίως τῶν σωματικῶν ἀπαλλάξαι τό θεωρούμενον.

Τά τριττά τῶν σωμάτων σχήματα: Τριττά σχήματα τῶν σωμάτων φησί τό τριχῇ διαστατόν, ὡς εὐθύς σαφηνίζει· καί καλῶς ἐντεῦθεν νοήσεις τό εἰρημένον τῷ Ἀποστόλῳ, «ἵνα ( 14 _318 γνῶτε τί τό βάθος, καί τί τό ὕψος», καί τά ἑξῆς, ὅπερ τινές εἰς τόν σωτήριον σταυρόν ἐδέξαντο. Σημείωσαι δέ, τί μῆκος, καί βάθος, καί πλάτος ἐπί Θεοῦ.

Νῦν δέ αὐτήν τήν θείαν: Τό ἑνότητα, καί ταυτότητα, καί ἰσότητα, καί ὁμοιότητα, τό αἴτιον τῆς τῶν ὅλων συμπαθείας καί προνοίας καί σωτηρίας αἴτιον ἐκάλεσαν οἱ παλαιοί, ὅπερ καί ἕν ἔλεγον ἑτερότητα δέ καί ἀνομοιότητα τήν εἰς τά μεριστά καί μεταβλητά καί αἰσθητά καί τήν εἰς τά ὄντα δέ, ἤτοι νοητά, δημιουργικήν πρόνοιαν ἐκάλουν, ἀναλόγως τοῖς δηλουμένοις νοοῦντες καί τά ὀνόματα, ὡς καί ἄνω διαφόρως εἰρήκαμεν. Ἄλλοι δέ τήν ταυτότητα καί ἑτερότητα, ἤτοι ταὐτόν καί ἕτερον εἶδος καί στέρησιν εἶπον, ἕτεροι δέ πέρας καί ἄπειρον. (Ὅτι συντάττειν ἐπαγγέλλεται Συμβολικήν θεολογίαν).

English

For as if to the soul: Observe how it is possible to conceive of the soul in a bodily way, and how he thinks that the parts of the soul are bodily; for he rightly molds it by his account. By "indivisible": The soul is indivisible not simply, but indivisible in relation to the body; for he calls its powers also its parts, of which the parts of the body are sometimes taken as an image.

By "unfoldings": He calls an unfolding an expansion, that is, a clarification of the meaning hidden in the word, and "to be thoroughly cleansed" means to free what is contemplated in every way from bodily things.

The threefold shapes of bodies: He calls the threefold shapes of bodies that which is extended in three dimensions, as he clarifies immediately; and from this you will rightly understand what was said by the Apostle, "that you may know what is the depth, and what the height," and the rest, which some have taken to refer to the saving cross. Note also what length, and depth, and breadth mean in the case of God.

But now the divine itself: Unity, and sameness, and equality, and likeness, the ancients called the cause of the sympathy and providence and salvation of all things, which they also called one; but otherness and unlikeness they called the creative providence directed toward things divided and mutable and sensible, and toward beings, that is, intelligible things, understanding the names analogously to the things signified, as we have also said above in various ways. Others called sameness and otherness, that is, the same and the other, form and privation; others called them limit and infinity. (That he promises to compose a Symbolic Theology.)

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:185 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἑνιαῖον δέ πολλαπλασιασμόν φησι τό ἐν οἰκείᾳ ἁπλότητι μένοντα τόν Θεόν, τά ποικίλα καί παντοδαπῆ εἴδη τῆς κτίσεως παραγαγεῖν· πρόοδον γάρ λέγει τήν πρός τό κτίσαι τά ὄντα, οἷον κίνησιν καί ὁρμήν. § 6. Ὅμοιον δέ τόν Θεόν: Ἐφ' ἡμῶν οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν ὅμοιον· τό γάρ σῶμα ἡμῶν ἐξ ὁμοιομερῶν καί ἀνομοιομερῶν συνέστηκεν, ὡς καί Ἀριστοτέλης δείκνυσιν ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τῆς Περί ζώων γενέσεως πραγματείας. Ὁ δέ Θεός, ὅ ἐστιν, ὅλως ὁμοίως ἐστίν, ἐπεί τοί γε ἡ θεία Γραφή, ὡς ἀεί τόν αὐτόν ἀναλλοιώτως ὄντα ἀνόμοιον πᾶσί φησιν, ὡς τό· «τίς ἐν θεοῖς ὅμοιός σοι, Κύριε;»· καί πάλιν· «τίνι με ὡμοιώσατε, λέγει Κύριος»· καί αὖθις· «Ἐγώ ὁράσεις ἐπλήθυνα, καί χερσί τῶν προφητῶν ὡμοιώθην», τουτέστιν, αὐτός ἐγώ ἐμαυτῷ, ὡς Εἰρηναῖος λέγει ἐν τοῖς Καθ' αἱρέσεων. ( 14 _320 Τῇ κατά δύναμιν μιμήσει: Ἔστι μέν τήν μίμησιν λαβεῖν ἐν τούτοις ἐπί τῆς νοερᾶς καί λογικῆς φύσεως πρός τόν Θεόν ἐπιστρεφομένης, κατά τό «γίνεσθε τέλειοι, καί γίνεσθε οἰκτίρμονες, ὡς ὁ Πατήρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος»· ἅπερ ἐπί Θεοῦ μέν κυρίως καί ὑπέρ πάντα ὅρον καί λόγον, ἐπί δέ τῶν κτισμάτων κατά τήν ἑκάστου δύναμιν ἀναλόγως τῇ φύσει. Ἔστι δέ μίμησιν ἐν τούτοις νοῆσαι καί τήν μετοχήν τῶν ἐν Θεῷ θεωρουμένων ὑπερουσίως, ἥν τά πραχθέντα πρός γένεσιν εἴληφε, τοῦ εἶναι καί τῶν λοιπῶν μετέχοντα, ὧν διεξῆλθον ἐν τοῖς πρό τούτων. Τό δέ εἰπεῖν 'ὅμοια Θεῷ κατά τήν θείαν εἰκόνα', οὐκ ἀναιροῦντός ἐστι τό ἐπί τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦτο εἰρῆσθαι, ἀλλά κατά τόν τῆς μετοχῆς λόγον καί ἐπί τῶν λοιπῶν τήν λέξιν παρῴδησε.

English

He calls "unitary multiplication" God, who remains in his own simplicity, bringing forth the varied and manifold forms of creation; for he calls "procession" the movement and impulse, as it were, toward creating beings. § 6. "And God is like": In our case it is not possible to speak of "like"; for our body is composed of homogeneous and heterogeneous parts, as Aristotle also shows at the beginning of his treatise On the Generation of Animals. But God, what he is, is wholly alike, since indeed divine Scripture says he is always the same, unchangeably unlike all things, as in "Who among the gods is like you, Lord?"; and again: "To whom have you likened me, says the Lord"; and again: "I have multiplied visions, and I was likened by the hands of the prophets," that is, I myself to myself, as Irenaeus says in his Against Heresies. (14 _320 "By imitation according to capacity": It is possible to understand "imitation" in these matters as applying to the intellectual and rational nature turning toward God, according to "Be perfect, and be merciful, as your Father in heaven"—which things apply to God properly and beyond all limit and reason, but to created things according to each one's capacity, proportionately to its nature. It is also possible to understand "imitation" in these matters as the participation in the things contemplated in God superessentially, which things that have come to be have received for their generation, participating in being and in the rest, which I have gone through in the preceding. But to say "like God according to the divine image" does not abolish the fact that this was said of man, but according to the principle of participation he has adapted the expression also to the rest.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:186 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί κατά θείαν εἰκόνα: Πῶς τό «κατ' εἰκόνα καί ὁμοίωσιν» νοητέον, ἐνταῦθά φησιν· ὅτι οὐ κατ' εἶδος, ἀλλά κατά τό ἐπεστράφθαι καί τόν νοῦν ἀνατεταμένον ἔχειν πρός τόν Θεόν τόν αἴτιον τοῦ εἶναι καί εὖ εἶναι, ὅπερ ἕτεροι τό αὐτεξούσιον ἐνόησαν, ἐπεί οὐ κατά τήν οὐσίαν ὁ Θεός ὅμοιος τοῖς λογικοῖς· οὔτε γάρ ἡμεῖς ὅμοιοί ἐσμεν ταῖς εἰκόσιν ἡμῶν ταῖς ἐκ κηροῦ τυχόν ἤ χαλκοῦ, ἅτινα ἑτερούσια ἡμῖν ἐστι καί ποσῶς ὅμοια· τά μέν γάρ ὁμοταγῆ, τουτέστι τά τῆς αὐτῆς τάξεως καί οὐσίας, ὡς

τά χερουβίμ καί σεραφίμ καί λοιπαί τάξεις, ὁμοιοῦνται ἀλλήλοις κατά τό προηγούμενον εἶδος, ὅπερ εἶδος ἐπί τῶν νοητῶν ἐστιν, οἵα τις ὑποκειμένη ὕλη ἄϋλος ζωή οὖσα, καί αὐτό τό εἶδος ὅ ἐστιν ἕκαστον τῶν νοητῶν. Ὁ δέ Θεός οὐχ οὕτω πρός τά ἐξ αὐτοῦ· οὐ γάρ ὅμοιον τό αἴτιον τοῖς αἰτιατοῖς. Ὅ δέ εἶπον ἐπί τῶν νοητῶν νόησον καί ἐπί τῶν νοερῶν ἡμῶν ψυχῶν.

( 14 _322 Ἐπί μέν γάρ τῶν ὁμοταγῶν: Ὁμοταγῶν φησι τῶν ὁμοφυῶν, ἐξ ὧν ἡ ὁμοιότης ἀντιστρέφει, οἷον Πέτρος Παύλῳ ὅμοιος κατά τήν φύσιν, καί ἀντιστρόφως Παῦλος Πέτρῳ ὅμοιος. Ἐπί δέ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καί τῆς τούτου εἰκόνος οὐχ ὁ αὐτός λόγος· οὐ γάρ ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λόγος ὁ αὐτός ἐπ' ἀμφοῖν, ὅπερ ἐκάλεσε προηγούμενον ὁμοίου εἶδος. Ὁ δέ ἄνθρωπος καί ἑτέρως λέγεται οὐχ ὅμοιος τῇ ἰδίᾳ εἰκόνι, ὅτι ἡ εἰκών μέν πρός τήν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γέγονεν ὁμοιότητα, καί οὑχί ὁ ἄνθρωπος πρός τήν ταύτης. Οὕτως οὖν καί ἐπί τοῦ αἰτίου καί τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ, μή δεκτόν εἶναι τό ἀντιστρέφειν·

English

And according to the divine image: How the phrase "according to image and likeness" is to be understood, he says here: that it is not according to species, but according to the turning toward God and having the mind stretched out toward God, the cause of being and of being well, which others understood as free will, since God is not similar to rational beings according to essence; for neither are we similar to our images, whether made of wax or bronze, which are of a different substance from us and similar only in some respect. For things of the same rank, that is, those of the same order and essence, as the cherubim and seraphim and the remaining orders, are made like one another according to the pre-eminent species, which species in the case of intelligible beings is, as it were, a certain underlying immaterial matter—life itself—and the very species which each of the intelligible beings is. But God is not thus in relation to the things that come from him; for the cause is not similar to the things caused. And what I said concerning intelligible beings, understand also concerning our rational souls.

(14 _322 For in the case of things of the same rank: He calls "of the same rank" those of the same nature, from which likeness is reciprocal, as Peter is like Paul according to nature, and conversely Paul is like Peter. But in the case of man and his image the same principle does not hold; for the principle of essence is not the same in both, which he called the pre-eminent species of the similar. And man is said in another way also not to be like his own image, because the image came to be for the likeness of man, and not man for the likeness of it. So then also in the case of the cause and the things that come from it, it is not admissible to reverse the relation.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:187 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἀντιστρέφειν δέ ἐστιν, ἅ καί τοῖς τόν ἐναντίον χειρίζουσι λόγον ἐπίσης ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, οἷον εἰ ζῶον τό κατά γαστρός, καί τό ἐναντίον, εἰ οὐ ζῶον τό κατά γαστρός. Οὕτω φησίν ὁ Κλήμης ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ πέμπτου Στρωματέων, ὥσπερ οὖν καί ἐνταῦθα. Εἰ οὖν ὅμοια τά ὁμοταγῆ, καί ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου, εἰ οὐχ ὅμοια τά ὁμοταγῆ.

Τῆς αὐτοομοιότητος: Ἔθος ἐστί τῷ μεγάλῳ Διονυσίῳ, τόν Θεόν λέγειν ἐπί τῶν αἰτιατῶν αὐτόν εἶναι τό αὐτοόν καί τοῦ αὐτοεῖναι ὑποστάτην· καί αὐτόν εἶναι τήν αὐτοομοιότητα καί τῆς αὐτοομοιότητος ὑποστάτην. Φησί δέ ταῦτα, οὐχ ὡς ἑτέραν μέν φάσκων ζωήν αὐτόν τόν Θεόν, ἑτέραν δέ παρῆχθαι ζωήν οὐσιώδη, καί οἷον εἴ τινα ἐνυπόστατον παρά τόν Θεόν, ἧς μετέχει τά τῆς ζωῆς μετέχοντα, ἀλλ’ ὡς αὐτός ἑαυτόν ἑρμηνεύει ἐν τῷ ἑνδεκάτῳ κεφαλαίῳ, αὐτοζωή καί αὐτοδύναμις, καί αὐτοομοιότης, καί τά τοιαῦτα λέγεται ὁ Θεός, ὡς ἀρχικῶς τοῦτο ὤν, καί θεϊκῶς καί αἰτιατικῶς· τούτων γάρ αὐτός τῷ ὄντι πηγαῖός ἐστι, τῆς δέ αὐτοζωῆς ἐστιν ὑποστάτης καί αὐτοομοιότητος καί τῶν τοιούτων, ὡς μεθεκτῶς αὐτοῖς τοῖς πρώτως ἐν τοῖς οὖσι ( 14 _324 τῆς δωρεᾶς ταύτης μετέχουσι χορηγῶν. Πάντα γάρ οἰκείως ἑαυτοῖς μετέχει τῶν τοιούτων· αἱ μέν πρῶται καί ἀνώταται τῶν νοητῶν κτίσεις ἀρχηγικῶς, τά δέ ἑξῆς ὑποβατικῶς. Ὁμοιότητα δέ καί ἄνω ἔφημεν τήν τῶν ὅλων ἑνότητα, καθ' ἥν τά ὅλα τοῦ κατά τό ὡσαύτως ἔχοντος καί κατά τά αὐτά εἰς σύμπνοιαν μετέχει, κατά μετουσίαν τοῦ πρώτου αἰτίου. 'Ἐνδεχόμενον' δέ εἶπεν, οὐ γάρ τελείως, οὐδέ καθ' ὅλου ἡ μίμησις.

English

To reverse is also possible, and the same thing can equally be said by those who handle the opposite account—for example, if the thing in the womb is an animal, then the opposite also holds, if the thing in the womb is not an animal. Thus Clement says at the beginning of the fifth Stromateis, just as here as well. If, then, things of the same rank are alike, then from the opposite also, if things of the same rank are not alike.

On self-likeness: It is the custom of the great Dionysius to say that God, in relation to the things caused by him, is the Self-Existent and the subsister of self-existence, and that he is Self-Likeness and the subsister of self-likeness. He says these things, not claiming that God himself is one life and that another substantial life has been brought forth, as it were some hypostatic thing beside God, of which those who partake of life partake, but as he himself interprets himself in the eleventh chapter: God is called Self-Life and Self-Power and Self-Likeness and the like, as being these originally and divinely and causally; for he is truly the source of these, and he is the subsister of Self-Life and Self-Likeness and such things, as granting this gift by participation to those among beings who first partake of it. For all things partake of such things in a manner proper to themselves: the first and highest of the intelligible creations in a principial way, and those after them in a descending way. And we said that likeness is also the unity of all things, according to which all things partake of what is in the same state and according to the same things unto concord, through participation in the first cause. He said "possible," for the imitation is not perfect nor universal.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:188 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 7. Τό ἀποδέον: Ἀπολεῖπον.

§ 8. Τί δέ καί περί τῆς θείας στάσεως: Τήν στάσιν καί τήν καθέδραν τό αὐτό δέχεται· στάσιν γάρ οὐ τήν εἰς τό ὀρθόν γενέσθαι ἀπό τοῦ συγκεκάμφθαι ἐν τῇ καθέδρᾳ ὑπόνοιάν φησιν, ἀλλά τό ἀκλόνητον καί ἀμετάτρεπτον τοῦ Θεοῦ βεβαίαν στάσιν ἐκάλεσεν· ὡς καί τό καθῆσθαι τό ἐν τῇ ἀνωνομάστῳ βασιλείᾳ, καί ἀναπαύσει διαρκῶς καί ἀκαταλήπτως ἔχειν. Καί μήν ἐν τῇ Γραφῇ, ὡς ἀπό τοῦ καθῆσθαι ἀνιστάμενος εἴρηται, ὡς ἐν τῷ, «ἀνάστηθι, Κύριε, πρόφθασον αὐτούς»· καί πάλιν ὡς ἀπό στάσεως ἐπί τῷ καθῆσθαι μεταβαίνων, ἐν τῷ· «ὅτι ἐπιβήσῃ ἐπί τούς ἵππους σου», καί, «ἡ ἱππασία σου σωτηρία»· καί αὖθις· «ἐπέβη χερουβίμ καί ἐπετάσθη», μάλιστα δέ τό· «ἐκάθισας ἐπί θρόνου, ὁ κρίνων δικαιοσύνην», καί, «ὁ Θεός κάθηται ἐπί θρόνου ἁγίου αὐτοῦ». Ταῦτα δέ οὐ σαρκικῶς, ἀλλά θεοειδῶς. § 9. Καί ἐπί πάντα προϊόντα: Ἐπί πάντα προϊών καί κινούμενος λέγεται ὁ Θεός, ὡς ἐν τῷ Ἰερεμίᾳ· «Ἐγώ Θεός ἐγγίζων, καί οὐχί πόρρωθεν»· καί πάλιν· «ὁ ἐπί πάντων καί διά πάντων», καί μάλιστα· «ἐάν ἀναβῶ εἰς τόν οὐρανόν, σύ ἐκεῖ», καί τά ἑξῆς. Ἐν δέ ταῖς θεοφανείαις· «κλῖνον οὐρανούς σου καί κατάβηθι», καί, «ἀνέβη ὁ Θεός ἐν ἀλαλαγμῷ».

English

§ 7. What is lacking: "failing."

§ 8. And what about the divine standing? He accepts "standing" and "sitting" as the same thing; for he does not mean standing in the sense of becoming upright after being bent over in sitting, but he called the unshakable and unchanging stability of God a firm standing; just as also "sitting" means being in the unnameable kingdom, and having rest continually and incomprehensibly. And indeed in Scripture he is spoken of as rising from sitting, as in "Arise, O Lord, prevent them"; and again as passing from standing to sitting, in "for you shall mount upon your horses," and "your horsemanship is salvation"; and again: "he mounted upon the cherubim and flew," and especially "you sat upon a throne, you who judge righteousness," and "God sits upon his holy throne." But these things are not in a fleshly way, but in a God-befitting way. § 9. And "going forth upon all": God is said to go forth and move upon all, as in Jeremiah: "I am a God near at hand, and not far off"; and again: "he who is over all and through all," and especially: "if I ascend into heaven, you are there," and the rest. And in the divine appearances: "bow your heavens and come down," and "God has gone up with a shout.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:189 · narrative
Source · Greek

( 14 _326 Οὐ κατά φοράν ἤ ἀλλοίωσιν: Διδάσκων εὐσεβῶς νοεῖν τά περί Θεοῦ λεγόμενα, φησίν· Ἀκούων κινεῖσθαι τόν Θεόν, μηδέποτε νοήσῃς κίνησιν τήν ἐπί τῶν κτιστῶν νοουμένων, καί μάλιστα τῶν αἰσθητῶν· τά γάρ ὑλικά κινεῖται μέν κατά φοράν· φορά δέ ἐστιν ἡ καθ' ὅλον τόπον ἐναλλαγή, καί μάλιστα ἡ μή δυναμένη ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς στῆναι, ὅταν ἐθέλῃ· κίνησις δέ ἐστιν ἡ κατά ἀλλοίωσιν· ἀλλοίωσις δέ ἐστιν ὅταν, μένοντος τοῦ ὑποκειμένου αἰσθητοῦ ὄντος, μεταβάλλῃ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῦ πάθεσιν ἐναντίοις οὖσιν, ἤ καί μεταξύ ἐναντίων καί μή· οἷον τό σῶμα ὑγιαίνει, καί πάλιν κάμνει· τό αὐτό καί ὁ χαλκός, ποτέ στρογγύλος, ποτέ γωνοειδής, τουτέστιν εἰς γωνίας μετασχηματισθείς· ὅταν δέ ὅλον μεταβάλλῃ, μή ὑπομένοντος αἰσθητοῦ τινος, ὡς ὑποκειμένου τοῦ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ’ οἷον ἐκ γῆς πάσης αἷμα, καί ἐξ ὕδατος ἀήρ, ἤ ἐξ ἀέρος παντός ὕδωρ, ἤ ὡς ἡ ράβδος Μωϋσέως εἰς ὄφιν, ἤ τό ὕδωρ εἰς αἷμα, τοῦτο καί τροπή καί γένεσις καί φθορά, μετακινηθέντων τῶν προτέρων· ἀλλ’ ἔστι καί κατά ἑτεροίωσιν κίνησις εἰς τό ἀνόμοιον, καί ἀπό χρώματος εἰς χρῶμα. Πάλιν τοπική τίς ἐστι κίνησις ἡ ἐκ τόπου εἰς τόπον μετάστασις, ἥτις κίνησις ἤ κατά τήν εἰς ὀρθήν πορείαν γίνεται, ἤ κατά κυκλοφορίαν, ὡς ὁ τροχός κινεῖται, κατά τινας δέ καί ὁ οὐρανός· ἤ κατά τήν μικτήν ἐξ εὐθείας καί κυκλικῆς, ὡς ἡ ἑλικοειδής πορεία, οἵα ἐστίν ἡ τῶν ὄφεων· ἔστι καί νοητή κίνησις, καθ' ἥν ὁ νοῦς ἐνεργῶν, ἤ καί οἱ θεῖοι νόες νοοῦσι τά ὄντα. Ἔστι καί ψυχική κίνησις, καθ' ἥν εἰς νοήσεις κινεῖται, καί εἰς τό κινεῖν τάς αἰσθήσεις.

English

(14, 326) Not by local motion or alteration: Teaching us to understand the things said about God in a pious manner, he says: When you hear that God is moved, never think of the motion that is understood in the case of created things, and especially of sensible things. For material things are moved by local motion; and local motion is a change of place as a whole, and especially the kind that cannot stand still by itself whenever it wishes. And motion is that which is by alteration; and alteration is when, while the underlying subject remains and is sensible, it changes in its own affections that are contrary, or even between contraries and not; for example, the body is healthy, and again it is sick; the same is true of bronze, sometimes round, sometimes angular, that is, reshaped into angles. But when the whole changes, with no sensible thing remaining as the same underlying subject, but, for example, all earth becomes blood, and water becomes air, or all air becomes water, or as Moses' rod became a snake, or the water became blood—this is both turning and generation and corruption, the former things having been changed. But there is also motion by hetero-alteration into the dissimilar, and from color to color. Again, there is a certain local motion, the removal from place to place, which motion comes about either by a straight course, or by circular revolution, as the wheel is moved, and according to some, also the heaven; or by the mixed motion from straight and circular, as the helical course, such as that of snakes. There is also intellectual motion, according to which the mind, when active, or even the divine minds, think the things that are. There is also psychic motion, according to which it is moved to thoughts, and to moving the senses.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:190 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἔστι καί ἄλλη κίνησις φυσική, ἡ εἰς αὔξησιν καί τροφήν κινοῦσα τά ἐπιτήδεια. Ὁ οὖν Θεός οὐ κατά μίαν τούτων κινεῖται, ἀλλά κίνησις τοῦ ἀκινήτου καί ἀεί ὡσαύτως ἔχοντος λέγεται ἡ εἰς τό γενέσθαι τά ὄντα βούλησις αὐτοῦ καί πρόοδος τῆς εἰς πάντα προνοίας αὐτοῦ. ( 14 _328 Οὐ τήν ἐξ ἀμφοῖν: Κίνησιν τήν μεταβατικήν λέγει, ἥν καί ἑλικοειδῆ ὀνομάζει ἀσχέτῳ δέ, τουτέστιν ἀπολύτῳ καί συναφεῖ. Ἀλλά,καἱ κινήσεις Θεοῦ: Ἀπαγορεύσας τά τῶν σωματικῶν κινήσεων ἐπί Θεοῦ, ὅπως χρή θεοπρεπῶς νοεῖν κίνησιν ἐπί Θεοῦ σαφηνίζει, τάς αἰσθήσεις ἐν τῷ παντί κινήσεις ἀναγωγικῶς ἑρμηνεύων.

Καί τό μέν εὐθύ: Πῶς ἡ κατά κύκλον καί ἡ κατ' εὐθεῖαν καί ἡ ἑλικοειδής κίνησις ἐπί Θεοῦ νοεῖται ἀνάγνωθι τό τέταρτον κεφάλαιον, μετ' ὀλίγα φύλλα τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ κεφαλαίου, καί μαθήσῃ, πῶς ἐπί ἀγγέλων καί ψυχῶν καί σωμάτων αἱ τοιαῦται νοοῦνται.

Τά μέσα καί ἄκρα. Ἀεί τά ὑπερβεβηκότα περιέχει τά ὑποβεβηκότα. Ἄκρα μέν οὖν καλεῖ τάς ἀνωτάτω δυνάμεις καί πελαζούσας Θεῷ, μέσα δέ τάς μετ' ἐκείνας μέν, τῶν δέ αἰσθητῶν ἁπάντων ὑπερκειμένας. Αἱ μέν οὖν ἀνώταται περιέχουσι τάς μέσας, αἱ δέ μέσαι τά αἰσθητά· διά τοῦτο γάρ καί τάξεις ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀγγέλων εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή. Ὁ μέντοι Θεός ἅπαντα περιέχει, ὡς ὁ κύκλος τά ἐντός αὐτοῦ πάντα, καἱ εἰς ἑαυτόν ὡς πρός αἴτιον ἐπιστρέφει. Σημείωσαι δέ, τί τό 'ταυτόν' καί 'δικαιοσύνη' ἐπί τοῦ Θεοῦ καί τό 'ἴσον'.

English

There is also another natural motion, that which moves things toward growth and nourishment of what is suitable. God, then, is not moved according to any one of these, but the motion of the unmoved and ever-unchanging one is said to be his will for things that exist to come to be, and the procession of his providence toward all things. (14, 328) Not from both: He calls it transitional motion, which he also names spiral; and "without relation," that is, absolute and simple. But also the motions of God: Having forbidden bodily motions in the case of God, he clarifies how one ought to think of motion in God in a manner befitting God, interpreting the senses throughout the whole as motions in an upward-leading sense.

And the straight: How the circular and the straight and the spiral motion are understood in the case of God—read the fourth chapter, a few leaves after the beginning of the chapter, and you will learn how such things are understood in the case of angels and souls and bodies.

The middle and the extremes. The things that surpass always contain the things that fall below. He calls "extremes," then, the highest powers, which draw near to God, and "middles" those after them, which are set above all sensible things. The highest, then, contain the middle, and the middle contain the sensible things; for this reason Scripture also spoke of orders of angels in the heavens. God, however, contains all things, as the circle contains all things within it, and turns them to himself as to their cause. Note also what "the same" and "righteousness" and "the equal" mean in the case of God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:191 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 10. Ὁμοίαν χώρησιν: Ὁμοία χώρησις δι' ἀλλήλων καί ἐπί τῶν στοιχείων· ἡ γάρ ἐπίσης κρᾶσις τούτων, καί τό μή ὑπερταλαντεύειν ἐν τοῖς συγκρίμασι τάς γενέσεις τοῦ κόσμου ποιεῖ· εἰ γάρ τι τῶν στοιχείων πλεονάσειε, φθείρεται τό γινόμενον.

Καί κατά τό πᾶσαν ἰσότητα νοητήν: Ἰστέον, ὅτι νοητόν μέν ἐστι τό τῇ αἰσθήσει οὐχ ὑποπίπτον, οὔτε τό νοερόν ἔχον ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ὡς αἱ δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς καί τῶν αἰσθήσεων· νοερόν δέ τό ἁπλᾶς καί ἀπολύτους ἔχον τάς νοήσεις, ὡς ἄγγελοι· λογικόν δέ τό διά λόγου καί θεωρίας τάς τῶν ὄντων γνώσεις δεχόμενον, ( 14 _330 ὡς ὁ ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς· αἰσθητόν δέ τό τῇ αἰσθήσει ὑποπίπτον, ὡς τά μέρη τῆς κτίσεως, ἅπερ διαιροῦνται εἰς οὐσιώδη καί φυσικά, τουτέστιν εἴ τε τά ἀκινήτως καί πάντῃ ἀναισθήτως ὄντα, καί εἰς τά τήν ὁποιανοῦν ἔχοντα κίνησιν· τήν

γάρ φύσιν ἀρχήν κινήσεως καί ἠρεμίας ὁρίζονται. Θελητήν δέ ἰσότητα τήν προαιρετικήν· οὐκ ἀγνοῶ μέντοι, ὡς καί καταχρηστικῶς καί ἐπί τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ψυχῆς νοερά τε καί λογική.

English

§ 10. A similar encompassing: There is a similar encompassing through one another also in the case of the elements; for their equal blending, and the fact that the generations of the world in their compounds do not overbalance, produces this; for if any one of the elements should abound, what comes to be is destroyed.

And according to every intelligible equality: It should be known that intelligible is that which does not fall under sense-perception, nor is it that which has the noetic faculty in itself, as do the powers of the soul and of the senses; but noetic is that which has simple and absolute acts of understanding, as do the angels; and rational is that which receives the knowledge of beings through reason and contemplation, as does the human mind; and sensible is that which falls under sense-perception, as do the parts of creation, which are divided into essential and natural, that is, both those which exist immovably and altogether without sensation, and those which have motion of any kind; for they define nature as a principle of motion and rest. And voluntary equality is that which is according to choice; I am not unaware, however, that both improperly and in the case of the human soul it is called noetic and rational.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:192 · narrative
Source · Greek

Πάσης ἰσότητος ποιητικήν δύναμιν: Ἔστιν ἰσότης ἡ ἐν ταῖς φύσεσιν ἐκ Θεοῦ τοῦ πάντων ποιητοῦ διδομένη, καί ἔστιν ἰσότης θελητή, ἥν ἐθέλοντες καί ἐκ προαιρέσεως κατορθοῦσιν, οἵ τό δίκαιον καί τό περί τόν βίον ἰσονομικόν μετίασι. Καί αὕτη οὖν ἡ ἰσότης ἐκ Θεοῦ συνέστη. Πᾶσαν γοῦν ἰσονομίαν καί δικαιοσύνην ὁ Θεός ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἁπλῶς καί ἀμερῶς, ὡς ἐν ἰδέαις καί παραδείγμασιν ἐν ταῖς ἀϊδίοις αὐτοῦ νοήσεσι προέχει, ἤτοι περιέχει κυρίως εἰπεῖν. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ Ι' § 1. Ὡς παντοκράτορα καί ὡς παλαιόν: Πολιός μέν ὤφθη ὁ Θεός τῷ Δανιήλ, λευκήν ἔχων τήν κεφαλήν ὡς ἔριον, καθ' ὅ καί 'Παλαιός ἡμερῶν' ὠνομάσθη· νεώτερος δέ τοῦ πολιοῦ γέροντος, ὅταν ὡς ἀνήρ ὤφθη τῷ Ἀβραάμ μετά τῶν ἀγγέλων καί νεανίσκος, ἅ καί θεωρῶν ἀπέλυσεν ὧδε· πρεσβύτην μέν, ὡς πάντων ἐκ Θεοῦ τε ὄντων καί μετ' αὐτόν, διό καί νεωτέρων αὐτοῦ· νέον δέ, ὡς ἀεί ἐν ἀκμαίᾳ καί εὐσταθεῖ μακαριότητι ἀπαλαίωτον ὄντα. Εἰ δέ καί εἴποις τό συναμφότερον, τουτέστιν τό γηραλέον καί νέον ἅμα, ὡς ἀπ' ἀρχῆς αὐτόν δηλοῦν ἐπί πάντα διήκοντα καί προϊόντα ἄχρι τέλους διαιωνίζειν, ὅπερ τέλος ( 14 _332 τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐστι νεώτερον, ἕξει, φησί, καί τοῦτο λόγον· εἶτα παράγει καί γνώμην Ἱεροθέου τοῦ θείου· περί τούτου γάρ ἐπιβάλλω λέγειν αὐτόν οἰκεῖον ἱεροτελεστήν, ἅτε διδάσκαλον ἑαυτοῦ ἀποκαλοῦντα.

English

A power productive of all equality: There is an equality in natures that is given by God, the Maker of all things; and there is a voluntary equality, which those who pursue what is just and the equal-sharing of life accomplish willingly and by choice. This equality too, then, has been established by God. For God, in a simple and undivided manner, holds before all equal-sharing and justice in His eternal thoughts, as in ideas and patterns—or, to speak more properly, contains them. ON CHAPTER 10 § 1. As Almighty and as Ancient: God appeared to Daniel as hoary, having His head white as wool, inasmuch as He was also called "Ancient of Days"; but He was younger than the hoary old man, when He appeared to Abraham as a man with the angels, and as a young man, which is also what he saw and set down here: as an elder, since all things are from God and after Him, and therefore younger than He; and as new, since He is ever in full bloom and steadfast blessedness, unaging. But if you also mention the combination of both—that is, the aged and the new at once—as indicating that from the beginning He pervades all things and, going forth, continues forever to the end, which end is younger than the beginning, he says that this too will have its reason. Then he also brings forward the opinion of the divine Hierotheus; for I undertake to say that he was a fitting hierophant of this, inasmuch as he calls him his own teacher.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:193 · narrative
Source · Greek

§ 2. Καί πολιός καί νέος: Πῶς ποτέ μέν πολιός, ποτέ δέ νέος ὁ Κύριος γράφεται, ὡς τό· «Ἰησοῦς Χριστός χθές καί σήμερον ὁ αὐτός, καί εἰς τούς αἰῶνας»· τό γοῦν σήμερον τοῦ χθές νεώτερον.

Ἐπείπερ ἡ μονάς: Ἐπειδήπερ ἡ ἀριθμητική τό ἐν ἀριθμοῖς διαίρεσιν ἔχον πλῆθος εἰς πέρας ἀνήγαγε· μονάδα μέν ἀρχήν θεμένη τοῦ παντός ἀριθμοῦ, δυάδα δέ ἀρτίων, καί τῶν ἑξῆς εἰς μέγεθος προϊόντων ἀριθμῶν κατά παράθεσιν μονάδων, ἐπειδή τό πλῆθος, τουτέστιν ἡ κτίσις, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν, ὁ δέ ἀριθμός ἐπί τῷ πλήθει ἐστίν, εἰκότως τό κατ' ἀριθμόν νεώτερον ὀνομάζεται· τό γάρ πλῆθος, τό καἱ ἀριθμούμενον, μετά τόν Θεόν ἀφάτως καί ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ παρήχθη, ἀλλά καί τοῦ νεωτέρου τούτου ἀριθμοῦ τῆς κτίσεως ἀρχηγικώτερόν ἐστιν ἡ μονάς, ὡς ἔφην, ἤ καί τῶν ἀριθμῶν αἰτία, καί ἔχουσα σχέσιν τινά πρός τά ἐξ αὐτῆς πολλά. Οὐκοῦν ὁ Θεός, ὡς καί τούτων αἴτιος καί μονάδος λόγον ἐπέχων, νεώτερος κατά τήν εἰρημένην θεωρίαν ἐκ τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ προσαγορεύεται. Εἰσί δέ οἵ τά σώματα ἀριθμόν ὠνόμαζον. § 3. Χαί ἀπολύτως ἀγέννητα: Ἄνω μέν ἐν τῷ πέμπτῳ κεφαλαίῳ περί αἰῶνος καί χρόνου πλατέως διελάβομεν, νῦν δέ τά ζητούμενα σαφηνιστέον· οὐ μόνον γάρ ἡ Γραφή, φησίν, αἰώνιον καλεῖ τόν Θεόν, ἐν τῷ λέγειν, «ὁ Θεός ὁ αἰώνιος, ὁ κατασκευάσας τά ἄκρα τῆς γῆς»· τόν γάρ Θεόν λέγει ἀπολύτως ἀγέννητον, ἅτε καί ἀναιτίως ὄντα τοῦτο, ἀλλά καί τά μετέχοντα ( 14 _334 ἀφθαρσίας καί ἀναλλοίωτα περί αὐτήν τήν οὐσίαν αἰώνια λέγει, εἴτε ἀγγέλους, εἴτε ἀνώτερον οὐρανόν, ὡς τό· «ἔστησεν αὐτά εἰς τόν αἰῶνα, καί εἰς τόν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος», καί τό·

English

§ 2. Both hoary and young: How is it that the Lord is sometimes written as hoary and sometimes as young, as in the passage "Jesus Christ is the same yesterday and today and forever" — for the "today" is certainly younger than the "yesterday."

Since the monad: Since arithmetic has brought the multitude that contains division among numbers to a limit, positing the monad as the beginning of all number, and the dyad as the beginning of even numbers, and so on for the numbers that advance in magnitude by the addition of monads — since the multitude, that is, creation, is from God, and number pertains to the multitude, it is reasonably called younger in respect of number; for the multitude, which is also counted, was brought forth after God in an ineffable manner and from God. But the monad is, as I said, more archetypal than this younger number of creation, being also the cause of numbers and having a certain relation to the many things that come from it. Therefore God, as being the cause of these things and holding the role of the monad, is called younger according to the contemplation just described. And there are those who called bodies a number. § 3. And absolutely unbegotten: Above, in the fifth chapter, we discussed at length concerning the age and time, but now we must clarify the matters under inquiry; for not only does Scripture, he says, call God eternal, in saying "God, the eternal, who made the ends of the earth" — for it calls God absolutely unbegotten, since he is also without cause in this respect — but it also calls eternal the things that partake of incorruption and are unchangeable in respect of the substance itself, whether angels or the higher heaven, as in the passage "He established them forever and forever and ever," and the passage:

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:194 · narrative
Source · Greek

«τά μή βλεπόμενα αἰώνια». Ἀναλλοίωτα δέ φησι μείναντα ὡς ἐγένοντο· καί 'πύλας αἰωνίας' καλεῖ εἴτε οὐρανούς, εἴτε τούς ἐφεστηκότας τούτους ἀγγέλους, οἵα πυλωρούς· καί τά ἀρχαῖα δέ αἰώνια καλεῖ, ὡς καί τό· «ἔτη αἰώνια ἐμνήσθην»· καί τόν καθ' ἡμᾶς χρόνον αἰῶνά φησιν, ὡς τό· «ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος», καί τό· «ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἀπό τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος αἰῶνος πονηροῦ», καί ἀνάπαλιν, τόν αἰῶνα χρόνον λέγει, ὡς τό· «Ἐγώ ἀναστήσω αὐτόν ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ»· αἰών γάρ,

ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἡμέρα, τά ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει· καί πάλιν· «ἐν οἷς ὁ Θεός τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου ἐτύφλωσε τά νοήματα τῶν ἀπίστων»· καί τόν χρόνον δέ αἰῶνά φησιν, ὡς τό· «αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ αἰῶνος», καί· «Μωαβίτης καί Ἀμανίτης οὐκ εἰσελεύσονται ἐς τόν οἶκον Κυρίου ἕως δεκάτης γενεᾶς εἰς τόν αἰῶνα»· τάς γάρ δέκα γενεάς αἰῶνά φησιν. Ἄλλως. Οὐ χρή, φησίν, ἔνθα ἡ Γραφή αἰώνιον λέγει, πάντως τό Θεῖον νοεῖν (τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τό πάντῃ καί ἀπολύτως, τουτέστι κατά πᾶσαν ἔννοιαν, ἀγέννητον καί ἀΐδιον), ἀλλά καί ἀγγέλους τῇ τοιαύτῃ λέξει σημαίνεσθαι, ὡς τό ἐν ταυτότητι διαμένειν ἔχοντας.

English

the things not seen are eternal." He says they remain unchanging as they came to be; and he calls "eternal gates" either the heavens or the angels stationed at them, as gatekeepers; and he calls the ancient things eternal, as also the passage "I remembered eternal years"; and he calls our own time an age, as the passage "until the consummation of the age," and the passage "that he might deliver us from the present evil age," and conversely he calls the age a time, as the passage "I will raise him up on the last day"; for the things in the resurrection are an age, but not a day; and again: "in which the God of this age has blinded the minds of the unbelievers"; and he calls time an age, as the passage "the days of the age," and "A Moabite and an Ammonite shall not enter into the house of the Lord until the tenth generation, forever"; for he calls the ten generations an age. Otherwise. It is not necessary, he says, that wherever Scripture says "eternal" we should understand it of the Divine (for this is that which is in every way and absolutely, that is, in every sense, unbegotten and everlasting), but that angels too are signified by such a term, as having the property of remaining in sameness.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:195 · narrative
Source · Greek

Αἰῶνος μεθέξειν: Ὅτι καί οὗτος ὁ πατήρ αἰῶνα λαμβάνει, κατά τόν Θεολόγον Γρηγόριον, τοῦ διηνεκοῦς, ἤγουν τοῦ ἀεί εἶναι τήν δήλωσιν. Καί ἔγχρονος αἰών δοξάζεται: Ἔγχρονος αἰών τό ἐν Ψαλμοῖς· «ἐκοπίασεν εἰς τόν αἰῶνα καί ζήσεται εἰς τέλος». Αἰώνιος δέ χρόνος τά παρά τῷ Ἀποστόλῳ, οἷον τό· «πρό χρόνων αἰωνίων», ( 14 _336 καί, «χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου»· καί ἐν Μωσεῖ τό· «ἔσται σοι κατόχιμος εἰς τόν αἰῶνα». Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι ἄφθαρτος καί ἀεί ὡσαύτως ἔχων ὁ μέλλων αἰών.

Ἤ καί μᾶλλον ἴσμεν αὐτοῖς: Αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἁγίοις δηλονότι. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι τά νοητά, ὄντα καλεῖ, οἷς καί τόν αἰῶνα συναριθμεἷ, τά δέ αἰσθητά, γένεσιν λέγει, ὧν καί τόν χρόνον εἶναι σημαίνει. Ταῦτα τελείως ἔχεις ἐν κεφαλαίῳ πέμπτῳ. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς συναΐδια Θεῷ: Σοφώτατα κατασφαλίζεται τόν ἀκροατήν εἰς εὐσέβειαν, φάσκων μή χρῆναι ὑπονοεῖν τά λεγόμενα αἰώνια, κατά τοῦτο καί συναΐδια εἶναι Θεῷ τῷ πρό αἰώνων. Καί ἤδη μέν γάρ ἄνω εἰρήκαμεν αἰώνιον λέγεσθαι κυρίως οὐκ αὐτόν τόν αἰῶνα, ἀλλά τό αἰῶνος μετέχον· οὐκοῦν τά νοητά κυρίως καί ὄντα ὡς ἀθάνατα γενόμενα, καί αἰώνια ὡς ἀτελεύτητα βουλήσει Θεοῦ διαμένοντα χρή λέγειν, ἅτε καί παραχθέντα ὑπό Θεοῦ, οὐ πρότερον ὄντα· κυριολεκτῶν δέ μάλιστα, τά τῶν παρ' Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων σεμνά μετάγει ἐπί τήν εὐσέβειαν ἀσφαλῶς. Φησίν οὖν, ὄντα μέν εἶναι καί αἰώνια τάς ἀσωματώδεις δυνάμεις ὑπό Θεοῦ δημιουργηθείσας, οὐ μήν συναϊδίους Θεῷ, ὡς Ἕλληνες ληρῳδοῦσιν, 'Ἅμα Θεός, ἅμα πάντα', λέγοντες.

English

To share in the age: That this father too receives an "age," according to Gregory the Theologian, as the declaration of continuous existence, that is, of always being. And a temporal age is glorified: a temporal age is the phrase in the Psalms: "he labored into the age and will live to the end." But an eternal time is the phrase in the Apostle, such as "before eternal times," and "in times eternal having been kept silent"; and in Moses: "it shall be for you a possession into the age." Note that the age to come is incorruptible and always in the same state.

Or rather we know them: Clearly the saints themselves. Note that he calls intelligible things "beings," with which he also numbers the age, while sensible things he calls "genesis," of which he indicates time also consists. You have these perfectly in the fifth chapter. Not simply coeternal with God: Most wisely he secures the hearer for piety, saying that the things called eternal must not be supposed to be in this respect also coeternal with God who is before the ages. For already above we said that "eternal" is said properly not of the age itself, but of what partakes of the age; therefore the intelligible things, which are also beings, as having become immortal, and eternal as remaining without end by the will of God, one must call them, since they were also produced by God and did not exist before; and most properly, he safely transfers the venerable doctrines of the Greek philosophers to piety. He says, then, that the incorporeal powers created by God are beings and eternal, yet not coeternal with God, as the Greeks babble, saying, "God at once, all things at once.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:196 · narrative
Source · Greek

Εἰσί δέ καί τά γινόμενα ταῦτα, φησί, τά πρόσγεια σώματα, ἅ καί γένεσιν καί φθοράν ὀνομάζουσιν, ὡς τῆς ὑποστάθμης ὄντα τῆς ὕλης, καί παχύτερα πάντα τά μετά σελήνην. Εἰσί δέ μέσα ὄντα, ἤτοι αἰωνίων καί γενομένων, ἤτοι παχυτέρων καί προσγείων σωμάτων, τῶν γινομένων τε καί ἀπογινομένων πυκνῶς εἰς γένεσιν καί φθοράν, ἅτινα μέσα τούτων ( 14 _338 σώματα μέν εἰσι καί αὐτά, πλήν καί αἰῶνος μετέχουσι, καί χρόνου ποσῶς· τά δέ μέσα εἰσίν οὐρανός καί ἀστέρες πάντες· σώματα γάρ καί ταῦτα, εἰ καί λεπτομερέστερα, καί τῆς ὕλης τό εἰλικρινέστατον, ὥς φησιν ὁ Ἀπόστολος, «σώματα ἐπουράνια καί σώματα ἐπίγεια»· εἶτα σαφηνίζων ποῖά εἰσιν, ἐπάγει· «ἄλλη δόξα ἡλίου, καί ἄλλη δόξα σελήνης, καί ἄλλη δόξα ἀστέρων», Ὁ μέν οὖν ἀνώτερος οὐρανός ἐν τοῑς αἰῶσι γέγονε καί ἡ γῆ· πρό γάρ τοῦ κτισθέντος φωτός, τοῦ καί ἡμέρας κληθέντος, ἐδημιουργήθησαν, ὥς φησι Μωϋσῆς· ἐν τοῖς χρονικοῖς διαστήμασι, τό στερέωμα καί οἱ ἀστέρες, πλήν κἄν σώματα καί ἔγχρονα· εἰσί γάρ καί ἁπτά καί ὁρατά, ὅμως αἰώνια ἔσονται, μεθέξοντα καί αὐτά τοῦ αἰῶνος, ὡς καί τά σώματα ἡμῶν μετασχηματιζόμενα εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν· ὡς καί ὁ Ἀπόστολος δηλοῖ, «τό σχῆμα», λέγων, «παράγειν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου», οὐ τόν κόσμον· διό καί περί τῶν μέσων τούτων σωμάτων εἴρηται ἐν ψαλμοῖς· «ἔστησεν αὐτά εἰς τόν αἰῶνα, καί εἰς τόν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος· πρόσταγμα ἔθετο, καί οὐ παρελεύσεται». Σημείωσαι οὖν ὅτι οἱ ἀστέρες καί ὁ ἥλιος καί ἡ σελήνη καί ὁ οὐρανός, σώματα μέν εἰσι λεπτομερέστερα, ἀθάνατα δέ Θεοῦ βουλήσει ἐγένοντο, ὡς καἱ τά σώματα ἡμῶν γίνονται μετά τήν ἀνάστασιν.

English

These things that come into being, he says, are the earthly bodies, which they also call generation and corruption, since they are of the substance of matter, and all things below the moon are denser. And there are things in between—that is, between eternal things and things that have come into being, or between denser and earthly bodies, of things that come into being and pass away frequently into generation and corruption. These intermediate things are themselves also bodies, yet they partake of an age and in some way of time. The intermediate things are heaven and all the stars; for these too are bodies, even if more finely divided, and the purest part of matter, as the Apostle says: "heavenly bodies and earthly bodies"; then, clarifying what kind they are, he adds: "one glory of the sun, and another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars." The higher heaven, then, and the earth came into being in the ages; for before the light was created, which was also called day, they were made, as Moses says. In temporal intervals came the firmament and the stars—though they are bodies and within time, for they are both tangible and visible, yet they will be eternal, partaking themselves also of the age, as our bodies too are transformed into incorruption. As the Apostle also makes clear, saying, "the form of this world is passing away," not the world. Therefore it is also said in the Psalms concerning these intermediate bodies: "He established them for an age, and for an age of ages; he set a decree, and it shall not pass away." Note, then, that the stars and the sun and the moon and the heaven are bodies more finely divided, and by God's will they have become immortal, as our bodies also become after the resurrection.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:197 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἄλλως. Μέσα ὄντων καί γινομένων ἀγγέλους ἔφη καί ψυχάς, πῇ μέν αἰῶνος μετέχοντα, διά τό ἄφθαρτον καί ἀθάνατον, πῇ δέ χρόνου, διά τό ἐν γενέσει ὁρᾶσθαι·

διό ταῦτα ἔγχρονα καί αἰώνιά φησι· προεῖπε γάρ τά μένοντα τῷ αἰῶνι δηλοῦσθαι, τουτέστιν ( 14 _340 ὅσα καί περί Θεοῦ λέγεται, τά δέ ἐν γενέσει τῷ χρόνῳ· εἰ καί ἀκούοντας αἰώνια καί ἔγχρονα, οὐχ ἁπλῶς οὕτω ταῦτα λαμβάνειν χρή, ἀλλά κατά τούς συνεγνωσμένους αὐτοῖς τρόπους φησιν, ἤγουν τούς σαφῶς πιστευομένους. ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ΙΑ' § 1. Ἀρχισυνάγωγον εἰρήνην: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι τόν Θεόν ἐκάλεσεν ἀρχισυνάγωγον, τό δέ 'μεριστόν πλῆθος' νόησον τό αἰσθητόν. Εἰς τήν ὅλην ἑνότητα: Ὅλην ἑνότητα οἱ μέν ἔλαβον τήν ἁπλῆν καί ἀμερῆ τῶν ὄντων αἰτίαν, πρός ἥν τά πάντα ἐπέστραπται, ὡς ἐν αὐτῇ συνιστάμενα, οἱ δέ τήν τοῦ παντός ἁρμονίαν ἐξ ἑτεροφυῶν τῶν στοιχείων συγκεκραμένην· διό καί πόλεμον ἐμφύλιον ὠνόμασε τήν τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ποιοτήτων ἐναντιότητα, θερμοῦ πρός ψυχρόν, καί ὑγροῦ πρός ξηρόν, καί τῶν ἄλλων ὁμοίως, ἅπερ εἰς ἑνός κόσμου συμπλήρωσιν ἥνωται.

English

Otherwise. He called angels and souls "middle" between things that are and things that come into being, sharing in part in the age (aion) through being incorruptible and immortal, and in part in time through being seen in generation.

Therefore he calls these things both temporal and eternal; for he said beforehand that the things that remain are made clear by the age, that is, (14 340) as many things as are also said about God, while the things in generation are made clear by time. Even if people hear "eternal" and "temporal," one must not take these simply in that way, but, he says, according to the modes recognized by them, that is, those that are clearly believed. ON CHAPTER 11 § 1. "Ruler of the synagogue" — peace: Note that he called God "ruler of the synagogue," and understand the "divisible multitude" as the perceptible. On the whole unity: Some took the "whole unity" to be the simple and indivisible cause of beings, to which all things have turned back, as subsisting in it; others took it to be the harmony of the universe, compounded from elements of different natures. Therefore he also named the innate opposition of the qualities in them a "civil war"—hot against cold, moist against dry, and likewise the others—which have been united into the completion of one world.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:198 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐνούσης εἰς ἑνοειδῆ συνοικίαν: Μή νοήσης ὡς οἱ ἄθεοι Μανιχαῖοι, ὅτι στασιάζουσα πρός ἑαυτήν ἡ ὕλη ἀπεκύησε τά δαιμόνια ταῦτα, ἀλλ' ὅτι φύσει τῷ ξηρῷ τό ὑγρόν πολέμιον, καί τό ψυχρόν τῷ θερμῷ· Θεός γάρ καί τά οὕτως ἔχοντα συνάπτει πρός φιλίαν καί σύστασιν τοῦ παντός. Τό ἐμφύλιον οὖν ἔμφυτον νόησον. Αἱ γοῦν πρεσβύτεροι: Πρεσβυτέρας δυνάμεις οὐχ ἁπλῶς τήν τῶν σεραφίμ ταξιαρχίαν φησίν, ἀλλά πρός τό συνάγειν, ἤγουν συνάπτειν, ταῖς θείαις ἐλλάμψεσι τάς ὑφειμένας τό πρεσβεῖον ἔχουσαν· τήν γάρ πρώτην αὐταί δέχονται θεοφάνειαν· ἀμερῶς δέ, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἐν μέρει τισίν, ἀλλ’ ἀθρόως τοἷς ὅλοις. Χυθῆναι πρός τό ἄπειρον: Μεγάλας πλάνας φιλοσόφων ( 14 _342 Ἑλλήνων διελέγχει νῦν καί πρός τήν εὐσέβειαν μετάγει· πολλῶν γάρ ἐν ἐκείνοις στασιαζόντων, καί τῶν μέν ἐξ ἐναντιώσεως καί πολέμου πάντα δι' ἔριδος καί μάχης λεγόντων γεννᾶσθαι, τῶν δέ, ἐκ φιλίας καί συμφωνίας μόνον δημιουργεῖσθαι τά πάντα, Θεοῦ δέ μή κατ' ἀξίαν δή φροντιζόντων, οὗτος, τάς ἐκείνων ὀνοματοποιίας εἰς ὀρθότητα μεταφέρων, Θεόν ἐφίστησι τοῦ παντός καί ποιητήν καί συναγωγέα, ἐμφύλιον μέν πόλεμον τοῦ παντός νοῶν τῶν ἀσωμάτων καί ἀΰλων καί νοητῶν πρός τήν τῶν σωμάτων καί ὑλικῶν καί αἰσθητῶν φυσικήν ἀσυμφωνίαν· ἀνόμοια γάρ ταῦτα ταῖς οὐσίαις καί ἀσύμφωνα· «ἡ γάρ σάρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατά τοῦ πνεύματος, καί τό πνεῦμα κατά τῆς σαρκός».

English

Since it exists for a uniform dwelling: Do not think, as the godless Manichaeans do, that matter, warring against itself, brought forth these demons, but that by nature the moist is hostile to the dry, and the cold to the hot; for God joins even things that are so disposed into friendship and the cohesion of the whole. Understand the intestine conflict, then, as innate. At any rate, the elder powers: He calls the elder powers not simply the order of the seraphim, but those that have the precedence for gathering, that is, joining, the subordinate powers to the divine illuminations; for they themselves receive the first theophany; and that indivisibly, that is, not in part for some, but all at once for the whole. To be poured out toward the infinite: He now refutes the great errors of the Greek philosophers and leads them toward piety; for since many among them were at variance, some saying that all things come to be from opposition and war through strife and battle, others that all things are created from friendship and concord alone, and not caring for God as is fitting, he, transferring their coinages to correctness, sets God over the whole as both maker and gatherer, understanding the intestine war of the whole to be the natural disharmony of incorporeal and immaterial and intelligible things toward bodies and material and sensible things; for these are unlike and discordant to their essences; "for the flesh lusts against the spirit, and the spirit against the flesh.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:199 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐ μόνον δέ τοῦτο, ἀλλά καί τά αἰσθητά πάντα, ἤτοι σώματα, ἄπειρα λεγόντων ἐνίων καί εἰς ἀπειρίαν φθείρεσθαι, καί τό μίγμα τῶν ἁπάντων, ὅπερ φησίν ἀπειρίαν, τρεπόμενον εἰς διαφοράν καί χωρισμόν καί μέρη, διακρίνεσθαι καί χωρίζεσθαι εἰς γενέσεις, καί ἐκ τούτου μᾶλλον αὐξανομένης τῆς διαστάσεως, καί μή μόνον τά μεμιγμένα τῶν ἀσυμφυῶν καί ἀλλοτρίων ἀποκαθαιρούσης, ἀλλά καί εἰς τομήν καί θραῦσιν ἤδη τῶν συμφυῶν φερομένης, καί εἰς ἀνομοιότητα πᾶσαν καί διαφοράν τά συγκρίματα ἀγούσης, λύεσθαι καί φθείρεσθαι πάντα, πλήν τῶν ἁπλῶν, ἤτοι στοιχείων, καί τοῦτο πόλεμον λεγόντων τό μή ἐᾶν ἡνῶσθαι τά ὅλα· ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος, ἅτε τῆς ἀληθείας φίλος τυγχάνων, τόν τοιοῦτον, ὡς ἔφην, φυσικόν πόλεμον (τοῦτον γάρ φυσικόν καλεῖ, τόν ἐμφύλιον, ὡς καί σύμφυλον τόν ὁμοφυᾶ), λύειν φησί τόν Θεόν, ἀντί τοῦ ἐμφυλίου πολέμου, εἰρήνην καί ἁρμονίαν καί σύμπνοιαν τῷ παντί δωρούμενον, καί ἐν ἑαυτῷ συνέχοντα πάντα καί ἀποκαταλλάττοντα, ὥς φησιν ὁ Ἀπόστολος, καί ἀποκαταλλάξει τά ἐπουράνια τοῖς ἐπιγείοις, δι' ( 14 _344 ὧν, τάς μέν ἐπιτεταγμένας τοῖς καθ' ἕκαστον δυνάμεις καί διακονικῶς διοικούσας τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων ἑνοῖ, τά δέ πάντα πρός ἑαυτόν ἐπιστρέφει, πηδαλιουχῶν καί συνέχων τά πάντα.

English

Not only this, but some also say that all perceptible things, that is, bodies, are infinite and perish into infinity, and that the mixture of all things—which he calls infinity—turning into difference and separation and parts, is distinguished and separated into generations, and from this the distance increasing all the more, and not only purifying the mixed things of things unsuited by nature and alien, but already being carried to cutting and crushing of things suited by nature, and leading the compounds into all dissimilarity and difference, all things are dissolved and perish except the simple, that is, the elements, and they call this war—the not allowing the wholes to be united. The great Dionysius, being a lover of the truth, says that God looses such a natural war, as I said (for he calls this natural, the intestine war, just as he calls the kindred the same in kind), instead of the intestine war, granting peace and harmony and concord to the whole, and holding all things together in himself and reconciling them, as the Apostle says, and he will reconcile the heavenly things to the earthly things, through which he unites the powers appointed to each individual and administering in a ministerial way, by the love of those subject to them, and turns all things to himself, piloting and holding all things together.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:200 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἥν ὁ ἱερός Ἰοῦστος ἀφθεγξίαν καλεῖ: Σημείωσαι περί Ἰούστου, καί ὅτι τήν τοῦ θείου εἰρήνην ἀφθεγξίαν καί ἀκινησίαν ὀνομάζει. Τούτου δέ τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰούστου μέμνηνται αἱ Πράξεις τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων, φάσκουσαι αὐτόν καί Ἰωσῆν καλεῖσθαι. Μᾶλλον οὖν καί συνέγραψέ τι, ἤ καί ἀγράφοις διδασκαλίαις ἐχρήσατο. Καί τοῦτο οὖν παρατίθεται τοῦ ἁγίου Διονυσίου τήν ἀρχαιότητα, καί ὅτι τοῖς ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῖς καί ἀποστολικοῖς ἀνδράσι συνήκμασε. Σημείωσαι δέ ὅτι καί οἱ θεῖοι ἐκεῖνοι ἄνδρες φιλοσόφοις λέξεσιν ἐχρῶντο, ἀφθεγξιαν καί ἀκινησίαν τήν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰρήνην ὀνομάζοντες.

Ἀπολείπει τήν ἑαυτῆς ἕνωσιν: Ἕνωσιν ἐνταῦθα τό ἁπλοῦν καί ἑνιαῖον, ἤγουν ἀδιαίρετον, φησίν.

Ἔνδον ὅλη μένουσα: Τουτέστι τήν ἑαυτοῦ κρυφιότητα παρεξιοῦσα καί ἀπολείπουσα.

Τάς νοητάς αὐτῆς καί ρητάς: Νοητάς καί ρητάς μετουσίας φησίν ὅσα διά τῶν εἰρημένων τῇ Γραφῇ ἐφεῖται νοεῖν ἡμᾶς.

§ 2. Κατά τήν ἀσύγχυτον αὐτῶν ἕνωσιν: Ὅτι καί τά εἰς σύνθεσιν ἰόντα ἕνωσιν καλεῖ, κἄν ᾖ ἀνόμοια· καί ποῖόν φησιν, ὅν προέφη ἐμφύλιον πόλεμον. Ὅμως ἀκραιφνῆ: Εἰ καί τά στοιχεῖα, φησί, τήν πρός ἄλληλα καί μίξιν καί συμπλοκήν ἀδιαίρετον ἔχουσιν, ἀλλ’ ὅμως αἱ τούτων ποιότητες τήν ἀκρότητα αὐτῶν οὐ παραπολλύουσιν, οἷον τό θερμόν, τό ξηρόν, καί τά λοιπά ἐν τῇ τῶν ἑτεροειδῶν κράσει, τήν ἐν τῷ παντί θεωρουμένην.

English

Which the sacred Justus calls aphthēxia. Note concerning Justus, and that he names the peace of God aphthēxia and immobility. And the Acts of the holy apostles make mention of this holy Justus, saying that he was also called Joseph. Rather, then, he both wrote something and also used unwritten teachings. And this, then, is set forth as evidence of the antiquity of the holy Dionysius, and that he flourished together with the apostles themselves and the apostolic men. Note that those divine men also used philosophical terms, naming the peace of God aphthēxia and immobility.

It abandons its own union: Here he calls union the simple and unified, that is, the indivisible.

Remaining wholly within: That is, passing over and abandoning its own hiddenness.

Its intelligible and spoken: He means intelligible and spoken participations, as many as we are permitted to understand through what has been said in Scripture.

§ 2. According to their unconfused union: That he also calls union that which comes into composition, even if it be dissimilar; and what he means, which he earlier called internecine war. Nevertheless pure: Even if the elements, he says, have an indivisible mixture and intertwining with one another, nevertheless their qualities do not destroy their extremeness—for example, the hot, the dry, and the rest in the blending of things of different kinds—the extremeness observed in the whole.

Citation. Tergwame, “PG_91A_5”, khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5:1, machine-draft, 2026. https://naxiai.com/christian/works/khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-5#s1
Colophon. Source: khazarzar · licence: see record · model: deepseek/deepseek-v4.1-flash:floor · provider: Baidu · cost: $0.0266 · generated 2026-11-15.